Installation, Start-Up and Service Instructions CONTENTS

Installation, Start-Up and Service Instructions CONTENTS
AERO™
39MN,MW03-110
Indoor and Weathertight Outdoor
Air Handlers
Installation, Start-Up and
Service Instructions
CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
UNIT AND COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION. . . . . 2-40
PRE-INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-44
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Rigging and Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Long-Term Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Service Clearance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Drain Positioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Unit Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Internal Vibration Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
External Vibration Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Roof Curb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Pier or Beam Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-100
Indoor and Outdoor Unit Shipping Split
(All Sizes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
• NON-STACKED UNITS
• STACKED UNITS
Duct Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Panel Cutting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Face and Bypass Dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Zone Damper Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Mixing Box/Filter Mixing Box Damper Linkage . . 53
Mixing Box Damper Actuators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Vertical Draw-Thru Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Stacked Supply Fan, Return Fan
and Exhaust Box Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Fan Sled Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Fan Sled Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Fan Motors and Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Motor Power Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Sheaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
V-Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Outdoor Hoods and Louvers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Coil Connection Housing (Outdoor Unit —
All Sizes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Humidifier Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Assembly of Vertical Manifolds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Coil Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Water and Steam Coil Piping
Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Coil Freeze-Up Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Refrigerant Piping, Direct-Expansion Coils. . . . . . 74
Distributor Nozzle Change-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Filter Drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Valve Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Solder Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Bulb Location and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
External Equalizer Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Oil Return Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Expansion Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Hot Gas Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Hot Gas Bypass Piping and Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Page
• INSTALL PIPING
Condensate Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fan Motor Wiring Recommendations. . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Motor Electrical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Motor Nameplate Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Fan Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Disconnect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
VFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
VFD with Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
VFD Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
VFD Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Electric Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Energy Recovery Ventilation (ERV) Sections . . . . 99
• RECEIVING AND INSPECTION
• RIGGING AND STACKING
• ERV WHEEL MOTOR WIRING
START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-102
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Energy Recovery Wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102-132
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Electric Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Fan Motor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Energy Recovery Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
• CLEANING
• CASSETTE REPLACEMENT
• ADJUSTING AIR SEALS
• SEGMENT INSTALLATION AND REPLACEMENT
• WHEEL DRIVE MOTOR AND PULLEY
REPLACEMENT
• SOLID BELT REPLACEMENT
• LINK BELT REPLACEMENT
• OTHER MAINTENANCE
Cleaning Unit Interior/Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Coil Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Winter Shutdown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Coil Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Changing Coil Hand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Magnehelic Gage Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Fan Shaft Bearing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Fan and Shaft Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Motor Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Motor and Drive Package Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Variable Frequency Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132-138
Steam Coil Performance Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Steam Failure Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
VFD Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
START-UP CHECKLIST —
39 SERIES AHU UNITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL-1
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53390008-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 39M-10SI
Pg 1
5-10
Replaces: 39M-9SI
INTRODUCTION
WARNING
The 39M Series central station air handlers are usually
installed with ductwork; they provide air conditioning at
nominal capacities of 1500 to 55,000 cfm. The 39M air handler
design allows hundreds of different configuration possibilities.
Each unit is assembled to meet specific job requirements and
can be shipped in sections or as a single assembly. These
instructions describe how to install, start up, and service 39M
air handlers.
CHECK the assembly and component weights to be sure
that the rigging equipment can handle them safely. Note
also the centers of gravity and any specific rigging
instructions.
PROTECT adjacent flammable material when welding or
flame cutting. Have a fire extinguisher at hand and ready
for immediate use.
Failure to follow these safety precautions could lead to
severe personal injury and/or equipment damage.
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
The 39M air-handling equipment is designed to provide
safe and reliable service when installed and operated within design specifications. To avoid injury to personnel and damage to
equipment or property when operating this equipment, use
good judgment and follow safe practices as outlined below.
WARNING
DO NOT remove access panel fasteners until fan is
completely stopped.
Pressure developed by a moving fan can cause excessive
force against the panel and toward personnel.
Failure to heed this warning could lead to personal injury
and/or equipment damage.
DANGER
NEVER enter an enclosed fan cabinet or reach into a unit
while the fan is running.
Failure to heed this warning will result in severe personal
injury or death.
CAUTION
DO NOT ground equipment to fan assembly when
welding. Damage to fan bearings could result.
DO NOT restore power to unit until all temporary
walkways inside components have been removed.
NEVER pressurize equipment in excess of specified test
pressures.
Failure to follow these safety precautions could lead to
equipment damage.
WARNING
LOCK OPEN AND TAG the fan motor power disconnect
switch before working on a fan. Take fuses with you and
note removal on tag.
LOCK OPEN AND TAG the electric heat coil power
disconnect switch before working on or near heaters.
Failure to follow these safety precautions could lead to
severe personal injury or death.
IMPORTANT: The installation of air-handling units and all
associated components, parts, and accessories which make
up the installation and subsequent maintenance shall be in
accordance with the regulations of ALL authorities having
jurisdiction and MUST conform to all applicable codes. It
is the responsibility of the installing contractor to determine
and comply with ALL applicable codes and regulations.
Field-supplied motors should be Underwriters Laboratories
(UL) or Canadian Standards Association (CSA) approved.
Field wiring must comply with National Electrical Code
(NEC) and all local requirements.
WARNING
CHECK for adequate ventilation when welding, cutting, or
performing any other fume producing activities inside
air-handling unit cabinet or plenum so that fumes will not
migrate through ductwork to occupied spaces.
WHEN STEAM CLEANING COILS be sure that the area
is clear of personnel.
SECURE fan drive sheave with a rope or strap before
working on a fan to ensure that rotor cannot freewheel.
PREVENT unauthorized entry into the unit; leave safety
latches in place on access doors except during installation
or service procedures. After accessing a section, replace
and tighten the safety latch.
DO NOT work on dampers until their operators are
disconnected.
BE SURE that fans are properly grounded before working
on them.
Failure to follow these safety precautions could lead to
personal injury.
UNIT AND COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
The 39M air handler comes in two basic configurations;
horizontal and vertical. Using appropriate sections, it is possible to design many unit variations, including blow-thru units
and plenum fan units with multiple discharges. See Fig. 1A and
1B for nameplate label identification. Fig. 2A-2H show an
example of the model number used for 39M unit sections and
components. Each unit’s model number is listed on a label
affixed to the fan section. Section and major component
level part numbers are listed and affixed to each individual
component section.
For further information on unit and component identification contact your Carrier representative for the AHUBuilder®
program. Refer to the 39M Product Data catalog for more
information on individual component sections. Refer to Fig. 3
and 4 and Tables 1-17 for component data.
2
a39-3999
a39-3998
Fig. 1A — Unit Nameplate Label
(Found on Each Component Section
Shipped Separately)
39M
N
03
Fig. 1B — Section Nameplate Label
(Each Component Section will have
a Section Nameplate Label)
-
000001
12
X
P
S
Shipping Option
S – Standard
Q – Quote Control
39M – Aero™
Air Handler
Code Model
N – Indoor Unit
W – Outdoor Unit
Unit Size
30
03
36
06
40
08
50
10
61
12
72
14
85
17
96
21
B0 (110)
25
Finish and Thermal Option*
Order Type
S – Special Order
X – Standard Order
Shipping No. of Pieces
in Airflow Order
Example: 12 = 1 of 2
22 = 2 of 2
a39-4136
000001 thru 999999 – Standard Unit
FINISH AND THERMAL OPTION (POSITION 17)
CODE
B
C
D
F
G
H
K
P
X
EXTERNAL FINISH
Pre-Paint
Pre-Paint
Pre-Paint
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
Pre-Paint
INTERNAL FINISH
AgION™
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
Galvanized
AgION
AgION
AgION
Special Order
Revision Level
THERMAL BREAK
Level 1
Level 2
Level 1
Level 2
Level 1
Level 2
Level 1
Level 2
*See Finish and Thermal Option table.
Fig. 2A — 39M Unit Nomenclature
28MK
M
R
S
XXXXXXXXXX
–
Revision Level
– Current Revision
28MK – Humidifier
39M Unit Size
Code Size
M–
B – 03
N –
C – 06
P –
D – 08
Q –
F – 10
R –
G – 12
S –
H – 14
T –
J – 17
V –
K – 21
W–
L – 25
XXXXXXXXXX – Always
a39-4137
Frame Material
G – Galvanized (g90)
S – Stainless Steel
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
Hand
R – Right
L – Left
Fig. 2B — 28MK (Humidifier) Nomenclature
3
28MC V 6 20 F D A 020 A R N –
Revision Level
28MC – 1/2 in. Chilled Water
28MH – 1/2 in. Hot Water
Coating
N – Non-Coated
E – E-Coated
Coil Position
H – Horizontal
V – Vertical
Hand
R – Right
L – Left
Rows
1 – 1 Row
2 – 2 Row
4 – 4 Row
6 – 6 Row
8 – 8 Row
0 – 10 Row
Header Style
A – MPT Std
B – MPT Non-Ferrous
NOTE: If positions 7-8 are 30,
then position 15 cannot = B.
Tubes In Face 12 – 44*
39M Unit
Size L
M
B
03
20
14
12
06
20
14
12
08
22
16
14
10
22
16
14
12
28
22
20
14
28
24
20
17
30
24
22
21
38
32
28
25
38
32
28
30
38
32
28
36
44
36
30
40 24/24 44
36
50 28/28 44
36
61 34/34 28/28 44
72 38/40 32/32 24/26
85 38/40 32/32 24/26
96 44/44 36/36 28/28
110 44/44 36/36 28/28
39M Unit
Size DBTS† (in.)
03
020
30
06
034
36
08
040
40
10
052
50
12
052
61
14
059
72
17
065
85
21
065
96
25
074
110
S
N/A
12
12
12
14
14
16
18
18
18
24
24
28
34
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tube Wall and
Hairpin Type
1/2 in. O.D. Copper Tube
A – .016 Std. Hairpin
B – .025 Std. Hairpin
Fin Material
Fins Per Inch
Casing Material
A – AL 8 GALV.
D – AL 11 GALV.
F – AL 14 GALV.
G – AL 8 ST. STL.
K – AL 11 ST. STL.
M – AL 14 ST. STL.
N – CU 8 ST. STL.
R – CU 11 ST. STL.
T – CU 14 ST. STL.
Circuiting
H – Half Circuit
F – Full Circuit
D – Double Circuit
B
L
M
S
LEGEND
— Bypass
— Large
— Medium
— Small
092
096
096
104
104
107
126
126
144
a39-4302
*Multiple values indicate that two coils must be ordered.
†Distance between tube sheets.
Fig. 2C — 28MC,28MH (1/2-in. Water Coil) Nomenclature
4
28MZ H 1 26 F B T 074 A X N –
28MZ – IDT Steam
– – Coil Revision
Coil Position
H – Horizontal
V – Vertical
Coating
N – Non-Coated
E – E-Coated
Rows
1 – 1 Row
2 – 2 Row
X – Always
Tubes In Face*
If position 11 = S
1 in.
39M Unit
Size L
M
B
03
8
5
5
06
8
5
5
08
9
6
5
10
9
6
5
12
11
9
8
14
11
10
8
17
12
10
9
21
15
13
11
25
15
13
11
30
15
13
11
36
18
15
12
40 10/10 18
15
50 12/11 18
15
61 14/14 12/11
18
72 16/16 13/13 10/11
85 16/16 13/13 10/11
96 18/18 14/15 12/12
110 18/18 14/15 12/12
Header Style
A – MPT Std
Header Note:
Pos. 11 (Type S )
Supply = 2 1/2 in. MPT
Condensate = 2 1/2 in. MPT
Pos. 11 (Type T )
(1) Row 10-28TF = 2 in. MPT (Supply and Return)
29-40 = 2 1/2 in. MPT (Supply)
2 in. MPT (Return)
(2) Row 10-28TF = 2 1/2 in. MPT (Supply and Return)
29-40TF = 3 in. MPT (Supply)
= 2 1/2 in. MPT (Return)
TF-Tubes in face
If position 11 = T
5/8 in.
S
L
M
B
S
N/A 16
10
10 N/A
5
16
10
10 10
5
18
12
11 10
5
18
12
11 10
5
22
18
16 10
5
22
20
16 10
6
24
20
19 12
7
30
26
22 14
7
30
26
22 14
7
30
26
22 14
10
36
30
24 20
10 20/20 36
30 20
11 24/22 36
30 22
14 28/28 24/22 36 28
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
39M Unit
Size
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
Circuiting
F – Full
Fin Material
Fins Per Inch
Casing Material
B – AL 6 GALV.
E – AL 9 GALV.
C – AL 12 GALV.
H – AL 6 ST. STL.
L – AL 9 ST. STL.
J – AL 12 ST. STL.
P – CU 6 ST. STL.
S – CU 9 ST. STL.
Q – CU 12 ST. STL.
B
L
M
S
DBTS† (in.)
020
034
040
052
052
059
065
065
074
092
096
096
104
104
107
126
126
144
Tube Size and Copper Wall
S – 1 in. O.D. x .030 Wall Outer Tube
5/8 in. O.D. x .020 Wall Inner Tube
T – 5/8 in. O.D. x .035 Wall Outer Tube
3/8 in. O.D. x .020 Wall Inner Tube
LEGEND
— Bypass
— Large
— Medium
— Small
*Multiple values indicated that two coils must be ordered.
†Distance between tube sheets.
Fig. 2D — 28MZ (Steam Coil) Nomenclature
a39-4139
5
28MF V 4 32 B A A 065 Z R N –
28ME – Direct Expansion
Revision Level
Coil Position
V – Vertical
Coating
N – Non-Coated
E – E-Coated
Rows
4 – 4 Row
6 – 6 Row
8 – 8 Row
Hand
R – Right
L – Left
Tubes In Face 14 - 44*
39M Unit
Size L
M
03
20
14
06
20
14
08
22
16
10
22
16
12
28
22
14
28
24
17
30
24
21
38
32
25
38
32
30
38
32
36
44
36
40 24/24 44
50 28/28 44
61 34/34 28/28
72 38/40 32/32
85 38/40 32/32
96 44/44 36/36
110 44/44 36/36
Header Style
Z – Standard (Copper)
Varies with Coil
39M Unit
Size
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
Circuiting
A – Face Split Quarter
B – Face Split Half
C – Face Split Full
D – Double
E – Quarter Circuit – Single Distributor
J – Half Circuit – Single Distributor
G – Row Split Full
K – Row Split Quarter
M – Row Split Half
Tube Wall and Hairpin Type
1/2 in. O.D. Copper Tube
A – .016 Std. Hairpin
B – .025 Std. Hairpin
Fin Material
Fins Per Inch
Casing Material
A – AL 8 GALV.
D – AL 11 GALV.
F – AL 14 GALV.
G – AL 8 ST. STL.
K – AL 11 ST. STL.
M – AL 14 ST. STL.
N – CU 8 ST. STL.
R – CU 11 ST. STL.
T – CU 14 ST. STL.
L
M
DBTS† (in.)
020
034
040
052
052
059
065
065
072
092
096
096
104
104
107
126
126
144
LEGEND
— Large
— Medium
*Multiple values indicated that two coils must be ordered.
†Distance between tube sheets.
Fig. 2E — 28ME (Direct Expansion Coil) Nomenclature
a39-4303
6
28MG
M
H
S
2
04 G
N
R H
XX
–
Revision Level
28MG – Integral Face and Bypass
39M Unit Size
Code Size
M–
B – 03
N –
C – 06
P –
D – 08
Q –
F – 10
R –
G – 12
S –
H – 14
T –
J – 17
V –
K – 21
W–
L – 25
XX – Always
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
Tube Orientation
H – Horizontal
V – Vertical
Hand
R – Right
L – Left
Coil Position
H – Horizontal
Actuator
Y – Yes
N – No
Coil Type
H – Hot water
S – Steam
Casing Material
G – Galvanized
S – Stainless Steel
Rows
1 – 1 row
2 – 2 row
3 – 3 row
Fins per Inch
04 – 4
05 – 5
06 – 6
07 – 7
08 – 8
09 – 9
10 – 10
11 – 11
12 – 12
13 – 13
14 – 14
a394141
Fig. 2F — 28MG (Integral Face and Bypass Coil) Nomenclature
28MD
V 4 30 F
A C 092 A R
N A
A – Always
28MD – 5/8 in. Chilled Water
28MJ – 5/8 in. Hot Water
Coating
N – Non-Coated
E – E-Coated
Coil Position
H – Horizontal
V – Vertical
Hand
R – Right
L – Left
Rows
1 – 1 Row
2 – 2 Row
4 – 4 Row
6 – 6 Row
8 – 8 Row
Header Style
A – MPT Standard
B – MPT Non-Ferrous
Tubes in Face
39M Size
03-61
10-36
39M Size L
72
32/32
85
32/32
96
36/36
110
36/36
M
26/26
26/26
28/30
28/30
B
20/22
20/22
24/24
24/24
39M Unit
Size
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
S
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Circuiting
H – Half Circuit
F – Full Circuit
D – Double Circuit
Fin Material
Fins Per Inch
Casing Material
A – AL 8 GALV.
C – AL 12 GALV.
F – AL 14 GALV.
G – AL 8 ST. STL.
J – AL 12 ST. STL.
M – AL 14 ST. STL.
N – CU 8 ST. STL.
Q – CU 12 ST. STL.
T – CU 14 ST. STL.
*Distance between tube sheets.
DBTS† (in.)
020
034
040
052
052
059
065
065
074
092
096
096
104
104
107
126
126
144
Tube Wall and Hairpin Type
5.8 in. O.D. Copper Tube
C – .020 Std. Hairpin
D – .035 Std. Hairpin
a39-4142
Fig. 2G — 28MD,28MJ (5/8-in. Water Coil) Nomenclature
7
93 MR 01 18 B A 02 0 1 0 3 S Fan Motor
Revision Level
Supplier Designation
Not Used
(Always 0)
F1
F2
F3
Fig. 2H — Motor Nomenclature
8
39MN Indoor Unit Dimensions
39MN
UNIT
SIZE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
UNIT CASING
H (in.)
W (in.)
37
37
40
40
47
47
50
60
60
60
71
77
87
102
113
113
126
126
33
46
54
67
67
72
79
79
86
104
109
109
117
117
120
139
139
157
NOTES:
1. Weights and dimensions are approximate. For
more exact dimensions, consult with a local Carrier Sales Engineer or select the desired unit
using AHUBuilder® software.
2. All dimensions in inches unless otherwise
noted.
3. Unit height based on 6 in. base rail option.
a39-4251
39MW Outdoor Unit Dimensions
39MN
UNIT
SIZE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
UNIT CASING
H (in.)
W (in.)
41
41
44
44
51
51
54
64
64
64
75
81
91
106
117
117
130
130
36
49
57
70
70
75
82
82
89
107
112
112
120
120
123
142
142
160
NOTES:
1. Weights and dimensions are approximate. For
more exact dimensions, consult with a local Carrier Sales Engineer or select the desired unit
using AHUBuilder software.
2. All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
3. Unit height based on 6 in. base rail option.
a39-4252
Fig. 3 — Base Unit Dimensions
9
LEGEND
AWL — Airway Length
H
— Height
W
— Width
A39-2319
A39-2321
A39-2320
Air Distribution Components
1 Mixing box
2 Mixing box
3 Filter Mixing
(side inlet)
A39-2153
A39-2322
4 Air mixer
5 Exhaust
6 Exhaust
box
box
A39-2965
A39-2323
7 Integral face
and bypass
heating coil
section
box (side
outlet)
Plenum & Filtration Sections
A39-2145
A39-2966
10 Plenum
A39-2149
13 Blow-thru
return section
section
and bypass
damper section
9 External face
and bypass
damper
section
A39-2137
14 Horizontal, flat
plenum section
filter section
HEPA
FILTER
FACE
LOAD
A39-2140
A39-2138
8 Internal face
A39-2324
12 External bypass
11 Humidifier
section
A39-2156
A39-2155
A39-2142
a39-4301
loading cartridge section
cartridge filter section
filter section
18 Horizontal, blow-thru front
17 Horizontal, bag/front
16 Horizontal, bag/side loading
15 Horizontal, angle
loading HEPA filter section
Heat Transfer Sections
C
C
A39-2118
H
A39-2207
A39-2199
H
H
A39-2200
A39-2209
C
H
A39-2198
19 Cooling coil
20 Extended length
section with
drain pan
21 Heating
cooling coil section
with drain pan
22 Extended length
coil section
heating coil section
and electric heat with
remote box
A39-2326
A39-2135
23 Extended length
heating coil section
with drain pan
24 Dual coil
section with
drain pan
A39-2219
H
A39-2136
LEGEND
C — Cooling
H — Heating
C
HORIZONTAL
VERTICAL
27 Multizone
26 Cooling/Heating
25 Electric heat
blow-thru coil section
with drain pan
section
28 Vertical cooling
damper section
coil section with
drain pan
Fan Motor Sections
A
B
A39-2107
A
B
Fan Configurations
A39-2327
C
C
INLET
H
D
INLET
INLET
A39-2105
D
G
F
E
29 Horizontal fan
section with rear inlet
and diffuser
fan section
A
BYPASS
31 Blow-thru supply fan
30 Draw-thru exhaust
with rear inlet
fan section
B
A39-2328
H
C
A39-2117
C
INLET
D
G
INLET
D
INLET
32 Blow-thru supply section
with rear inlet, diffuser
Fan Component
Section Number
29 30 31 32 33 34
A Upblast Rear Discharge
X X
X
B Upblast Front Discharge
X X
X
C Top Horizontal Front Discharge
X
X X X
D Bottom Horizontal Front Discharge X
X X X
E Downblast Front Discharge
X
F Downblast Rear Discharge
X
G Bottom Horizontal Rear Discharge
X
X
H Top Horizontal Rear Discharge
X
X
Discharge may be field-fabricated
X
Fan Section Access
Hinged Access on Both Sides
X X X X X X
Hinged Door on Hand Side
X X X X X X
Removable Panels
X X X X X X
Available
Configurations
X = Standard configuration
A39-2114
33 Vertical fan section
34 Plenum fan
with bottom inlet
Fig. 4 — Component Drawings (Refer to Table 1)
10
a39-4251
Table 1 — 39MN,MW Component Weights and Lengths
a39-4252
Nominal cfm at 500 fpm
1500
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8500
10,500
Unit Size
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
Indoor
31.107
31.107
34.107
34.107
41.107
41.107
44.107
54.107
54.107
Outdoor
35.107
35.107
38.107
38.107
45.107
45.107
48.107
58.107
58.107
Indoor
33
46
54
67
67
72
79
79
86
Outdoor
36
49
57
82
82
89
18
270 / 370
21
300 / 410
36
320 / 450
18
170 / 270
18
160 / 260
21
300 / 410
48
250 / 400
18
130 / 230
18
140 / —
12
120 / 210
18
140 / 240
21
330 / 450
27
360 / 490
36
380 / 530
18
190 / 310
21
190 / 310
27
360 / 490
48
280 / 450
18
150 / 270
21
160 / —
12
140 / 250
18
160 / 280
21
370 / 510
27
390 / 540
36
430 / 590
18
210 / 340
21
210 / 350
27
390 / 540
48
310 / 500
18
170 / 300
21
180 / —
12
150 / 270
18
180 / 310
70
70
75
AWL (in.) (Indoor/Outdoor) Weight (lb)
21
21
24
420 / 570
460 / 610
520 / 690
33
33
39
470 / 650
510 / 690
580 / 780
36
36
36
490 / 680
540 / 730
570 / 770
24
24
24
270 / 430
290 / 450
300 / 470
21
21
24
230 / 380
250 / 400
280 / 450
33
33
39
470 / 650
510 / 690
580 / 780
48
48
48
340 / 560
360 / 580
380 / 610
18
18
18
190 / 340
200 / 350
210 / 360
21
21
24
190 / —
200 / —
220 / —
12
12
12
170 / 300
180 / 310
190 / 330
18
18
18
190 / 340
210 / 360
210 /360
24
570 / 750
39
640 / 860
36
630 / 840
30
380 / 570
24
300 / 480
39
640 / 860
48
410 / 650
18
230 / 390
24
240 / —
12
200 / 350
18
230 / 390
24
170 / 280
36
210 / 340
48
250 / 400
36
287 / 410
48
327 / 470
18
140 / —
24
170 / 280
12
190 / 280
24
230 / 340
24
230 / 340
42
300 / 440
48
320 / 470
48
320 / 470
24
170 / 280
42
230 / 370
12
120 / 210
24
170 / 280
36
200 / —
36
210 / 340
24/30
180 / 300
36/42
180 / 320
—
—
—/—
—
—
42
250 / —
24
480 / 590
42
550 / 690
42
550 / 690
42
560 / —
48
600 / 770
24
190 / 320
36
240 / 390
48
280 / 450
36
340 / 490
48
380 / 550
18
160 / —
24
200 / 330
12
230 / 340
24
270 / 400
24
270 / 400
42
350 / 510
48
370 / 540
48
370 / 540
24
190 / 320
42
260 / 420
12
140 / 250
24
190 / 320
36
230 / —
36
240 / 390
30/36
240 / 390
36/42
220 / 380
61
48
570 / —
11
6
42
290 / —
30
550 / 690
42
620 / 780
42
620 / 780
42
630 / —
54
720 / 900
24
210 / 350
36
260 / 420
48
310 / 500
36
380 / 540
48
430 / 620
18
170 / —
24
220 / 360
12
260 / 380
24
310 / 450
24
310 / 450
42
390 / 570
48
420 / 610
48
420 / 610
24
210 / 350
42
290 / 470
12
150 / 270
24
210 / 350
36
250 / —
36
260 / 420
30/36
280 / 440
42/48
290 / 480
64
48
620 / —
11
7
36
290 / —
36
640 / 800
36
640 / 800
42
670 / 850
36
660 / —
42
720 / 900
24
230 / 390
36
280 / 470
48
340 / 560
36
420 / 610
48
480 / 700
18
180 / —
24
240 / 400
12
300 / 430
24
350 / 510
24
350 / 510
42
440 / 640
48
470 / 690
48
470 / 690
24
230 / 390
42
310 / 510
12
170 / 300
24
230 / 390
36
270 / —
36
280 / 470
30/36
320 / 510
42/48
340 / 560
64
48
690 / —
11
10
36
320 / —
36
700 / 890
36
700 / 890
42
740 / 940
36
720 / —
42
800 / 1000
27
710 / 900
39
710 / 930
36
720 / 930
30
430 / 620
27
370 / 560
39
710 / 930
48
450 / 690
18
250 / 410
27
280 / —
12
220 / 370
18
260 / 420
24
300 / 480
36
380 / 590
48
450 / 690
36
600 / 810
48
680 / 920
24
270 / —
30
380 / 570
12
430 / 580
24
510 / 690
24
510 / 690
42
630 / 850
48
670 / 910
48
670 / 910
24
300 / 480
48
450 / 690
12
220 / 370
24
300 / 480
48
430 / —
36
380 / 590
30/36
470 / 680
42/48
530 / 770
90
72
1180 / —
11
12
48
510 / —
48
1100 / 1340
48
1100 / 1340
54
1150 / 1410
48
1160 / —
54
1320 / 1580
27
760 / 960
45
830 / 1080
36
760 / 980
30
460 / 660
27
390 / 590
45
830 / 1080
48
470 / 720
18
270 / 440
27
300 / —
12
230 / 380
18
270 / 4400
24
320 / 510
36
400 / 620
48
470 / 720
36
640 / 860
48
720 / 970
24
280 / —
30
410 / 610
12
460 / 610
24
540 / 730
24
540 / 730
42
670 / 910
48
710 / 960
48
710 / 960
24
320 / 510
48
480 / 730
12
230 / 380
24
320 / 510
48
450 / —
36
400 / 620
30/36
500 / 720
42/48
560 / 810
90
72
1250 / —
11
13
60
630 / —
60
1360 / 1650
60
1360 / 1650
66
1400 / 1700
60
1440 / —
54
1400 / 1670
H (in.)
W (in.)
Refer to Fig. 4
ITEM NO.
DESCRIPTION
1
Mixing box
2
Side inlet mixing box
3
Filter mixing box
4
Air mixer
5
Exhaust box
6
Side outlet exhaust box
7
Integral face and bypass heating coil section
8
Internal face and bypass damper section
9
External face and bypass damper section
Plenum section — 12 in.
Plenum section — 18 in.
10
Plenum section — 24 in.
Plenum section — 36 in.
Plenum section — 48 in.
Humidifier section — 36 in.
11
Humidifier section — 48 in.
12
External bypass return section
13
Horizontal blow-thru discharge plenum section
Horizontal flat filter section
2 in. or 4 in. side loading
Horizontal angle filter section
2 in. or 4 in. side loading
Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, SL
6 in. or 12 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track
Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, SL
15 in. or 30 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track
Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, FL
Face loading media with or without header
14
15
16
17
18
Horizontal blow-thru HEPA filter section, FL
19
Cooling coil section with drain pan
20
Extended length cooling coil section with drain pan
21
Heating coil section
22
Extended length heating coil section and electric heat with remote
box
23
Extended length heating coil section with drain pan
24
Dual coil section with drain pan
25
Electric heat section with
control box
26
Multizone/dual duct
heating/cooling coil section
27
Multizone damper section
28
Vertical coil section with drain pan
Low Amp (in.)
(Indoor / Outdoor) (lb)
High Amp (in.)
(Indoor / Outdoor) (lb)
H (in.)
AWL (in.)
(Indoor / Outdoor) Weight (lb)
AWL
Number of Zones
FC
AF
29, 30, 31, Fan sections
32, 33,
Downblast AF
Vertical FC/AF
34
AF
AWL
EBR
FC
Plenum fan section
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Airfoil
Airway Length
External Bypass Return
Forward Curved
FL
H
SL
W
—
—
—
—
Face Load
Height
Side Load
Width
NOTES:
1. Refer to the Aero™ Product Data Catalog for additional application information.
2. Section weights do not include coils or motors. Refer to the product data catalog for
additional weights.
3. Section height is the same except as noted.
4. All bold numbers are inches, non-bold are pounds unless otherwise noted.
11
24
240 / 400
36
300 / 490
48
360 / 580
36
460 / 650
48
520 / 740
18
190 / —
24
260 / 420
12
330 / 460
24
390 / 550
24
390 / 550
42
480 / 680
48
510 / 730
48
510 / 730
24
240 / 400
42
340 / 540
12
180 / 310
24
240 / 400
42
310 / —
36
300 / 490
30/36
350 / 540
42/48
380 / 600
71
60
820 / —
11
10
42
370 / —
42
810 / 1010
42
810 / 1010
48
850 / 1070
42
840 / —
48
940 / 1160
24
250 / 420
36
310 / 510
48
380 / 610
36
490 / 690
48
550 / 780
24
220 / —
24
270 / 440
12
340 / 480
24
400 / 570
24
400 / 570
42
500 / 710
48
540 / 770
48
540 / 770
24
250 / 420
42
350 / 560
12
190 / 330
24
250 / 420
42
320 / —
36
310 / 510
30/36
370 / 570
42/48
400 / 630
71
60
850 / —
11
10
48
420 / —
48
910 / 1140
48
900 / 1130
54
940 / 1180
48
940 / —
48
980 / 1210
24
270 / 450
36
340 / 550
48
410 / 650
36
540 / 750
48
600 / 840
24
240 / —
24
300 / 480
12
380 / 530
24
450 / 630
24
450 / 630
42
560 / 780
48
590 / 830
48
590 / 830
24
270 / 450
42
380 / 600
12
200 / 350
24
270 / 450
42
350 / —
36
340 / 550
30/36
410 / 620
42/48
450 / 690
74
60
920 / —
11
12
48
460 / —
48
990 / 1230
48
990 / 1230
54
1030 / 1290
48
1030 / —
48
1080 / 1320
12,500
a39-4251
Table 1 — 39MN,MW Component Weights and Lengths (cont)
a39-4252
Nominal cfm at 500 fpm
15,000
18,000
20,000
25,000
30,500
36,000
42,500
48,800
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
Indoor
54.107
65.107
71.107
81.107
96.107
107.000
107.000
120.000
120.000
Outdoor
Unit Size
H (in.)
W (in.)
Refer to Fig. 4
ITEM NO.
1
58.107
69.107
75.107
85.107
100.107
111.000
111.000
124.000
124.000
Indoor
104
109
109
117
117
120
139
139
157
Outdoor
107
112
112
142
142
160
27
870 / 1090
51
1050 / 1350
36
880 / 1130
36
600 / 850
27
440 / 660
51
1050 / 1350
48
530 / 820
18
300 / 500
27
330 / —
12
260 / —
18
300 / 500
24
350 / —
36
440 / 690
48
530 / 820
36
734 / 990
48
824 / 1120
24
310 / —
30
460 / 690
12
530 / 710
24
620 / 830
24
620 / 830
42
760 / 1030
48
810 / 1100
48
810 / 1100
24
350 / 560
48
540 / 830
12
260 / 440
24
350 / 560
48
510 / —
36
440 / 690
30/36
580 / 830
42/48
660 / 950
90
72
1430 / —
11
16
60
722 / —
60
1560 / 1890
60
1560 / 1890
66
1600 / 1950
60
1650 / —
54
1610 / 1920
36
1320 / 1580
57
1360 / 1690
45
1260 / 1550
36
720 / 980
36
650 / 910
57
1360 / 1690
48
620 / 920
18
350 / 550
33
450 / —
12
310 / 490
18
350 / 550
24
410 / 630
36
510 / 770
48
620 / 920
36
870 / 1130
48
970 / 1270
24
360 / —
33
590 / 840
12
630 / 810
24
740 / 960
24
740 / 960
42
900 / 1180
48
960 / 1260
48
960 / 1260
24
410 / 630
48
630 / 930
12
310 / 490
24
410 / 630
48
600 / —
36
510 / 770
30 / 42
700 / 980
42 / 54
800 / 1120
101
84
1840 / —
11
17
60
860 / —
60
1840 / 2180
60
1840 / 2180
60
1750 / 2090
60
1950 / —
66
2240 / 2600
39
1520 / 1790
57
1460 / 1790
48
1430 / 1730
42
870 / 1150
39
750 / 1020
57
1460 / 1790
48
650 / 950
18
380 / 580
33
470 / —
12
320 / 500
18
370 / 570
24
430 / 650
36
540 / 800
48
650 / 950
36
930 / 1190
48
1040 / 1340
27
420 / —
33
630 / 880
12
680 / 860
24
790 / 1010
24
790 / 1010
42
960 / 1240
48
1020 / 1320
48
1020 / 1320
24
430 / 650
54
730 / 1050
12
320 / 500
24
430 / 650
54
700 / —
0
—
30 / 42
740 / 1020
42 / 54
860 / 1180
107
90
2030 / —
11
17
66
980 / —
60
1960 / 2300
66
2120 / 2480
66
2010 / 2370
66
2250 / —
72
2580 / 2960
53
3490 / 3830
65
2770 / 3150
79
3930 / 4360
66
2260 / 2640
53
1670 / 2010
65
2770 / 3150
—
—
18
610 / 820
—
—
12
520 / 710
18
590 / 800
24
680 / 920
36
860 / 1140
48
1040 / 1360
36
1540 / 1820
48
1720 / 2040
—
—
34
1070 / 1340
12
1140 / 1330
27
1470 / 1720
24
1320 / 1560
42
1590 / 1890
48
1690 / 2010
48
1690 / 2010
24
680 / 920
60
1310 / 1670
12
520 / 710
24
680 / 920
—
—
—
—
30
1270 / 1570
42
1500 / 1840
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
83
4350 / 4790
83
4350 / 4790
83
4090 / 4530
—
—
79
4780 / 5210
59
4290 / 4650
65
3070 / 3450
84
4620 / 5070
69
2610 / 3000
59
2040 / 2400
65
3070 / 3450
—
—
18
670 / 880
—
—
12
570 / 760
18
650 / 860
24
740 / 980
36
940 / 1220
48
1140 / 1460
36
1700 / 1980
48
1890 / 2210
—
—
38
1310 / 1590
12
1260 / 1450
27
1630 / 1880
24
1460 / 1700
42
1750 / 2050
48
1870 / 2190
48
1870 / 2190
24
740 / 980
66
1570 / 1950
12
570 / 760
24
740 / 980
—
—
—
—
30
1400 / 1700
42
1660 / 2000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
83
4800 / 5240
83
4800 / 5240
83
4510 / 4950
—
—
89
5900 / 6360
59
4820 / 5180
73
3830 / 4240
84
5190 / 5640
74
3140 / 3550
59
2290 / 2650
73
3830 / 4240
—
—
18
740 / 950
—
—
12
630 / 820
18
720 / 930
24
820 / 1060
36
1040 / 1320
48
1260 / 1580
36
1890 / 2170
48
2110 / 2430
—
—
38
1460 / 1740
12
1410 / 1600
27
1820 / 2070
24
1630 / 1870
42
1950 / 2250
48
2080 / 2400
48
2080 / 2400
24
820 / 1060
66
1750 / 2130
12
630 / 820
24
820 / 1060
—
—
—
—
30
1570 / 1870
42
1860 / 2200
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
83
5370 / 5810
92
5910 / 6390
92
5550 / 6030
—
—
95
7040 / 7530
DESCRIPTION
Mixing box
2
Side inlet mixing box
3
Filter mixing box
4
Air mixer
5
Exhaust box
6
Side outlet exhaust box
7
Integral face and bypass heating coil section
8
Internal face and bypass damper section
9
External face and bypass damper section
Plenum section — 12 in.
Plenum section — 18 in.
10
Plenum section — 24 in.
Plenum section — 36 in.
Plenum section — 48 in.
Humidifier section — 36 in.
11
Humidifier section — 48 in.
12
External bypass return section
13
Horizontal blow-thru discharge plenum section
14
Horizontal flat filter section
2 in. or 4 in. side loading
Horizontal angle filter section
2 in. or 4 in. side loading
Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, SL
6 in. or 12 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track
Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, SL
15 in. or 30 in. media with 2 in. pre-filter track
Horizontal bag/cartridge filter section, FL
Face loading media with or without header
15
16
17
18
Horizontal blow-thru HEPA filter section, FL
19
Cooling coil section with drain pan
20
Extended length cooling coil section with drain pan
21
Heating coil section
22
Extended length heating coil section and electric heat with remote
box
23
Extended length heating coil section with drain pan
24
Dual coil section with drain pan
25
Electric heat section with
control box
26
Multizone/dual duct
heating/cooling coil section
Low Amp AWL (in.)
(Indoor / Outdoor) Weight (lb)
High Amp AWL (in.)
(Indoor / Outdoor) Weight (lb)
H (in.)
AWL (in.)
(Indoor / Outdoor) Weight (lb)
AWL (in.)
Number of Zones
27
Multizone damper section
28
Vertical coil section with drain pan
FC
AF
29, 30, 31, Fan sections
32, 33
Downblast AF
Vertical FC/AF
34
AF
AWL
EBR
FC
Plenum fan section
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Airfoil
Airway Length
External Bypass Return
Forward Curved
FL
H
SL
W
—
—
—
—
60,500
120
120
123
AWL (in.) (Indoor/Outdoor) Weight (lb)
42
51
53
1920 / 2220 2650 / 2980 3040 / 3380
63
63
57
1870 / 2240 2140 / 2510 2160 / 2510
51
60
79
1790 / 2120 2390 / 2750 3410 / 3840
42
48
60
1030 / 1330 1330 / 1650 1800 / 2160
42
51
53
930 / 1230 1270 / 1600 1460 /1800
63
63
57
1870 / 2240 2140 / 2510 2160 / 2510
48
48
—
750 / 1070
850 / 1170
—
18
18
18
440 / 650
490 / 700
540 / 750
39
45
—
630 / —
810 / —
—
12
12
12
370 / 560
420 / 610
460 / 650
18
18
18
430 / 640
480 / 690
530 / 740
24
24
24
490 / 730
550 / 790
600 / 840
36
36
36
620 / 900
700 / 980
760 / 1040
48
48
48
750 / 1070
850 / 1170
920 / 1240
36
36
36
1080 / 1360 1230 / 1510 1350 / 1630
48
48
48
1210 / 1530 1380 / 1700 1510 / 1830
30
33
—
520 / —
630 / —
—
36
36
34
790 / 1070
900 / 1180
940 / 1210
12
12
12
800 / 990
910 / 1100 1000 / 1190
24
24
27
920 / 1160 1060 / 1300 1290 / 1540
24
24
24
920 / 1160 1060 / 1300 1160 / 1400
42
42
42
1120 / 1420 1270 / 1570 1400 / 1700
48
48
48
1190 / 1510 1360 / 1680 1490 / 1810
48
48
48
1190 / 1510 1360 / 1680 1490 / 1810
24
24
24
490 / 730
550 / 790
600 / 840
60
72
60
930 / 1290 1230 / 1630 1160 / 1520
12
12
12
370 / 560
420 / 610
460 / 650
24
24
24
490 / 730
550 / 790
600 / 840
60
72
—
890 / —
1180 / —
—
0
0
—
—
—
—
30 / 42
30 / 42
30
880 / 1180 1010 / 1310 1110 / 1410
42 / 54
42 / 54
42
1020 / 1360 1180 / 1520 1300 / 1640
119
140
—
102
120
—
2630 / —
3500 / —
—
11
11
—
18
18
—
72
78
—
1240 / —
1520 / —
—
66
66
77
2480 / 2860 2830 / 3210 3560 / 3980
72
78
77
2670 / 3070 3270 / 3700 3560 / 3980
72
78
77
2520 / 2920 3080 / 3510 3350 / 3770
72
78
—
2840 / —
3500 / —
—
72
78
70
3040 / 3440 3740 / 4170 3740 / 4140
NOTES:
1. Refer to the Aero™ Product Data Catalog for additional application information.
2. Section weights do not include coils or motors. Refer to the product data catalog for
additional weights.
3. Section height is the same except as noted.
4. All bold numbers are inches, non-bold are pounds unless otherwise noted.
Face Load
Height
Side Load
Width
12
Table 2A — Physical Data — Airfoil Fans (Supply, Return and Exhaust)
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL TYPE...SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
Class I
Class II
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (lb)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL TYPE...SIZE
03
All...Std
10
6.13
06
All...Std
121/4
7.5
08
All...Std
131/2
8.38
10
All...Std
131/2
8.38
12
All...Std
161/2
10.13
14
All...Std
161/2
10.13
17
All...Std
181/4
11.00
21
All...Std
20
12.44
25
All...Std
221/4
13.88
30
All...Std
221/4
13.88
N/A
4655
N/A
4560
N/A
4033
N/A
4033
N/A
3254
N/A
3254
2261
2950
2019
2598
1872
2442
1872
2442
N/A
1
N/A
13/16
N/A
17/16
N/A
17/16
N/A
111/16
N/A
111/16
111/16
115/16
111/16
115/16
115/16
23/16
115/16
23/16
N/A
7.5
9
N/A
10.50
9
N/A
15
9
N/A
15
9
N/A
36.5
9
N/A
36.5
9
51.7
51.7
9
59.6
59.6
9
73.0
73.0
9
73.0
73.0
9
184T
56
184T
56
215T
143T
254T
145T
254T
145T
256T
145T
256T
145T
284T
145T
286T
145T
324T
182T
5
7.5
1/
2
10
1
15
11/2
15
11/2
20
11/2
20
11/2
25
2
30
2
40
3
1/
2
36
40
50
61
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
241/2
Ret/Exh...Std
27
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
151/8
1613/16
1613/16
1813/16
1813/16
209/16
209/16
231/8
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
1700
2123
1463
1910
1463
1910
1316
1715
1316
1715
1202
1568
1202
1568
1055
1378
Class I
23/16
23/16
23/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
211/16
Class II
27/16
27/16
27/16
211/16
211/16
23/16
23/16
23/16
88
91
18
104
106
18
104
106
18
136
145
18
136
145
18
168
176
18
168
176
18
235
233
18
324T
184T
254T
182T
324T
184T
254T
182T
326T
213T
256T
184T
365T
213T
256T
184T
50
5
15
3
50
3
15
3
60
20
5
75
71/2
71/2
20
5
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (lb)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL TYPE...SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
Supply...Std
Supply...Std
27
Ret/Exh...Std
30
Supply...Std
30
Ret/Exh...Std
33
Supply…Std
33
Ret/Exh...Std
72
85
96
361/2
110
All...Small
31.89
21.65
All...Std
35.83
24.01
All...Small
35.83
24.01
All...Std
39.37
26.89
All...Small
35.83
24.01
All...Std
39.37
26.89
All...Small
39.37
26.89
All...Std
44.09
30.00
1300
1700
1250
1550
1250
1550
1200
1350
1250
1550
1200
1350
1200
1350
850
1150
Class I - Nominal Wheel Bore
23/16
27/16
27/16
23/4
27/16
23/4
23/4
215/16
Class I - Drive Side Bearing Bore
23/16
27/16
27/16
23/16
27/16
23/16
23/16
215/16
Class II - Nominal Wheel Bore
27/16
23/4
23/4
215/16
23/4
215/16
215/16
33/16
Class II - Drive Side Bearing Bore
23/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
215/16
195
195
10
262
273
10
262
273
10
348
358
10
262
273
10
348
358
10
348
358
10
441
459
10
365T
213T
405T
213T
405T
215T
444T
215T
405T
254T
444T
254T
444T
254T
445T
254T
75
3
100
3
100
3
125
7.5
100
3
125
7.5
125
7.5
150
7.5
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (lb)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
LEGEND
ODP
Ret/Exh
TEFC
— Open Dripproof
— Return Exhaust
— Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
NOTE: Data is for 50 Hz and 60 Hz motors.
13
Table 2B — Physical Data — Plenum Fans (Supply, Return and Exhaust)
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL TYPE...SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
Class I
Class II
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (lb)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL TYPE...SIZE
03
All...Std
121/4
7.5
06
All...Std
15
9.25
08
All...Std
161/2
10.13
10
All...Std
181/4
11.88
12
All...Std
221/4
12.14
14
All...Std
221/4
12.14
17
All...Std
241/2
15.81
21
All...Std
27
17.5
25
All...Std
30
19.69
30
All...Std
33
21.49
3567
4655
2765
3610
2465
3216
2190
2855
1872
2442
1872
2442
1701
2218
1463
1910
1316
1718
1202
1568
1
13/16
1
13/16
1
1
1
13/16
17/16
17/16
17/16
17/16
17/16
17/16
17/16
17/16
17/16
17/16
111/16
111/16
8
8
9
13
13
9
27
27
9
35
35
12
50
50
12
50
50
12
70
70
12
80
80
12
100
100
12
135
135
12
184T
56
213T
56
215T
56
254T
143T
254T
143T
256T
145T
256T
145T
284T
145T
284T
145T
286T
182T
5
7.5
3/
4
10
3/
4
15
1
15
1
20
11/2
20
11/2
25
2
25
2
30
3
1/
2
36
All…Std
Supply...Std
Ret/Exh...Std
Supply...Std
Ret/Exh...Std
Supply...Std
361/2
361/2
401/4
401/4
441/2
441/2
Ret/Exh...Std
49
24
24
265/8
265/8
291/2
291/2
321/2
1055
1378
1055
1378
955
1249
955
1249
865
1131
865
1131
808
1050
Class I
111/16
111/16
115/16
115/16
23/16
23/16
211/16
Class II
111/16
111/16
115/16
115/16
23/16
23/16
211/16
171
171
12
171
171
12
203
203
12
203
203
12
277
277
12
277
277
12
366
366
12
324T
182T
324T
184T
256T
182T
326T
213T
284T
184T
364T
213T
286T
184T
40
3
40
5
20
3
50
25
5
60
71/2
71/2
30
5
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (lb)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL TYPE...SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
40
50
72
61
85
96
110
All...Small
40.00
26.89
All...Std
44.72
30.00
All...Small
44.72
30.00
All...Std
49.84
33.46
All...Small
49.84
33.46
All...Std
55.28
37.05
All...Small
49.84
33.46
All...Std
55.28
37.05
1150
1400
1100
1200
1100
1200
950
1100
950
1100
850
975
950
1100
850
975
Class I - Nominal Wheel Bore
27/16
23/16
23/16
27/16
27/16
215/16
27/16
215/16
Class I - Drive Side Bearing Bore
27/16
23/16
23/16
23/16
23/16
27/16
23/16
27/16
Class II - Nominal Wheel Bore
27/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
215/16
27/16
215/16
Class II - Drive Side Bearing Bore
23/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
215/16
27/16
215/16
250
257
10
356
360
10
356
360
10
454
454
10
454
454
10
651
651
10
454
454
10
651
651
10
365T
213T
405T
213T
405T
215T
444T
215T
444T
254T
445T
254T
444T
254T
445T
254T
75
7.5
100
7.5
100
10
125
10
125
15
150
15
125
15
150
15
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (lb)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
ODP
Ret/Exh
TEFC
LEGEND
— Open Dripproof
— Return Exhaust
— Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
NOTE: Data is for 50 Hz and 60 Hz motors.
14
Table 2C — Physical Data — Forward-Curved Fans (Supply)
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
Class I
Class II
Fan Shaft Weight (lb) Class II
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (lb)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
Class I
Class II
Fan Shaft Weight (lb) Class II
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (lb)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
Class I - Nominal Wheel Bore
Class I - Drive Side Bearing Bore
Class II - Nominal Wheel Bore
Class II - Drive Side Bearing Bore
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (lb)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
03
Std
91/2
7.81
06
Std
105/8
8.81
Std
125/8
10.38
08
Small
105/8
8.81
Std
15
12.12
10
Small
125/8
10.38
Std
15
12.62
12
Small
125/8
10.38
Std
18
15.5
14
Small
15
12.62
Std
18
15.5
17
Small
15
12.62
Std
20
16.25
21
Small
15
12.62
2132
2749
1806
2347
1533
1986
1806
2347
1262
1639
1533
1986
1262
1639
1491
1938
1097
1378
1262
1639
1097
1378
1262
1639
952
1239
1262
1639
1
1
13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
17/16
13/16
17/16
13/16
17/16
17/16
111/16
1
1
13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
17/16
13/16
17/16
13/16
17/16
17/16
111/16
1.9
4.2
7.7
5.9
8.7
7.7
8.7
10.5
14.9
12.8
14.9
12.8
15.2
12.8
3.8
3.8
43
5.8
5.8
48
10.0
10.4
43
5.8
5.8
48
16.2
16.9
51
10.0
10.4
43
16.2
16.9
51
9.1
9.5
43
32.0
34.2
48
16.2
16.9
51
32.0
34.2
48
16.2
16.9
51
42.0
44.9
51
16.2
16.9
51
184T
56
184T
143T
213T
143T
213T
182T
213T
145T
215T
184T
213T
145T
254T
184T
213T
145T
254T
184T
215T
182T
254T
213T
254T
182T
284T
215T
3
5
1
5
1
71/2
3
5
11/2
10
5
71/2
2
15
5
71/2
2
15
5
10
3
15
71/2
15
3
25
10
3/
4
25
30
36
40
50
61
Std
20
Small
20
Std
20
Small
20
Std
25
Small
223/8
Std
25
Small
25
Std
275/8
Small
275/8
Std
301/4
Small
275/8
16.25
16.25
16.25
16.25
215/16
181/16
215/16
215/16
2315/16
2315/16
263/8
2315/16
952
1237
962
1250
1217
1244
969
1238
751
960
884
1119
751
960
770
980
656
865
684
873
618
793
656
865
17/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
17/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
17/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
15.2
19.1
23.5
22.2
27/16
61.1
23/16
42.4
27/16
60.3
27/16
53.3
27/16
71.8
27/16
64.5
211/16
90.1
27/16
71.8
42.0
44.9
51
37.5
40.1
51
53.0
53.0
37
51.0
51.0
37
81.0
81.0
37
63.0
63.0
37
81.0
81.0
37
73.0
73.0
37
111.0
111.0
37
101.0
101.0
37
128.0
128.0
37
111.0
111.0
37
254T
184T
284T
215T
256T
184T
286T
215T
256T
182T
286T
254T
284T
184T
286T
254T
286T
184T
324T
254T
324T
184T
326T
256T
15
5
25
10
20
5
30
10
20
3
30
15
25
5
30
15
30
5
40
15
40
5
50
20
Small
31.49
25.79
72
Std
35.43
29.01
Small
35.43
29.01
85
Std
38.98
32.72
96
Std
38.98
32.72
110
Std
38.98
32.72
675
760
600
665
600
665
550
600
550
600
550
600
23/16
23/16
23/16 SPB
27/16
27/16 PB
27/16
27/16 SPB
27/16
27/16 PB
27/16
27/16 SPB
27/16
27/16 PB
27/16
27/16 SPB
27/16
27/16 PB
27/16
27/16 SPB
27/16
27/16 PB
27/16
27/16 SPB
132.26
134.48
38
157.85
178.00
42
157.85
178.00
42
194.23
214.50
48
194.23
214.50
48
194.23
214.50
48
365T
215T
365T
215T
365T
215T
365T
215T
365T
215T
365T
215T
75
10
75
10
75
10
75
10
75
10
75
10
LEGEND
ODP — Open Dripproof
TEFC — Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
NOTE: Data is for 50 Hz and 60 Hz motors.
15
Table 2D — Physical Data — Forward-Curved Fans (Return and Exhaust)
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
Class I
Class II
Fan Shaft Weight (lb) Class II
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (lb)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
Class I
Class II
Fan Shaft Weight (lb) Class II
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (lb)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
39M UNIT SIZE
WHEEL SIZE
WHEEL DIAMETER (in.)
MIN INLET CONE DIAMETER (in.)
MAX SPEED (rpm)
Class I
Class II
FAN SHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
Class I - Nominal Wheel Bore
Class I - Drive Side Bearing Bore
Class II - Nominal Wheel Bore
Class II - Drive Side Bearing Bore
FAN WHEEL WEIGHT (lb)
Class I
Class II
No. Fan Blades
MOTOR FRAME SIZE
Maximum (ODP/TEFC)
Minimum (ODP/TEFC)
MOTOR HP
Maximum
Minimum
03
Std
91/2
7.81
06
Std
105/8
8.81
08
Std
125/8
10.38
10
Std
15
12.62
12
Std
15
12.62
14
Std
18
15.50
17
Std
18
15.50
21
Std
20
16.25
25
Std
20
16.25
2132
2749
1806
2347
1533
1986
1262
1639
1262
1639
1097
1378
1097
1378
952
1237
952
1237
1
1
13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
17/16
17/16
1
1
13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
13/16
17/16
17/16
1.9
4.2
7.7
8.7
8.7
14.9
14.9
15.2
15.2
3.8
3.8
43
5.8
5.8
48
10.0
10.4
43
16.2
16.9
51
16.2
16.9
51
32.0
34.2
48
32.0
34.2
48
42.0
44.9
51
42.0
44.9
51
184T
56
184T
56
213T
56
213T
143T
213T
145T
213T
145T
215T
145T
254T
145T
254T
145T
71/2
11/2
71/2
11/2
10
11/2
15
2
15
2
3
5
5
1/
2
3/
4
3/
4
5
1
30
Std
20
Std
25
Small
223/8
Std
25
Small
25
Std
275/8
Small
275/8
Std
301/4
Small
275/8
16.25
215/16
181/16
215/16
215/16
2315/16
2315/16
263/8
2315/16
960
1217
751
960
884
1119
751
960
770
980
656
865
684
873
618
793
656
865
111/16
111/16
17/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
111/16
23.5
27/16
61.1
23/16
42.4
27/16
60.3
27/16
53.3
27/16
71.8
27/16
64.5
211/16
90.1
27/16
71.8
53.0
53.0
37
81.0
81.0
37
63.0
63.0
37
81.0
81.0
37
73.0
73.0
37
111.0
111.0
37
101.0
101.0
37
128.0
128.0
37
111.0
111.0
37
256T
182T
256T
182T
286T
254T
284T
184T
286T
254T
286T
184T
324T
254T
324T
184T
326T
256T
20
3
20
3
30
15
25
5
30
15
30
5
40
15
40
5
50
20
36
40
50
72
85
61
Small
31.49
25.79
Std
35.43
29.01
Small
35.43
29.01
Std
38.98
32.72
96
Std
38.98
32.72
110
Std
38.98
32.72
675
760
600
665
600
665
550
600
550
600
550
600
23/16
23/16
23/16 SPB
27/16
27/16 PB
27/16
27/16 SPB
27/16
27/16 PB
27/16
27/16 SPB
27/16
27/16 PB
27/16
27/16 SPB
27/16
27/16 PB
27/16
27/16 SPB
27/16
27/16 PB
27/16
27/16 SPB
132.26
134.48
38
157.85
178.00
42
157.85
178.00
42
194.23
214.50
48
194.23
214.50
48
194.23
214.50
48
365T
215T
365T
215T
365T
215T
365T
215T
365T
215T
365T
215T
75
10
75
10
75
10
75
10
75
10
75
10
LEGEND
ODP — Open Dripproof
TEFC — Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
NOTE: Data is for 50 Hz and 60 Hz motors.
16
Table 3 — Coil Data
39M UNIT SIZE
1/
CHILLED WATER/DIRECT EXPANSION
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
1,736
2,951
3,819
4,965
6,319
7,170
8,464
10,720
12,205
25
25
27.5
27.5
35
35
37.5
47.5
47.5
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
3.5
5.9
7.6
9.9
12.6
14.3
16.9
21.4
24.4
10,278
1,215
2,066
2,778
3,611
4,965
6,146
6,771
9,028
Lower Coil Height (in.)
17.5
17.5
20
20
27.5
30
30
40
40
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.4
4.1
5.6
7.2
9.9
12.3
13.5
18.1
20.6
8,993
Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water
Only)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
1,042
1,771
2,431
3,160
4,514
5,122
6,207
7,899
Lower Coil Height (in.)
15
15
17.5
17.5
25
25
27.5
35
35
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.1
3.5
4.9
6.3
9.0
10.2
12.4
15.8
18.0
2-in.
HOT WATER HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
2,431
4,132
5,347
6,951
8,847
10,038
11,849
15,009
17,087
Lower Coil Height (in.)
25
25
27.5
27.5
35
35
37.5
47.5
47.5
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
3.5
5.9
7.6
9.9
12.6
14.3
16.9
21.4
24.4
14,389
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
1,701
2,892
3,889
5,056
6,951
8,604
9,479
12,639
Lower Coil Height (in.)
17.5
17.5
20
20
27.5
30
30
40
40
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.4
4.1
5.6
7.2
9.9
12.3
13.5
18.1
20.6
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
—
2,479
2,917
3,792
4,424
5,019
6,319
7,109
8,094
Height (in.)
—
15
15
15
17.5
17.5
20
22.5
22.5
Length (in.)
—
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
—
3.5
4.2
5.4
6.3
7.2
9.0
10.2
11.6
12,590
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
5/
06
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
1/
03
2-in.
1,458
2,479
3,403
4,424
6,319
7,170
8,689
11,059
Lower Coil Height (in.)
15
15
17.5
17.5
25
25
27.5
35
35
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.1
3.5
4.9
6.3
9.0
10.2
12.4
15.8
18.0
16,188
8-in.
STEAM HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
2,333
3,967
5,250
6,825
8,342
9,465
11,375
14,219
Lower Coil Height (in.)
24
24
27
27
33
33
36
45
45
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
3.3
5.7
7.5
9.8
11.9
13.5
16.3
20.3
23.1
14,029
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
1,458
2,479
3,500
4,550
6,825
8,604
9,479
12,323
Lower Coil Height (in.)
15
15
18
18
27
30
30
39
39
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.1
3.5
5.0
6.5
9.8
12.3
13.5
17.6
20.0
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
—
2,479
2,917
3,792
3,792
4,302
5,688
6,635
7,554
Height (in.)
—
15
15
15
15
15
18
21
21
Length (in.)
—
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
—
3.5
4.2
5.4
5.4
6.1
8.1
9.5
10.8
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
1,458
2,479
2,917
3,792
6,067
6,883
8,531
10,427
11,871
Height (in.)
15
15
15
15
24
24
27
33
33
Length (in.)
20
34
40
52
52
59
65
65
74
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.1
3.5
4.2
5.4
8.7
9.8
12.2
14.9
17.0
17
Table 3 — Coil Data (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
1/
CHILLED WATER/DIRECT EXPANSION
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
15,174
18,333
20,000
25,278
30,694
36,224
42,656
48,125
55,000
Lower Coil Height (in.)
47.5
55
30
35
42.5
50
50
55
55
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
30
35
42.5
47.5
47.5
55
55
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
107
126
126
144
30.3
36.7
40.0
50.6
61.4
72.4
85.3
96.3
110.0
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
12,778
15,000
18,333
19,861
25,278
29,722
35,000
39,375
45,000
Lower Coil Height (in.)
40
45
55
55
35
40
40
45
45
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
35
40
40
45
45
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
107
126
126
144
25.6
30.0
36.7
39.7
50.6
59.4
70.0
78.8
90.0
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water
Only)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
11,181
12,500
15,000
16,250
19,861
23,220
27,344
30,625
35,000
Lower Coil Height (in.)
35
37.5
45
45
55
32.5
32.5
35
35
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
30
30
35
35
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
107
126
126
144
22.4
25.0
30.0
32.5
39.7
46.4
54.7
61.3
70.0
Total Face Area (sq ft)
1/
30
2-in.
2-in.
HOT WATER HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
21,243
25,667
28,000
35,389
42,972
50,714
59,719
67,375
77,000
Lower Coil Height (in.)
47.5
55
30
35
42.5
50
50
55
55
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
30
35
42.5
47.5
47.5
55
55
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
107
126
126
144
30.3
36.7
40.0
50.6
61.4
72.4
85.3
96.3
110.0
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
17,889
21,000
25,667
27,806
35,389
41,611
49,000
55,125
63,000
Lower Coil Height (in.)
40
45
55
55
35
40
40
45
45
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
35
40
40
45
45
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
107
126
126
144
25.6
30.0
36.7
39.7
50.6
59.4
70.0
78.8
90.0
10,063
14,000
14,000
17,694
21,486
—
—
—
—
22.5
30
30
35
42.5
—
—
—
—
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
92
96
96
104
104
—
—
—
—
14.4
20.0
20.0
25.3
30.7
—
—
—
—
15,653
17,500
21,000
22,750
27,806
32,509
38,281
42,875
49,000
Lower Coil Height (in.)
35
37.5
45
45
55
32.5
32.5
35
35
Upper Coil Height (in.)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
30
30
35
35
Length (in.)
92
96
96
104
104
107
126
126
144
22.4
25.0
30.0
32.5
39.7
46.4
54.7
61.3
70.0
Total Face Area (sq ft)
18
Table 3 — Coil Data (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CHILLED WATER
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water Only)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/ -in. HOT WATER HEATING
8
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
1-in. STEAM HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/8-in. HOT WATER INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS
Nominal Capacity (cfm)
Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/8-in. STEAM INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS
Nominal Capacity (cfm)
Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
1,667
24
N/A
20
3.3
2,833
24
N/A
34
5.7
3,750
27
N/A
40
7.5
4,875
27
N/A
52
9.8
5,958
33
N/A
52
11.9
6,760
33
N/A
59
13.5
8,125
36
N/A
65
16.3
10,156
45
N/A
65
20.3
11,563
45
N/A
74
23.1
1,042
15
N/A
20
2.1
1,771
15
N/A
34
3.5
2,500
18
N/A
40
5.0
3,250
18
N/A
52
6.5
4,875
27
N/A
52
9.8
6,146
30
N/A
59
12.3
6,771
30
N/A
65
13.5
8,802
39
N/A
65
17.6
10,021
39
N/A
74
20.0
1,042
15
N/A
20
2.1
1,771
15
N/A
34
3.5
2,083
15
N/A
40
4.2
2,708
15
N/A
52
5.4
4,333
24
N/A
52
8.7
4,917
24
N/A
59
9.8
6,094
27
N/A
65
12.2
7,448
33
N/A
65
14.9
8,479
33
N/A
74
17.0
2,333
24
N/A
20
3.3
3,967
24
N/A
34
5.7
5,250
27
N/A
40
7.5
6,825
27
N/A
52
9.8
8,342
33
N/A
52
11.9
9,465
33
N/A
59
13.5
11,375
36
N/A
65
16.3
14,219
45
N/A
65
20.3
16,188
45
N/A
74
23.1
1,458
15
N/A
20
2.1
2,479
15
N/A
34
3.5
3,500
18
N/A
40
5.0
4,550
18
N/A
52
6.5
6,825
27
N/A
52
9.8
8,604
30
N/A
59
12.3
9,479
30
N/A
65
13.5
12,323
39
N/A
65
17.6
14,029
39
N/A
74
20.0
—
—
—
—
2,479
15
34
3.5
2,917
15
40
4.2
3,792
15
52
5.4
3,792
15
52
5.4
4,302
15
59
6.1
5,688
18
65
8.1
6,635
21
65
9.5
7,554
21
74
10.8
1,458
15
N/A
20
2.1
2,479
15
N/A
34
3.5
2,917
15
N/A
40
4.2
3,792
15
N/A
52
5.4
6,067
24
N/A
52
8.7
6,883
24
N/A
59
9.8
8,531
27
N/A
65
12.2
10,427
33
N/A
65
14.9
11,871
33
N/A
74
17.0
2,333
24
N/A
20
3.3
3,967
24
N/A
34
5.7
5,250
27
N/A
40
7.5
6,825
27
N/A
52
9.8
8,342
33
N/A
52
11.9
9,465
33
N/A
59
13.5
11,375
36
N/A
65
16.3
14,219
45
N/A
65
20.3
16,188
45
N/A
74
23.1
1,458
15
N/A
20
2.1
2,479
15
N/A
34
3.5
3,500
18
N/A
40
5.0
4,550
18
N/A
52
6.5
6,825
27
N/A
52
9.8
8,604
30
N/A
59
12.3
9,479
30
N/A
65
13.5
12,323
39
N/A
65
17.6
14,029
39
N/A
74
20.0
—
—
—
—
2,479
15
34
3.5
2,917
15
40
4.2
3,792
15
52
5.4
3,792
15
52
5.4
4,302
15
59
6.1
5,688
18
65
8.1
6,635
21
65
9.5
7,554
21
74
10.8
1,458
15
N/A
20
2.1
2,479
15
N/A
34
3.5
2,917
15
N/A
40
4.2
3,792
15
N/A
52
5.4
6,067
24
N/A
52
8.7
6,883
24
N/A
59
9.8
8,531
27
N/A
65
12.2
10,427
33
N/A
65
14.9
11,871
33
N/A
74
17.0
—
—
—
—
3,000
22.9
24
3.3
4,000
30.6
30
5.7
5,000
30.6
39
7.4
6,000
30.6
39
7.4
7,000
30.6
45
8.5
8,500
24
59.4
9.2
10,500
33
59.4
12.6
12,500
33
59.4
12.6
—
—
—
—
3,000
22.88
24
3.3
4,000
30.56
30
5.7
5,000
30.56
39
7.4
6,000
30.56
39
7.4
7,000
30.56
45
8.5
8,500
24
59.38
9.2
10,500
33
59.38
12.6
12,500
33
59.38
12.6
8-in.
19
Table 3 — Coil Data (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CHILLED WATER
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal Chilled Water Only)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 500 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/ -in. HOT WATER HEATING
8
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
1-in. STEAM HEATING
Large Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Medium Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Small Face Area
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Bypass Face Area (Internal)
Nominal Capacity (cfm) at 700 fpm
Lower Coil Height (in.)
Upper Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/8-in. HOT WATER INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS
Nominal Capacity (cfm)
Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/8-in. STEAM INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS
Nominal Capacity (cfm)
Coil Height (in.)
Length (in.)
Total Face Area (sq ft)
5/
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
14,375
45
N/A
92
28.8
18,000
54
N/A
96
36.0
20,000
30
30
96
40.0
24,917
36
33
104
49.8
30,333
42
42
104
60.7
35,667
48
48
107
71.3
42,000
48
48
126
84.0
47,250
54
54
126
94.5
54,000
54
54
144
108.0
12,458
39
N/A
92
24.9
15,000
45
N/A
96
30.0
18,000
54
N/A
96
36.0
19,500
54
N/A
104
39.0
24,917
36
33
104
49.8
28,979
39
39
107
58.0
34,125
39
39
126
68.3
38,063
45
42
126
76.1
43,500
45
42
144
87.0
10,542
33
N/A
92
21.1
12,000
36
N/A
96
24.0
15,000
45
N/A
96
30.0
16,250
45
N/A
104
32.5
19,500
54
N/A
104
39.0
23,406
33
30
107
46.8
27,563
33
30
126
55.1
31,500
36
36
126
63.0
36,000
36
36
144
72.0
20,125
45
N/A
92
28.8
25,200
54
N/A
96
36.0
28,000
30
30
96
40.0
34,883
36
33
104
49.8
42,467
42
42
104
60.7
49,933
48
48
107
71.3
58,800
48
48
126
84.0
66,150
54
54
126
94.5
75,600
54
54
144
108.0
17,442
39
N/A
92
24.9
21,000
45
N/A
96
30.0
25,200
54
N/A
96
36.0
27,300
54
N/A
104
39.0
34,883
36
33
104
49.8
40,571
39
39
107
58.0
47,775
39
39
126
68.3
53,288
45
42
126
76.1
60,900
45
42
144
87.0
9,392
21
92
13.4
14,000
30
96
20.0
14,000
30
96
20.0
16,683
33
104
23.8
21,233
42
104
30.3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14,758
33
N/A
92
21.1
16,800
36
N/A
96
24.0
21,000
45
N/A
96
30.0
22,750
45
N/A
104
32.5
27,300
54
N/A
104
39.0
32,769
33
30
107
46.8
38,588
33
30
126
55.1
44,100
36
36
126
63.0
50,400
36
36
144
72.0
20,125
45
N/A
92
28.8
25,200
54
N/A
96
36.0
28,000
30
30
96
40.0
34,883
36
33
104
49.8
42,467
42
42
104
60.7
49,933
48
48
107
71.3
58,800
48
48
126
84.0
66,150
54
54
126
94.5
75,600
54
54
144
108.0
17,442
39
N/A
92
24.9
21,000
45
N/A
96
30.0
25,200
54
N/A
96
36.0
27,300
54
N/A
104
39.0
34,883
36
33
104
49.8
40,571
39
39
107
58.0
47,775
39
39
126
68.3
53,288
45
42
126
76.1
60,900
45
42
144
87.0
9,392
21
92
13.4
14,000
30
96
20.0
14,000
30
96
20.0
16,683
33
104
23.8
21,233
42
104
30.3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14,758
33
N/A
92
21.1
16,800
36
N/A
96
24.0
21,000
45
N/A
96
30.0
22,750
45
N/A
104
32.5
27,300
54
N/A
104
39.0
32,769
33
30
107
46.8
38,588
33
30
126
55.1
44,100
36
36
126
63.0
50,400
36
36
144
72.0
15,000
33
81.4
17.6
18,000
45
81.4
24.1
20,000
51
81.4
27.3
25,000
60
92.4
36.7
30,500
75
92.4
45.8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15,000
33
81.38
17.6
18,000
45
81.38
24.1
20,000
51
81.38
27.3
25,000
60
92.38
36.7
30,500
75
92.38
45.8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8-in.
20
Table 4 — Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data
Medium Face Area Coils
39M UNIT SIZE
03
CIRCUITING TYPE
Quarter
Half
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
1,215
Total Face Area (sq ft)
2.4
Tubes in Face
14
14
Tube Length (in.)
20
20
No. of Circuits - Total
4
7
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
2
2
7/
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
8
8
7/
7/
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
8
8
Distributor Nozzle Size*
G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
2
2
7/
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
8
8
7/
7/
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
8
8
Distributor Nozzle Size*
G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
1
1
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
11/8
8
7
7
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
/8
/8
Distributor Nozzle Size
G-2.5
G-6
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
2
2
7/
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
8
8
7
7
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
/8
/8
Distributor Nozzle Size*
G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2
Intertwined Row Split Coils
2
2
No. of TXVs
7/
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
8
8
7/
7/
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
8
8
G-1.5 G-2.5/G-2
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
1
1
No. of TXVs
7/
11/8
Suction Connections (in. OD)
8
7/
7/
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
8
8
G-2.5
G-6
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
—
No. of TXVs
2
7/
—
Suction Connections (in. OD)
8
7
—
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
/8
—
Distributor Nozzle Size*
G-2.5/G-2
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
—
2
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
—
8
7
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
/8
—
Distributor Nozzle Size*
G-2.5/G-2
—
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
1
1
7/
Suction Connections (in. OD)
11/8
8
7/
7/
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
8
8
Distributor Nozzle Size
G-2.5
G-6
Full
Quarter
14
20
14
14
34
4
—
—
—
—
2
2
7/
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
8
G-1.5
—
—
—
—
G-1.5
—
—
—
—
1
7/
8
7/
8
G-2.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
06
Half
2,066
4.1
14
34
7
G-2.5/G-2
2
2
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
Full
Quarter
14
34
14
16
40
4
—
—
—
—
2
2
7/
8
7/
8
7/
7/
G-1.5
G-2.5/G-2
—
—
—
—
G-1.5
1
11/8
7/
8
G-6
—
—
—
—
1
7/
8
7/
8
G-2.5
2
2
7/
7/
8
7/
8
—
—
—
—
7/
8
8
G-1.5
G-2.5/G-2
2
2
7/
7/
8
7/
8
2
2
8
7/
8
8
7/
8
2
8
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
G-2.5/G-2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-6
—
—
—
—
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-1.5
7/
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
—
—
—
—
8
7/
7/
2
G-2.5/G-2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2.5
7/
8
7/
8
2
8
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
7/
7/
8
8
G-2.5
2
2
7/
8
7/
8
7/
2
2
8
7/
8
8
7/
8
2
2
8
7/
8
7/
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8
7/
G-1.5
2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
G-2.5
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper
distributor.
8
G-2.5
2
7/
7/
8
8
—
—
—
—
7/
7/
8
G-2.5
8
22
52
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7/
16
52
16
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-8
1
11/8
7/
8
G-8
7/
Quarter
G-2.5
1
8
Full
—
—
—
—
G-2.5
7/
8
G-2.5
7/
G-1.5
8
8
7/
—
—
—
—
8
10
Half
3,611
7.2
16
52
8
7/
1
7/
8
7/
8
G-2.5
7/
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
—
—
—
—
G-1.5
G-1.5
7/
8
G-2.5
16
52
4
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-6
8
16
40
16
1
11/8
7/
8
G-8
1
7/
Quarter
G-2.5
7/
—
—
—
—
Full
—
—
—
—
G-2.5/G-2
8
8
G-2.5
7/
G-1.5
8
8
7/
—
—
—
—
7/
08
Half
2,778
5.6
16
40
8
8
8
G-2.5
2
2
7/
8
7/
8
7/
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
2
12
Half
4,965
9.9
22
52
11
Full
Quarter
22
52
22
24
59
6
2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
1/
7/
1
8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
Full
24
59
24
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
G-2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3
—
—
—
—
G-2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
1
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
7/
1 1/ 8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
1/
7/
1
8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
1
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
7/
8
7/
8
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
7/
8
7/
8
G-1.5
G-2.5
—
—
—
—
1
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
7/
1 1/ 8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
G-2.5
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
1 3/ 8
7/
1 1/ 8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
7/
7/
8
8
8
7/
8
7/
8
G-2.5
2
7/
8
7/
8
2
2
14
Half
6,146
12.3
24
59
12
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBuilder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
21
Table 4 — Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)
Medium Face Area Coils (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
17
21
25
Half Full Half Full Double Half Full Double
6,771
9,028
10,278
13.5
18.1
20.6
24
24 32 32
32
32 32
32
65
65 65 65
65
72 72
72
12
24 16 32
64
16 32
64
30
36
40
50
Half Full Double Full Double Full Double Full Double
12,778
15,000
18,333
19,861
25.6
30.0
36.7
39.7
32 32
32
36
36
44
44
44
44
92 92
92
96
96
60
60
104
104
16 32
64
36
72
44
88
44
88
2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
3/
3/
7/
7/
1
1
8
8
8
8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
3/
7/
1
8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
3/
7/
1
8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
7/
13/8 7/8 13/8
8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1 3/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
3
7/
7
1 /8
/ 8 1 3/ 8
8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17
2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
3
7/
7
1 /8
/ 8 1 3/ 8
8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17
1
1 3/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-8 C-17
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-8 C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
61
Full
Double
25,278
50.6
28
28
28
28
104
104
104
104
28
28
56
56
Upper Lower Upper Lower
2
2
2
2
11/8 13/8 11/8 15/8
3/
3/
7/
7/
1
1
8
8
8
8
G-4 C-12 G-8 C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
2
11/8 15/8
3/
7/
1
8
8
G-8 C-17
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
2
11/8 15/8
3/
7/
1
8
8
G-8 C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
2
11/8 13/8
7/
13/8
8
G-4 C-12
—
—
—
—
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
2
— 15/8
— 13/8
— C-17
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
—
2
— 15/8
— 13/8
— C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
1
1 3/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper
distributor.
—
—
—
—
NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBuilder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
22
Table 4 — Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)
Medium Face Area Coils (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
72
Full
85
Double
32
107
32
Upper
29,722
59.4
32
32
107
107
32
60
Lower Upper
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
Full
96
Double
110
36
126
72
Lower
36
144
36
Upper
Double
45,000
90.0
36
36
36
144
144
144
36
72
72
Lower Upper Lower
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
32
107
64
Lower
32
126
32
Upper
35,000
70.0
32
32
126
126
32
64
Lower Upper
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
Full
Double
32
126
64
Lower
36
126
36
Upper
39,375
78.8
36
36
126
126
36
72
Lower Upper
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper
distributor.
Full
NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBuilder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
23
Table 4 — Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)
Large Face Area Coil
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
03
Quarter Half
1,736
3.5
20
20
20
20
4
10
2
Full
20
20
20
2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
G-1.5
2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-3
1
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
2
06
Quarter Half
2,951
5.9
20
20
34
34
4
10
Quarter
20
34
20
22
40
6
Quarter
22
40
22
22
52
6
G-1.5
2
11/8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-3
1
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-1.5
2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3
G-1.5
2
11/8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
—
G-2
2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-1.5
2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
—
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-1.5
2
11/8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
—
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
1
11/8
7/
8
G-3
1
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-3
1
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
8
8
G-1.5
2
7/
7/
8
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
7/
8
G-1.5
2
7/
8
7/
8
7/
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3
Full
—
—
—
—
7/
2
08
Half
3,819
7.6
22
40
11
2
11/8
7/
8
G-3
7/
2
Full
2
G-2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
7/
8
8
G-2
2
7/
7/
8
8
2
7/
8
7/
8
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
10
Half
4,965
9.9
22
52
11
Full
22
52
22
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3
—
—
—
—
G-2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-4/G-3
—
—
—
—
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
7/
7/
8
8
G-2
2
7/
7/
8
8
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2
1
11/8
7/
8
G-4
12
Quarter
Half
6,319
12.6
28
28
52
52
7
14
2
7/
8
7/
8
G-2.5/G-2
28
52
28
G-2.5/G-2
—
—
—
—
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-6
1
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
14
Quarter
Half
7,170
14.3
28
28
59
59
7
14
2
2
7/
15/8
8
3
7
1 /8
/8
C-15 G-2.5/G-2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
2
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
Full
28
59
28
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-6 C-15
G-2.5/G-2
2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-6
1
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-6 C-15
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-6 C-15
—
—
—
—
1
1-5/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15
7/
7/
8
8
2
Full
7/
8
7/
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 13/8
1/
7/
1
8
8
G-3 E-10
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 13/8
1/
7/
1
8
8
G-3 E-10
—
—
—
—
2
2
13/8
11/8
1/
7/
1
8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
2
13/8
11/8
1/
7/
1
8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
3/
7/
1
8
8
G-6 C-15
—
—
—
—
2
1 1/ 8
7/
8
G-3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-3 E-10
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8
13/8
7/
11/8
8
G-4/G-3 E-12
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
2
11/8 15/8
7/
13/8
8
G-6 C-15
—
—
—
—
1
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-15
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper
distributor.
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBuilder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
24
Table 4 — Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)
Large Face Area Coil (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
39M UNIT SIZE
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
17
Full
8,464
16.9
30
65
30
Half
30
65
15
Double
Half
30
65
60
38
65
19
21
Full
10,720
21.4
38
65
38
Double
Half
38
65
76
38
72
19
25
Full
12,205
24.4
38
72
38
Double
Half
38
72
76
38
92
19
30
Full
15,174
30.3
38
92
38
Double
38
92
76
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8/G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8/G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
1
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8/G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8/G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
—
—
—
—
1
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8/G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
2
11/8
7/
8
G-8/G-6
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
2
13/8
11/8
E-10/E-8
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
1
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
36
Double
18,333
36.7
44
44
96
96
44
88
40
Full
50
Full
Double
61
Full
Double
20,000
40.0
Full
Double
25,278
50.6
30,694
61.4
24
96
24
Upper
24
96
24
Lower
24
96
48
Upper
24
96
48
Lower
28
104
28
Upper
28
104
28
Lower
28
104
56
Upper
28
104
56
Lower
34
104
34
Upper
34
104
34
Lower
34
104
68
Upper
34
104
68
Lower
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
1 3 /8
1 1 /8
E-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
4
13/8
13/8
C-12
4
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
1 3 /8
1 1 /8
E-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
13/8
13/8
C-12
4
13/8
13/8
C-12
4
13/8
13/8
C-12
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
4
15/8
13/8
C-15
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
2
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
4
15/8
13/8
C-17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper
distributor.
NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBuilder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
25
Table 4 — Direct-Expansion Circuiting Data (cont)
Large Face Area Coil (cont)
39M UNIT SIZE
72
CIRCUITING TYPE
Airflow (cfm) at 500 fpm
Total Face Area (sq ft)
Upper
Tubes in Face
Tube Length (in.)
No. of Circuits - Total
4-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
6-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
8-Row Coil
Face Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Intertwined Row Split Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size*
Single-Circuit Coils
No. of TXVs
Suction Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Connections (in. OD)
Distributor Nozzle Size
85
Full
Double
36,224
72.4
Lower
Upper
96
Full
Lower
Upper
Double
46,656
85.3
Lower
Upper
110
Full
Lower
Upper
Double
48,125
96.3
Lower
Upper
Full
Lower
Upper
Double
55,000
110.0
Lower
Upper
Lower
38
107
38
40
107
40
38
107
76
40
107
80
38
126
38
40
126
40
38
126
76
40
126
80
44
126
44
44
126
44
44
126
88
44
126
88
44
144
44
44
144
44
44
144
88
44
144
88
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
13/8
11/8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
13/8
11/8
E-10
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-20
8
13/8
11/8
E-10
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
8
13/8
11/8
E-10
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
13/8
11/8
E-10
4
1 5/ 8
1 3/ 8
C-20
8
13/8
11/8
E-10
2
15/8
13/8
C-20
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-10
4
15/8
13/8
C-20
8
13/8
11/8
E-10
4
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
4
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
13/8
11/8
E-12
8
1 3/ 8
1 1/ 8
E-12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve (Field Supplied)
*When 2 nozzle sizes are listed, the smaller nozzle should be located on the upper distributor.
NOTE: Factory-supplied distributors have factory-selected nozzle sizes as shown. If necessary, replace factory-supplied nozzles with field-supplied and installed nozzles. Consult
AHUBuilder® software selection program for correct nozzle selection.
26
Table 5 — 1/2-in. Water Coil Connection Sizes
FACE
AREA
ROWS
1, 2
4
LARGE
6, 8, 10
1, 2
4
MEDIUM
6, 8, 10
1, 2
BYPASS
4
6, 8, 10
1, 2
SMALL
4
CIRCUIT
TYPE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
HALF/FULL
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF/FULL
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF/FULL
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
HALF/FULL
HALF/FULL
DOUBLE
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
—
—
—
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
39M UNIT SIZE
25
30
36
40
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)1.5
2.5
2.5
3
(2)1.5
3
3
3
(2)2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
50
61
72
85
96
110
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
1.5
1.5
2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
—
—
—
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
—
—
—
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
—
—
—
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
—
—
—
NOTES:
1. Large face area sizes 40, 50 and 61 and medium face area size 61 units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
2. All 72-110 sized units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
Table 6 — 5/8-in. Water Coil Connection Sizes
FACE
AREA
LARGE
ROWS
CIRCUIT
TYPE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
1
HALF
HALF
FULL
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
HALF
FULL
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
HALF
FULL
FULL
DOUBLE
HALF
HALF
FULL
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
—
—
—
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2.5
3
3
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.5
1.5
2
2,4
6, 8
1
MEDIUM
2,4
6, 8
1
BYPASS
2,4
6, 8
1
SMALL
2
39M UNIT SIZE
25
30
36
40
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2
2
2
(2)1.5
2
2
2
(2)1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)2
3
3
3
(2)2
3
3
3
(2)2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
2.5
2.5
3
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2
2
2
2
50
61
72
85
96
110
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
2
2
2.5
3
3
2
2
2.5
3
3
1.5
1.5
2
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
2
2
2.5
3
3
2
2
2
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)4
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
—
—
—
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)4
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
—
—
—
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)4
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
—
—
—
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)4
(2)2
(2)2
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
(2)1.5
(2)1.5
(2)2.5
(2)3
(2)3
—
—
—
NOTES:
1. Large face area sizes 40, 50 and 61 and medium face area size 61 units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
2. All 72-110 sized units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
Table 7 — 1-in. Steam Coil Connection Sizes
FACE
AREA
ROWS
CONNECTION
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
ALL
ALL
INLET
OUTLET
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
39M UNIT SIZE
25
30
36
40
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2.5 2.5 2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5 2.5 2.5
2.5
2.5
21
NOTES:
1. Large face area sizes 40, 50 and 61 and medium face area size 61 units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
2. All 72-110 sized units have 2 sets of water coil connections.
27
50
61
72
85
96
110
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
(2)2.5
Table 8 — 5/8-in. Steam Coil Connection Sizes
ROWS
FACE
AREA
CONNECTION
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
INLET
OUTLET
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
LARGE
MEDIUM
1
BYPASS
SMALL
LARGE
MEDIUM
2
BYPASS
SMALL
39M UNIT SIZE
21
25
30
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
2.5
2.5
—
2
2
—
2
2
—
2
2
—
2
2
—
2
2
—
2
2
—
2
2
—
3
3
—
2.5
2.5
—
2.5
2.5
—
2.5
2.5
—
2.5
2.5
—
2.5
2.5
—
2.5
2.5
—
2.5
2.5
—
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table 9 — Hot Water — Integral Face and Bypass Coil Connection Sizes
39M UNIT SIZE
ROWS
CONNECTION
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
1
2
3
INLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
—
—
—
—
OUTLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
—
—
—
—
INLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
OUTLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
INLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
OUTLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
61
72
85
96
110
—
Table 10 — Steam — Integral Face and Bypass Coil Connection Sizes
39M UNIT SIZE
ROWS
03
CONNECTION
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
Nozzle Size (in. MPT)
1
2
3
INLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
—
—
—
OUTLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
INLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
—
—
—
—
OUTLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
INLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
—
—
—
—
OUTLET
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
—
Table 11 — Operating Charge (Approximate) — Direct-Expansion Coil
ROWS
4
6
8
CONNECTION
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
Large
Medium
Large
Medium
Large
Medium
1
1
2
2
3
2
3
2
4
3
6
5
4
3
6
4
8
6
4
3
7
5
10
8
5
4
9
7
12
9
6
5
10
8
15
11
7
6
12
9
18
13
28
39M UNIT SIZE
21
25
30
36
Refrigerant R-410A (lb)
9
11
13
16
7
8
10
12
15
18
22
26
11
14
16
20
22
26
31
37
16
20
23
28
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
18
13
29
22
42
31
22
17
37
27
52
39
27
20
45
33
63
48
32
24
53
39
75
56
37
28
62
47
88
66
42
32
70
53
100
75
48
36
80
60
114
86
Table 12 — Coil Volume (Gal. Water)
39M UNIT SIZE
CHILLED WATER
Large Face Area
4-Row
6-Row
8-Row
10-Row
Medium Face Area
4-Row
6-Row
8-Row
10-Row
Small Face Area
4-Row
Bypass Face Area
4-Row
6-Row
8-Row
10-Row
HOT WATER
Large Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Medium Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Small Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Bypass Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
Integral Bypass Face Area
1-Row
2-Row
3-Row
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
1.4
2.0
2.7
3.4
2.2
3.3
4.4
5.5
2.8
4.3
5.7
7.1
3.7
5.5
7.3
9.1
4.7
7.0
9.3
11.6
5.3
7.9
10.5
13.1
6.2
9.3
12.4
15.5
7.8
11.8
15.7
19.6
8.9
13.3
17.8
22.2
11.0
16.5
22.0
27.5
13.3
19.9
26.5
33.2
14.5
21.7
29.0
36.2
18.3
27.4
36.5
45.7
22.2
33.3
44.4
55.5
26.2
39.3
52.3
65.4
30.7
46.1
61.5
76.8
34.7
52.0
69.3
86.7
39.6
59.3
79.1
98.9
0.9
1.4
1.9
2.4
1.5
2.3
3.1
3.9
2.1
3.1
4.1
5.2
2.7
4.0
5.3
6.6
3.7
5.5
7.3
9.1
4.5
6.8
9.0
11.3
4.9
7.4
9.9
12.4
6.6
9.9
13.2
16.5
7.5
11.2
15.0
18.7
9.3
13.9
18.5
23.1
10.9
16.3
21.7
27.1
13.3
19.9
26.5
33.2
14.4
21.5
28.7
35.9
18.3
27.4
36.5
45.7
21.5
32.2
42.9
53.7
25.2
37.8
50.4
63.0
28.4
42.6
56.7
70.9
32.4
48.5
64.7
80.9
—
1.3
1.5
2.0
2.3
2.6
3.3
3.7
4.2
5.2
7.2
7.2
9.1
11.1
—
—
—
—
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
1.3
2.0
2.7
3.3
1.8
2.7
3.6
4.5
2.3
3.5
4.7
5.8
3.3
5.0
6.6
8.3
3.8
5.6
7.5
9.4
4.5
6.8
9.1
11.3
5.8
8.7
11.5
14.4
6.5
9.8
13.1
16.4
8.1
12.2
16.2
20.3
9.0
13.6
18.1
22.6
10.9
16.3
21.7
27.1
11.7
17.6
23.5
29.4
14.4
21.5
28.7
35.9
16.8
25.2
33.6
41.9
19.7
29.6
39.4
49.3
22.1
33.1
44.1
55.2
25.2
37.8
50.3
62.9
0.3
0.7
0.6
1.1
0.7
1.4
0.9
1.8
1.2
2.3
1.3
2.6
1.5
3.1
2.0
3.9
2.2
4.4
2.7
5.5
3.3
6.6
3.6
7.2
4.6
9.1
5.5
11.1
6.5
13.1
7.7
15.4
8.7
17.3
9.9
19.8
0.2
0.5
0.4
0.8
0.5
1.0
0.7
1.3
0.9
1.8
1.1
2.3
1.2
2.5
1.6
3.3
1.9
3.7
2.3
4.6
2.7
5.4
3.3
6.6
3.6
7.2
4.6
9.1
5.4
10.7
6.3
12.6
7.1
14.2
8.1
16.2
—
—
0.3
0.7
0.4
0.8
0.5
1.0
0.6
1.2
0.7
1.3
0.8
1.6
0.9
1.9
1.1
2.1
1.3
2.6
1.8
3.6
1.8
3.6
2.3
4.6
2.8
5.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.2
0.4
0.3
0.7
0.5
0.9
0.6
1.2
0.8
1.7
0.9
1.9
1.1
2.3
1.4
2.9
1.6
3.3
2.0
4.1
2.3
4.5
2.7
5.4
2.9
5.9
3.6
7.2
4.2
8.4
4.9
9.9
5.5
11.0
6.3
12.6
—
—
—
0.3
0.6
0.8
0.5
0.9
1.4
0.6
1.2
1.8
0.6
1.2
1.8
0.7
1.4
2.0
0.6
1.2
1.9
0.8
1.7
2.5
0.8
1.7
2.5
1.2
2.3
3.5
1.6
3.2
4.7
1.8
3.6
5.3
2.4
4.8
7.1
3.0
5.9
8.9
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NOTE: One gallon of water weighs 8.33 lb.
29
Table 13 — Dry Coil Weights (lb)
COIL
TYPE
FACE
AREA
ROWS
4
6
LARGE
8
10
4
6
CHILLED
WATER OR
DIRECT
EXPANSION
MEDIUM
8
10
SMALL
4
4
6
BYPASS
8
10
1
LARGE
2
4
1
MEDIUM
2
4
HOT WATER
1
SMALL
2
4
1
BYPASS
2
4
LARGE
MEDIUM
1-in. IDT
STEAM
1
SMALL
BYPASS
FPI
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
8
11
14
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
03
50
52
54
70
73
76
90
94
98
107
111
116
35
36
38
49
51
53
63
66
68
75
78
81
—
—
—
30
31
33
42
44
46
54
56
59
64
67
69
17
17
18
23
24
25
50
52
54
12
12
13
16
17
18
35
36
38
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
11
14
15
15
30
31
33
23
24
25
16
17
18
—
—
—
14
15
15
06
85
89
92
120
124
129
154
160
166
182
190
197
60
62
64
83
87
90
107
112
116
127
132
138
51
53
55
51
53
55
71
74
77
92
96
99
109
113
118
28
30
31
40
41
43
85
89
92
20
21
21
28
29
30
60
62
64
17
18
18
24
25
26
51
53
55
17
18
18
24
25
26
51
53
55
40
41
43
28
29
30
24
25
26
24
25
26
08
110
115
119
154
160
167
198
206
215
235
244
254
80
83
87
112
117
121
144
150
156
171
178
185
60
63
65
70
73
76
98
102
106
126
131
137
149
156
162
37
38
40
51
53
56
110
115
119
27
28
29
37
39
40
80
83
87
20
21
22
28
29
30
60
63
65
23
24
25
33
34
35
70
73
76
51
53
56
37
39
40
28
29
30
33
34
35
10
143
149
155
200
209
217
258
268
279
305
318
331
104
108
113
146
152
158
187
195
203
222
231
240
78
81
85
91
95
99
127
133
138
164
171
177
194
202
210
48
50
52
67
70
72
143
149
155
35
36
38
49
51
53
104
108
113
26
27
28
36
38
39
78
81
85
30
32
33
42
44
46
91
95
99
67
70
72
49
51
53
36
38
39
42
44
46
12
182
190
197
255
265
276
328
341
355
388
404
421
143
149
155
200
209
217
257
268
279
305
318
330
91
95
99
130
135
141
182
190
197
234
244
254
277
289
300
61
63
66
85
88
92
182
190
197
48
50
52
67
70
72
143
149
155
30
32
33
42
44
46
91
95
99
43
45
47
61
63
66
130
135
141
85
88
92
67
70
72
42
44
46
61
63
66
14
207
215
224
289
301
313
372
387
403
441
459
477
177
184
192
248
258
268
319
332
345
378
393
409
103
108
112
148
154
160
207
215
224
266
277
288
315
328
341
69
72
75
96
100
104
207
215
224
59
61
64
83
86
89
177
184
192
34
36
37
48
50
52
103
108
112
49
51
53
69
72
75
148
154
160
96
100
104
83
86
89
48
50
52
69
72
75
17
244
254
264
341
355
370
439
457
475
520
542
563
195
203
211
273
284
296
351
366
380
416
433
451
130
135
141
179
186
194
250
261
271
322
335
349
381
397
413
81
85
88
114
118
123
244
254
264
65
68
70
91
95
99
195
203
211
43
45
47
61
63
66
130
135
141
60
62
65
83
87
90
179
186
194
114
118
123
91
95
99
61
63
66
83
87
90
LEGEND
FPI
IDT
—
—
Fin per Inch
Inner Distributing Tube
NOTES:
1. Weights shown include headers and are the sum of two coils where applicable.
2. Coils are full length.
3. Weights shown are for aluminum fin coils; for copper fin coils, multiply by 1.20.
4. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016 in. wall tubes; for 1/2-in., .025-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.
5. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for 5/8-in., .020-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.
6. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for 5/8-in., .035-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.50.
30
21
309
322
335
432
450
468
556
579
602
659
686
714
260
271
282
364
379
394
468
488
507
555
578
601
146
152
158
228
237
246
319
332
345
410
427
444
485
506
526
103
107
112
144
150
156
309
322
335
87
90
94
121
126
131
260
271
282
49
51
53
68
71
74
146
152
158
76
79
82
106
111
115
228
237
246
144
150
156
121
126
131
68
71
74
106
111
115
39M UNIT SIZE
25
30
353
437
367
455
382
473
494
612
514
637
535
663
635
787
661
819
688
852
753
932
784
971
815
1010
296
368
308
383
321
399
414
515
432
537
449
558
533
662
555
690
577
718
631
785
658
818
684
850
167
207
173
216
180
224
259
322
270
335
281
349
363
451
378
470
393
488
466
580
486
604
505
628
553
687
576
716
599
744
118
146
122
152
127
158
165
204
171
212
178
221
353
437
367
455
382
473
99
123
103
128
107
133
138
172
144
179
150
186
296
368
308
383
321
399
56
69
58
72
60
75
78
97
81
101
84
105
167
207
173
216
180
224
86
107
90
112
94
116
121
150
126
157
131
163
259
322
270
335
281
349
165
204
171
212
178
221
138
172
144
179
150
186
78
97
81
101
84
105
121
150
126
157
131
163
36
528
550
572
739
770
801
950
990
1030
1126
1173
1220
432
450
468
605
630
655
778
810
842
922
960
998
288
300
312
360
375
390
504
525
546
648
675
702
768
800
832
176
183
191
246
257
267
528
550
572
144
150
156
202
210
218
432
450
468
96
100
104
134
140
146
288
300
312
120
125
130
168
175
182
360
375
390
246
257
267
202
210
218
134
140
146
168
175
182
40
576
600
624
806
840
874
1037
1080
1123
1229
1280
1331
528
550
572
739
770
801
950
990
1030
1126
1173
1220
288
300
312
432
450
468
605
630
655
778
810
842
922
960
998
192
200
208
269
280
291
576
600
624
176
183
191
246
257
267
528
550
572
96
100
104
134
140
146
288
300
312
144
150
156
202
210
218
432
450
468
269
280
291
246
257
267
134
140
146
202
210
218
50
728
758
789
1019
1062
1104
1310
1365
1420
1553
1618
1682
572
596
620
801
834
868
1030
1073
1115
1220
1271
1322
364
379
394
468
488
507
655
683
710
842
878
913
998
1040
1082
243
253
263
340
354
368
728
758
789
191
199
207
267
278
289
572
596
620
121
126
131
170
177
184
364
379
394
156
163
169
218
228
237
468
488
507
340
354
368
267
278
289
170
177
184
218
228
237
61
884
921
958
1238
1289
1341
1591
1658
1724
1886
1964
2043
728
758
789
1019
1062
1104
1310
1365
1420
1553
1618
1682
442
460
479
572
596
620
801
834
868
1030
1073
1115
1220
1271
1322
295
307
319
413
430
447
884
921
958
243
253
263
340
354
368
728
758
789
147
153
160
206
215
223
442
460
479
191
199
207
267
278
289
572
596
620
413
430
447
340
354
368
206
215
223
267
278
289
72
1043
1087
1130
1461
1521
1582
1878
1956
2034
2226
2318
2411
856
892
927
1198
1248
1298
1541
1605
1669
1826
1902
1978
—
—
—
669
697
724
936
975
1014
1204
1254
1304
1427
1486
1546
348
362
377
487
507
527
1043
1087
1130
285
297
309
399
416
433
856
892
927
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
223
232
241
312
325
338
669
697
724
487
507
527
399
416
433
—
—
—
312
325
338
85
1229
1280
1331
1720
1792
1863
2211
2303
2396
2621
2730
2839
1008
1050
1092
1411
1470
1529
1814
1890
1966
2150
2240
2330
—
—
—
788
820
853
1103
1148
1194
1418
1477
1536
1680
1750
1820
410
427
444
573
597
621
1229
1280
1331
336
350
364
470
490
510
1008
1050
1092
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
263
273
284
368
383
398
788
820
853
573
597
621
470
490
510
—
—
—
368
383
398
96
1386
1444
1502
1940
2021
2102
2495
2599
2703
2957
3080
3203
1134
1181
1229
1588
1654
1720
2041
2126
2211
2419
2520
2621
—
—
—
882
919
956
1235
1286
1338
1588
1654
1720
1882
1960
2038
462
481
501
647
674
701
1386
1444
1502
378
394
410
529
551
573
1134
1181
1229
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
294
306
319
412
429
446
882
919
956
647
674
701
529
551
573
—
—
—
412
429
446
110
1584
1650
1716
2218
2310
2402
2851
2970
3089
3379
3520
3661
1296
1350
1404
1814
1890
1966
2333
2430
2527
2765
2880
2995
—
—
—
1008
1050
1092
1411
1470
1529
1814
1890
1966
2150
2240
2330
528
550
572
739
770
801
1584
1650
1716
432
450
468
605
630
655
1296
1350
1404
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
336
350
364
470
490
510
1008
1050
1092
739
770
801
605
630
655
—
—
—
470
490
510
Table 13 — Dry Coil Weights (lb) (cont)
COIL TYPE
FACE
AREA
ROWS
1
LARGE
2
1
MEDIUM
2
5/8-IN. IDT
STEAM
1
SMALL
2
1
BYPASS
2
1
HOT WATER
OR STEAM
INTEGRAL
FACE
AND
BYPASS
2
3
FPI
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
6
9
12
03
19
19
20
23
24
25
13
14
14
16
17
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
11
12
12
14
15
15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
06
32
33
35
40
41
43
22
23
24
28
29
30
19
20
21
24
25
26
19
20
21
24
25
26
146
152
158
152
158
164
158
165
172
08
41
43
44
51
53
56
30
31
32
37
39
40
22
23
24
28
29
30
26
27
28
33
34
35
207
216
225
220
229
238
231
241
251
10
53
56
58
67
70
72
39
40
42
49
51
53
29
30
32
36
38
39
34
35
37
42
44
46
216
225
234
228
238
248
241
251
261
12
68
71
74
85
88
92
53
56
58
67
70
72
34
35
37
42
44
46
49
51
53
61
63
66
216
225
234
228
238
248
241
251
261
14
77
80
84
96
100
104
66
69
72
83
86
89
39
40
42
48
50
52
55
57
60
69
72
75
231
241
251
246
256
266
259
270
281
17
91
95
99
114
118
123
73
76
79
91
95
99
49
51
53
61
63
66
67
70
72
83
87
90
507
528
550
536
559
582
585
610
635
21
115
120
125
144
150
156
97
101
105
121
126
131
55
57
59
68
71
74
85
88
92
106
111
115
567
590
615
607
633
659
668
696
725
39M UNIT SIZE
25
30
36
132
—
—
137
—
—
143
—
—
165
—
—
171
—
—
178
—
—
111
—
—
115
—
—
120
—
—
138
—
—
144
—
—
150
—
—
62
—
—
65
—
—
67
—
—
78
—
—
81
—
—
84
—
—
97
—
—
101
—
—
105
—
—
121
—
—
126
—
—
131
—
—
567
723
828
590
754
862
615
785
898
607
779
904
633
811
942
659
845
981
668
863
1008
696
899
1050
725
936
1094
40
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
880
917
955
967
1007
1049
1081
1126
1173
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1064
1108
1154
1180
1229
1280
1327
1382
1440
61
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1210
1260
1313
1355
1411
1470
1532
1596
1662
72
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1210
1260
1313
1355
1411
1470
1532
1596
1662
85
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1210
1260
1313
1355
1411
1470
1532
1596
1662
96
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1210
1260
1313
1355
1411
1470
1532
1596
1662
LEGEND
FPI
IDT
— Fin per Inch
— Inner Distributing Tube
NOTES:
1. Weights shown include headers and are the sum of two coils where applicable.
2. Coils are full length.
3. Weights shown are for aluminum fin coils; for copper fin coils, multiply by 1.20.
4. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016 in. wall tubes; for 1/2-in., .025-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.
5. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for 5/8-in., .020-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.15.
6. Weights shown are for 1/2-in., .016-in. wall tubes; for 5/8-in., .035-in. wall tubes, multiply by 1.50.
Table 14 — Motor Weights (lb)
230/460-3-60
HP
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
ODP
TEFC
E+
E+3
—
—
—
—
ODP
E+
36
42
42
67
78
106
118
170
212
240
283
372
440
591
620
750
950**
1250**
200/400-3-50*
TEFC
E+3
40
46
54
87
94
130
126
217
250
309
300
415
414
652**
706**
782**
1000**
1318**
E+
60
60
65
81
89
142
154
250
287
394
436
661
686
790
840
1450
1600
1750
E+3
68
66
66
92
99
158
200
259
290
358
436
661
686
799
850**
1475**
1600**
1773**
LEGEND
Open Drip Proof
Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
High Efficiency
Premium Efficiency
*Both ODP and TEFC 50 Hz motors available in standard models
only.
†Availability unconfirmed.
**460 volt only.
NOTES:
1. Multiply motor weight by 0.10 to estimate drive weight.
2. Motor weight may vary by manufacturer.
31
ODP
TEFC
29
36
41
73
102
121
139
170
205
273
283
416†
403†
545
651†
1133†
1210†
—
34
41
47
62
72
105
128
210
254
363
414
470†
527†
790†
884†
1450†
1625†
—
575-3-60
ODP
E+
37
48
50
70
88
89
119
170
212
240
284
370
440
591
670
750
950
—
TEFC
E+/E+3
60/68
60/66
65/66
87
89/99
142/158
154/200
250/259
287/290
394/368
436/436
661/661
686/686
799
850
1008†
1714†
—
110
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1210
1260
1313
1355
1411
1470
1532
1596
1662
Table 15 — Forward-Curved Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches
39M UNIT
SIZE
SUPPLY
RETURN/
EXHAUST
03
REAR
MOUNT
MOTOR
STD
N/A
03
SIDE
MOUNT
MOTOR
STD
STD
06
REAR
MOUNT
MOTOR
STD
N/A
06
SIDE
MOUNT
MOTOR
STD
STD
STD
STD
SMALL
N/A
STD
STD
SMALL
N/A
STD
STD
SMALL
N/A
STD
STD
SMALL
N/A
STD
STD
SMALL
N/A
STD
STD
SMALL
N/A
08
10
12
14
17
21
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
Bottom Horizontal Rear
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
—
—
—
—
MOTOR
FRAME
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
182T
184T
213T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
184T
213T
215T
145T
182T
184T
213T
184T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
184T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
215T
254T
256T
284T
BHF/BHR
Min
Max
19.0
20.6
19.0
20.6
19.0
20.6
18.6
20.3
18.6
20.3
8.0
8.4
8.0
8.4
8.0
8.4
7.0
7.4
7.0
7.4
18.9
20.4
18.9
20.4
18.9
20.4
18.4
20.0
18.4
20.0
10.6
11.6
10.6
11.6
10.6
11.6
9.8
10.8
9.8
10.8
14.4
15.6
14.4
15.6
14.4
15.6
13.6
14.9
13.6
14.9
13.1
14.4
13.3
14.7
13.3
14.7
12.8
14.3
15.2
16.2
15.2
16.2
14.3
15.4
14.3
15.4
13.7
14.8
13.6
14.9
13.1
14.4
13.1
14.4
18.3
19.5
17.6
18.9
17.6
18.9
17.1
18.4
17.4
18.9
17.0
18.5
17.0
18.5
16.5
18.1
23.1
24.5
22.5
23.8
22.5
23.8
22.0
23.4
22.4
23.9
22.0
23.5
22.0
23.5
21.5
23.1
23.1
24.5
22.5
23.8
22.5
23.8
22.0
23.4
22.0
23.4
22.0
23.5
22.0
23.5
21.5
23.1
24.7
26.0
23.9
25.1
23.9
25.1
23.2
24.6
23.2
24.6
22.4
23.8
19.9
21.3
19.3
20.8
19.3
20.8
18.9
20.5
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
32
DBF/DBR
Min
Max
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
5.7
6.3
5.7
6.3
5.7
6.3
4.7
5.4
4.7
5.4
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
6.8
8.9
6.8
8.9
6.8
8.9
6.0
8.3
6.0
8.3
9.5
11.0
9.5
11.0
9.5
11.0
9.0
10.7
9.0
10.7
8.8
10.5
9.8
11.5
9.8
11.5
9.7
11.4
8.8
10.1
8.8
10.1
8.1
9.6
8.1
9.6
7.7
9.3
9.0
10.7
8.8
10.5
8.8
10.5
12.9
14.5
12.5
14.1
12.5
14.1
12.2
13.9
13.8
15.5
13.6
15.3
13.6
15.3
13.5
15.2
17.2
18.7
16.7
18.4
16.7
18.4
16.5
18.1
18.2
19.9
18.0
19.7
18.0
19.7
17.8
19.5
17.2
18.7
16.7
18.4
16.7
18.4
16.5
18.1
16.5
18.1
18.0
19.7
18.0
19.7
17.8
19.5
14.6
16.4
14.0
15.8
14.0
15.8
13.5
15.4
13.5
15.4
13.0
14.9
15.6
17.3
15.4
17.1
15.4
17.1
15.2
17.0
THF/THR
Min
Max
17.6
19.4
17.6
19.4
17.6
19.4
17.5
19.2
17.5
19.2
5.5
6.0
5.5
6.0
5.5
6.0
4.5
5.1
4.5
5.1
17.1
18.8
17.1
18.8
17.1
18.8
16.9
18.6
16.9
18.6
8.0
10.2
8.0
10.2
8.0
10.2
7.3
9.6
7.3
9.6
10.9
12.4
10.9
12.4
10.9
12.4
10.4
12.0
10.4
12.0
10.1
11.8
11.0
12.7
11.0
12.7
10.9
12.6
10.8
12.2
10.8
12.2
10.2
11.6
10.2
11.6
9.7
11.2
10.4
12.0
10.1
11.8
10.1
11.8
14.9
16.4
14.4
16.0
14.4
16.0
14.1
15.7
15.1
16.8
14.9
16.6
14.9
16.6
14.7
16.4
19.5
21.1
19.1
20.6
19.1
20.6
18.7
20.4
20.0
21.7
19.8
21.5
19.8
21.5
19.5
21.2
19.1
20.6
18.3
19.9
17.9
19.6
17.5
19.2
17.5
19.2
19.8
21.5
19.8
21.5
19.5
21.2
17.4
19.1
16.7
18.5
16.7
18.5
16.2
18.1
16.2
18.1
15.6
17.5
17.4
19.0
17.1
18.8
17.1
18.8
16.9
18.6
UBF/UBR
Min
Max
15.5
17.2
15.5
17.2
15.5
17.2
15.2
17.0
15.2
17.0
7.4
7.9
7.4
7.9
7.4
7.9
6.4
7.0
6.4
7.0
14.8
16.4
14.8
16.4
14.8
16.4
14.4
16.1
14.4
16.1
8.3
10.1
8.3
10.1
8.3
10.1
7.4
9.4
7.4
9.4
10.8
12.2
10.8
12.2
10.8
12.2
10.2
11.7
10.2
11.7
9.8
11.4
10.4
12.1
10.4
12.1
10.2
11.8
10.9
12.1
10.9
12.1
10.2
11.4
10.2
11.4
9.6
10.9
10.2
11.7
9.8
11.4
9.8
11.4
14.5
15.9
13.9
15.4
13.9
15.4
13.5
15.0
14.6
16.2
14.3
16.0
14.3
16.0
14.0
15.7
19.0
20.4
18.4
19.9
18.4
19.9
18.0
19.5
19.2
20.8
18.9
20.5
18.9
20.5
18.5
20.2
19.0
20.4
18.4
19.9
18.4
19.9
18.0
19.5
18.0
19.5
18.9
20.5
18.9
20.5
18.5
20.2
18.6
20.0
17.8
19.2
17.8
19.2
17.2
18.7
17.2
18.7
16.4
18.0
16.6
18.2
16.2
17.8
16.2
17.8
15.9
17.6
Table 15 — Forward-Curved Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M UNIT
SIZE
SUPPLY
RETURN/
EXHAUST
STD
STD
SMALL
N/A
STD
STD
SMALL
N/A
STD
STD
SMALL
N/A
STD
STD
SMALL
N/A
STD
STD
SMALL
N/A
STD
STD
SMALL
N/A
25
30
36
40
50
61
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
THF
Bottom Horizontal Rear
THR
Downblast Front
UBF
Downblast Rear
UBR
—
—
—
—
MOTOR
FRAME
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
215T
254T
256T
284T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
254T
256T
284T
286T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
254T
256T
284T
286T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
BHF/BHR
Min
Max
32.4
34.1
31.7
33.5
31.7
33.5
31.3
33.1
31.3
33.1
30.7
32.5
31.3
33.1
30.7
32.5
30.7
32.5
30.2
32.1
31.7
33.5
31.7
33.5
31.3
33.1
31.3
33.1
30.7
32.5
30.7
32.5
31.3
33.1
30.7
32.5
30.7
32.5
30.2
32.1
30.2
32.1
31.1
33.3
31.1
33.3
30.4
32.6
30.4
32.6
29.7
31.9
29.7
31.9
28.8
31.3
28.8
31.3
28.4
30.9
28.4
30.9
31.1
33.3
30.4
32.6
30.4
32.6
29.7
31.9
29.7
31.9
29.2
31.5
29.7
31.9
29.7
31.9
29.2
31.5
29.2
31.5
33.5
35.5
32.7
34.8
32.7
34.8
31.9
34.1
31.9
34.1
31.4
33.6
31.4
33.6
31.9
34.1
31.9
34.1
31.4
33.6
31.4
33.6
30.7
32.9
35.6
37.6
35.6
37.6
34.8
36.9
34.8
36.9
34.3
36.4
34.3
36.4
33.5
35.7
34.0
36.3
33.5
35.8
33.5
35.8
32.8
35.2
32.8
35.2
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
33
DBF/DBR
Min
Max
24.1
26.2
23.7
25.9
23.7
25.9
23.5
25.6
23.5
25.6
23.2
25.4
23.5
25.6
23.2
25.4
23.2
25.4
23.0
25.2
23.7
25.9
23.7
25.9
23.5
25.6
23.5
25.6
23.2
25.4
23.2
25.4
23.5
25.6
23.2
25.4
23.2
25.4
23.0
25.2
23.0
25.2
23.0
25.7
23.0
25.7
22.5
25.3
22.5
25.3
22.1
24.9
22.1
24.9
23.6
26.5
23.6
26.5
23.3
26.3
23.3
26.3
23.0
25.7
22.5
25.3
22.5
25.3
22.1
24.9
22.1
24.9
21.8
24.7
22.1
24.9
22.1
24.9
21.8
24.7
21.8
24.7
24.2
26.8
23.7
26.3
23.7
26.3
23.2
25.9
23.2
25.9
22.8
25.6
22.8
25.6
23.2
25.9
23.2
25.9
22.8
25.6
22.8
25.6
22.4
25.2
25.3
28.0
25.3
28.0
24.8
27.5
24.8
27.5
24.4
27.2
24.4
27.2
24.0
26.8
25.8
28.6
25.5
28.4
25.5
28.4
25.1
28.0
25.1
28.0
THF/THR
Min
Max
27.4
29.5
27.0
29.1
27.0
29.1
26.7
28.8
26.7
28.8
26.4
28.5
26.7
28.8
26.4
28.5
26.4
28.5
26.1
28.3
27.0
29.1
27.0
29.1
26.7
28.8
26.7
28.8
26.4
28.5
26.4
28.5
26.7
28.8
26.4
28.5
26.4
28.5
26.1
28.3
26.1
28.3
25.6
28.2
25.6
28.2
25.0
27.7
25.0
27.7
24.5
27.2
24.5
27.2
24.9
27.7
24.9
27.7
24.6
27.4
24.6
27.4
25.6
28.2
25.0
27.7
25.0
27.7
24.5
27.2
24.5
27.2
24.1
26.9
24.5
27.2
24.5
27.2
24.1
26.9
24.1
26.9
27.1
29.6
26.5
29.1
26.5
29.1
26.0
28.5
26.0
28.5
25.5
28.2
25.5
28.2
26.0
28.5
26.0
28.5
25.5
28.2
25.5
28.2
25.0
27.7
29.1
31.6
29.1
31.6
28.5
31.0
28.5
31.0
28.0
30.6
28.0
30.6
27.5
30.1
28.5
31.2
28.1
30.8
28.1
30.8
27.6
30.4
27.6
30.4
UBF/UBR
Min
Max
26.6
28.5
26.1
28.0
26.1
28.0
25.7
27.7
25.7
27.7
25.2
27.2
25.7
27.7
25.2
27.2
25.2
27.2
24.9
26.9
26.6
28.5
26.1
28.0
26.1
28.0
25.7
27.7
25.7
27.7
25.2
27.2
25.7
27.7
25.2
27.2
25.2
27.2
24.9
26.9
24.9
26.9
27.0
29.4
27.0
29.4
26.4
28.8
26.4
28.8
25.7
28.2
25.7
28.2
26.0
28.7
26.0
28.7
25.7
28.4
25.7
28.4
27.0
29.4
26.4
28.8
26.4
28.8
25.7
28.2
25.7
28.2
25.3
27.8
25.7
28.2
25.7
28.2
25.3
27.8
25.3
27.8
28.9
31.1
28.2
30.5
28.2
30.5
27.5
29.8
27.5
29.8
27.0
29.4
27.0
29.4
27.5
29.8
27.5
29.8
27.0
29.4
27.0
29.4
26.3
28.8
30.4
32.7
30.4
32.7
29.7
32.0
29.7
32.0
29.2
31.6
29.2
31.6
28.6
30.9
29.8
32.2
29.3
31.8
29.3
31.8
28.7
31.3
28.7
31.3
Table 15 — Forward-Curved Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M UNIT
SIZE
SUPPLY
RETURN/
EXHAUST
SMALL
SMALL
STD
STD
SMALL
SMALL
STD
STD
96
STD
STD
110
STD
STD
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
72
85
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
Bottom Horizontal Rear
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
MOTOR
FRAME
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
—
—
—
—
BHF/BHR
Min
Max
35.1
37.6
34.3
36.9
34.3
36.9
33.6
36.4
33.6
36.4
32.8
35.6
32.8
35.6
32.0
34.9
32.0
34.9
40.6
43.0
39.7
42.3
39.7
42.3
39.1
41.7
39.1
41.7
38.3
41.0
38.3
41.0
37.5
40.3
37.5
40.3
40.6
43.0
39.7
42.3
39.7
42.3
39.1
41.7
39.1
41.7
38.3
41.0
38.3
41.0
37.5
40.3
37.5
40.3
45.5
48.1
44.6
47.3
44.6
47.3
44.0
46.8
44.0
46.8
43.2
46.0
43.2
46.0
42.4
45.3
42.4
45.3
45.5
48.1
44.6
47.3
44.6
47.3
44.0
46.8
44.0
46.8
43.2
46.0
43.2
46.0
42.4
45.3
42.4
45.3
45.5
48.1
44.6
47.3
44.6
47.3
44.0
46.8
44.0
46.8
43.2
46.0
43.2
46.0
42.4
45.3
42.4
45.3
DBF/DBR
Min
Max
17.9
22.8
17.4
22.5
17.4
22.5
17.1
22.2
17.1
22.2
16.8
22.0
16.8
22.0
16.5
21.8
16.5
21.8
22.4
27.2
21.9
26.9
21.9
26.9
21.6
26.7
21.6
26.7
21.3
26.4
21.3
26.4
20.9
26.2
20.9
26.2
22.4
27.2
21.9
26.9
21.9
26.9
21.6
26.7
21.6
26.7
21.3
26.4
21.3
26.4
20.9
26.2
20.9
26.2
26.6
31.6
26.2
31.3
26.2
31.3
26.0
31.1
26.0
31.1
25.6
30.8
25.6
30.8
25.3
30.5
25.3
30.5
26.6
31.6
26.2
31.3
26.2
31.3
26.0
31.1
26.0
31.1
25.6
30.8
25.6
30.8
25.3
30.5
25.3
30.5
26.6
31.6
26.2
31.3
26.2
31.3
26.0
31.1
26.0
31.1
25.6
30.8
25.6
30.8
25.3
30.5
25.3
30.5
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
34
THF/THR
Min
Max
26.7
30.4
26.0
29.9
26.0
29.9
25.5
29.5
25.5
29.5
24.8
29.0
24.8
29.0
24.2
28.5
24.2
28.5
31.2
35.0
30.5
34.4
30.5
34.4
30.0
34.0
30.0
34.0
29.4
33.5
29.4
33.5
28.7
33.0
28.7
33.0
31.2
35.0
30.5
34.4
30.5
34.4
30.0
34.0
30.0
34.0
29.4
33.5
29.4
33.5
28.7
33.0
28.7
33.0
35.2
39.0
34.5
38.4
34.5
38.4
34.0
38.0
34.0
38.0
33.4
37.5
33.4
37.5
32.8
36.9
32.8
36.9
35.2
39.0
34.5
38.4
34.5
38.4
34.0
38.0
34.0
38.0
33.4
37.5
33.4
37.5
32.8
36.9
32.8
36.9
35.2
39.0
34.5
38.4
34.5
38.4
34.0
38.0
34.0
38.0
33.4
37.5
33.4
37.5
32.8
36.9
32.8
36.9
UBF/UBR
Min
Max
27.1
29.5
26.2
28.8
26.2
28.8
25.6
28.2
25.6
28.2
24.7
27.5
24.7
27.5
23.9
26.8
23.9
26.8
32.3
35.0
31.5
34.2
31.5
34.2
30.8
33.7
30.8
33.7
30.0
33.0
30.0
33.0
29.2
32.3
29.2
32.3
32.3
35.0
31.5
34.2
31.5
34.2
30.8
33.7
30.8
33.7
30.0
33.0
30.0
33.0
29.2
32.3
29.2
32.3
37.0
39.8
36.2
39.1
36.2
39.1
35.6
38.6
35.6
38.6
34.8
37.9
34.8
37.9
34.0
37.2
34.0
37.2
37.0
39.8
36.2
39.1
36.2
39.1
35.6
38.6
35.6
38.6
34.8
37.9
34.8
37.9
34.0
37.2
34.0
37.2
37.0
39.8
36.2
39.1
36.2
39.1
35.6
38.6
35.6
38.6
34.8
37.9
34.8
37.9
34.0
37.2
34.0
37.2
Table 16 — Airfoil Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches
39M UNIT
SIZE
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
SUPPLY
RETURN/
EXHAUST
03
STD
STD
06
STD
STD
08
STD
STD
10
STD
STD
12
STD
STD
14
STD
STD
17
STD
STD
21
STD
STD
25
STD
STD
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
Bottom Horizontal Rear
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
—
—
—
—
MOTOR
FRAME
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
BHF/BHR
Min
Max
16.3
17.6
16.3
17.6
16.3
17.6
15.8
17.2
15.8
17.2
19.5
20.3
19.5
20.3
19.5
20.3
19.0
19.8
19.0
19.8
11.1
12.4
11.1
12.4
10.0
11.5
10.0
11.5
9.4
11.0
9.4
11.0
13.8
14.3
12.9
13.5
12.9
13.5
12.2
12.9
12.2
12.9
11.3
12.0
17.2
17.8
16.4
17.0
16.4
17.0
15.7
16.4
15.7
16.4
14.9
15.7
21.2
22.2
20.5
21.5
20.5
21.5
20.0
21.0
20.0
21.0
19.3
20.5
19.3
20.5
21.2
22.1
20.4
21.3
20.4
21.3
19.9
20.7
19.9
20.7
19.1
20.1
19.1
20.1
22.3
22.9
21.5
22.2
21.5
22.2
20.9
21.5
20.9
21.5
20.0
20.7
20.0
20.7
19.4
20.3
28.8
29.6
28.0
29.0
28.0
29.0
27.5
28.5
27.5
28.5
26.8
27.8
26.8
27.8
26.3
27.4
26.3
27.4
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
35
DBF/DBR
Min
Max
14.0
15.5
14.0
15.5
14.0
15.5
13.6
15.1
13.6
15.1
15.0
15.5
15.0
15.5
15.0
15.5
14.5
15.0
14.5
15.0
8.5
9.8
8.5
9.8
7.6
9.1
7.6
9.1
7.0
8.6
7.0
8.6
10.3
10.9
9.5
10.2
9.5
10.2
8.9
9.7
8.9
9.7
8.1
9.0
14.1
14.9
13.3
14.1
13.3
14.1
12.7
13.7
12.7
13.7
12.0
13.0
18.7
20.0
18.1
19.5
18.1
19.5
17.7
19.1
17.7
19.1
17.2
18.7
17.2
18.7
18.3
19.3
17.6
18.6
17.6
18.6
17.1
18.2
17.1
18.2
16.4
17.6
16.4
17.6
18.8
19.7
18.0
18.9
18.0
18.9
17.4
18.4
17.4
18.4
16.7
17.8
16.7
17.8
16.2
17.3
25.7
26.8
25.0
26.2
25.0
26.2
24.6
25.8
24.6
25.8
24.0
25.3
24.0
25.3
23.6
25.0
23.6
25.0
THF/THR
Min
Max
15.0
16.5
15.0
16.5
15.0
16.5
14.6
16.2
14.6
16.2
17.3
18.2
17.3
18.2
17.3
18.2
17.0
18.0
17.0
18.0
8.2
9.5
8.2
9.5
7.2
8.7
7.2
8.7
6.7
8.3
6.7
8.3
9.8
10.6
9.0
9.9
9.0
9.9
8.4
9.4
8.4
9.4
7.7
8.7
13.4
14.4
12.7
13.7
12.7
13.7
12.1
13.1
12.1
13.1
11.4
12.5
18.2
19.5
17.7
19.0
17.7
19.0
17.3
18.7
17.3
18.7
16.8
18.2
16.8
18.2
17.5
19.0
16.8
18.5
16.8
18.5
16.3
18.0
16.3
18.0
15.7
17.5
15.7
17.5
18.7
19.6
17.9
18.8
17.9
18.8
17.3
18.3
17.3
18.3
16.6
17.7
16.6
17.7
16.1
17.2
25.5
26.6
24.9
25.9
24.9
25.9
24.4
25.6
24.4
25.6
23.8
25.1
23.8
25.1
23.4
24.7
23.4
24.7
UBF/UBR
Min
Max
14.8
16.2
14.8
16.2
14.8
16.2
14.3
15.8
14.3
15.8
19.1
19.9
19.1
19.9
19.1
19.9
18.6
19.4
18.6
19.4
10.3
11.6
10.3
11.6
9.3
10.8
9.3
10.8
8.6
10.2
8.6
10.2
12.9
13.5
12.0
12.6
12.0
12.6
11.3
12.0
11.3
12.0
10.4
11.1
17.2
17.8
16.4
17.0
16.4
17.0
15.7
16.4
15.7
16.4
14.9
15.7
21.2
22.2
20.5
21.5
20.5
21.5
20.0
21.0
20.0
21.0
19.3
20.5
19.3
20.5
21.2
22.0
20.4
21.3
20.4
21.3
19.9
20.7
19.9
20.7
19.1
20.1
19.1
20.1
22.3
22.9
21.5
22.2
21.5
22.2
20.9
21.5
20.9
21.5
20.0
20.7
20.0
20.7
19.4
20.3
28.8
29.6
28.0
29.0
28.0
29.0
27.5
28.5
27.5
28.5
26.8
27.8
26.8
27.8
26.3
27.4
26.3
27.4
Table 16 — Airfoil Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M UNIT
SIZE
30
SUPPLY
RETURN/
EXHAUST
STD
STD
STD
N/A
N/A
STD
STD
N/A
N/A
STD
STD
N/A
N/A
STD
36
40
50
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
THF
Bottom Horizontal Rear
THR
Downblast Front
UBF
Downblast Rear
UBR
—
—
—
—
MOTOR
FRAME
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
BHF/BHR
Min
Max
27.4
28.9
27.4
28.9
26.9
28.4
26.9
28.4
26.1
27.7
26.1
27.7
25.6
27.3
25.6
27.3
24.9
26.7
26.0
27.3
25.4
26.7
25.4
26.7
24.6
25.9
24.6
25.9
23.9
25.4
23.9
25.4
23.1
24.6
23.1
24.6
28.6
29.7
28.6
29.7
27.9
29.1
27.9
29.1
27.1
28.3
30.5
32.3
29.9
31.7
29.9
31.7
29.1
31.0
29.1
31.0
28.5
30.4
28.5
30.4
27.7
29.7
27.7
29.7
30.9
32.1
30.9
32.1
30.3
31.4
30.3
31.4
29.4
30.6
32.9
34.5
32.9
34.5
32.1
33.8
32.1
33.8
31.5
33.2
31.5
33.2
30.7
32.5
30.7
32.5
30.4
31.8
34.8
36.0
34.1
35.3
34.1
35.3
33.2
34.5
33.2
34.5
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
36
DBF/DBR
Min
Max
24.2
25.8
24.2
25.8
23.7
25.5
23.7
25.5
23.1
25.0
23.1
25.0
22.7
24.5
22.7
24.5
22.1
24.0
20.2
22.9
19.7
22.5
19.7
22.5
19.0
21.9
19.0
21.9
18.5
21.4
18.5
21.4
17.8
20.9
17.8
20.9
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
24.6
26.8
24.1
26.3
24.1
26.3
23.5
25.8
23.5
25.8
23.0
25.3
23.0
25.3
22.4
28.8
22.4
24.8
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
24.5
27.0
24.5
27.0
24.0
26.4
24.0
26.4
23.6
26.1
23.6
26.1
23.0
25.6
23.0
25.6
22.5
25.2
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
THF/THR
Min
Max
24.1
25.7
24.1
25.7
23.7
25.5
23.7
25.5
23.1
24.9
23.1
24.9
22.6
24.6
22.6
24.6
22.1
24.2
20.2
22.0
19.7
21.6
19.7
21.6
19.0
21.0
19.0
21.0
18.5
20.5
18.5
20.5
17.8
20.0
17.8
20.0
22.2
23.9
22.2
23.9
21.6
23.4
21.6
23.4
20.9
22.7
24.6
26.8
24.1
26.3
24.1
26.3
23.5
25.8
23.5
25.8
23.0
25.3
23.0
25.3
22.4
24.8
22.4
24.8
24.3
26.0
24.3
26.0
23.7
25.5
23.7
25.5
23.0
24.8
27.0
29.1
27.0
29.1
26.3
28.5
26.3
28.5
25.8
28.1
25.8
28.1
25.2
27.5
25.2
27.5
24.6
27.0
27.3
29.0
26.7
28.4
26.7
28.4
25.9
27.7
25.9
27.7
UBF/UBR
Min
Max
27.4
28.9
27.4
28.9
26.9
28.4
26.9
28.4
26.1
27.7
26.1
27.7
25.6
27.3
25.6
27.3
25.0
26.7
24.3
25.7
23.7
25.2
23.7
25.2
22.9
24.4
22.9
24.4
22.3
23.9
22.3
23.9
21.5
23.2
21.5
23.2
27.0
28.1
27.0
28.1
26.4
28.5
26.4
28.5
25.5
27.7
24.6
27.0
24.1
26.5
24.1
26.5
23.5
25.9
23.5
25.9
23.0
25.1
23.0
25.1
22.4
25.0
22.4
25.0
30.1
31.3
30.1
31.3
29.4
30.7
29.4
30.7
28.5
29.8
32.1
33.8
32.1
33.8
31.3
33.0
31.3
33.0
30.7
32.4
30.7
32.4
29.9
31.8
29.9
31.8
29.2
31.1
33.9
35.1
33.3
34.5
33.3
34.5
32.4
33.7
32.4
33.7
Table 16 — Airfoil Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M UNIT
SIZE
SUPPLY
RETURN/
EXHAUST
STD
N/A
N/A
STD
SMALL
SMALL
STD
STD
SMALL
SMALL
STD
STD
61
72
85
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
MOTOR
FRAME
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
THF
Bottom Horizontal Rear
THR
Downblast Front
UBF
Downblast Rear
UBR
—
—
—
—
BHF/BHR
Min
Max
37.4
39.0
37.4
39.0
36.6
38.3
36.6
38.3
36.1
37.8
36.1
37.8
35.3
37.0
35.3
37.0
34.5
36.3
34.5
36.3
40.0
41.4
39.1
40.7
39.1
40.7
38.2
39.9
38.2
39.9
35.1
37.6
35.1
37.6
34.3
36.9
34.3
36.9
33.6
36.4
33.6
36.4
32.8
35.6
32.8
35.6
32.0
34.9
32.0
34.9
40.0
42.4
40.0
42.4
39.1
41.7
39.1
41.7
38.5
41.1
38.5
41.1
37.7
40.4
37.7
40.4
36.8
39.7
36.8
39.7
36.0
39.0
36.0
39.0
40.0
42.4
39.1
41.7
39.1
41.7
38.5
41.1
38.5
41.1
37.7
40.4
37.7
40.4
36.8
39.7
36.8
39.7
36.0
39.0
36.0
39.0
44.3
46.7
43.5
46.0
43.5
46.0
42.9
45.4
42.9
45.4
42.0
44.6
42.0
44.6
41.2
43.9
41.2
43.9
40.4
43.2
40.4
43.2
39.6
42.4
DBF/DBR
Min
Max
28.1
29.1
28.1
29.1
27.5
28.5
27.5
28.5
27.1
28.1
27.1
28.1
26.5
27.6
26.5
27.6
26.0
27.1
26.0
27.1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
17.9
22.8
17.9
22.8
17.4
22.5
17.4
22.5
17.1
22.2
17.1
22.2
16.8
22.0
16.8
22.0
16.5
21.8
16.5
21.8
21.6
26.4
21.6
26.4
21.1
26.1
21.1
26.1
20.8
25.8
20.8
25.8
20.4
25.5
20.4
25.5
20.1
25.3
20.1
25.3
19.8
25.1
19.8
25.1
21.6
26.4
21.1
26.1
21.1
26.1
20.8
25.8
20.8
25.8
20.4
25.5
20.4
25.5
20.1
25.3
20.1
25.3
19.8
25.1
19.8
25.1
24.8
29.7
24.4
29.4
24.4
29.4
24.1
29.1
24.1
29.1
23.7
28.8
23.7
28.8
23.4
28.6
23.4
28.6
23.1
28.4
23.1
28.4
22.8
28.2
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
37
THF/THR
Min
Max
30.9
33.0
30.9
33.0
30.2
32.3
30.2
32.3
29.7
31.9
29.7
31.9
29.0
31.3
29.0
31.3
28.4
30.8
28.4
30.8
31.0
33.2
30.3
32.7
30.3
32.7
29.5
33.0
29.5
33.0
26.7
30.4
26.7
30.4
26.0
29.9
26.0
29.9
25.5
29.5
25.5
29.5
24.8
29.0
24.8
29.0
24.2
28.5
24.2
28.5
30.4
34.2
30.4
34.2
29.7
33.6
29.7
33.6
29.2
33.1
29.2
33.1
28.6
32.6
28.6
32.6
27.9
32.1
27.9
32.1
27.3
31.6
27.3
31.6
30.4
34.2
29.7
33.6
29.7
33.6
29.2
33.1
29.2
33.1
28.6
32.6
28.6
32.6
27.9
32.1
27.9
32.1
27.3
31.6
27.3
31.6
33.7
37.4
33.0
36.8
33.0
36.8
32.5
36.3
32.5
36.3
31.8
35.8
31.8
35.8
31.2
35.2
31.2
35.2
30.5
34.7
30.5
34.7
29.9
34.2
UBF/UBR
Min
Max
35.8
38.4
35.8
38.4
35.0
37.6
35.0
37.6
34.4
37.1
34.4
37.1
33.6
36.3
33.6
36.3
32.9
35.6
32.9
35.6
38.3
39.5
37.4
38.6
37.4
38.6
36.5
37.8
36.5
37.8
27.1
29.5
27.1
29.5
26.2
28.8
26.2
28.8
25.6
28.2
25.6
28.2
24.7
27.5
24.7
27.5
23.9
26.8
23.9
26.8
31.7
34.2
31.7
34.2
30.9
33.5
30.9
33.5
30.2
32.9
30.2
32.9
29.4
32.2
29.4
32.2
28.6
31.5
28.6
31.5
27.8
30.9
27.8
30.9
31.7
34.2
30.9
33.5
30.9
33.5
30.2
32.9
30.2
32.9
29.4
32.2
29.4
32.2
28.6
31.5
28.6
31.5
27.8
30.9
27.8
30.9
35.8
38.4
35.0
37.7
35.0
37.7
34.4
37.1
34.4
37.1
33.6
36.4
33.6
36.4
32.8
35.7
32.8
35.7
32.0
35.0
32.0
35.0
31.2
34.4
Table 16 — Airfoil Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M UNIT
SIZE
SUPPLY
RETURN/
EXHAUST
SMALL
SMALL
STD
STD
SMALL
SMALL
STD
STD
96
110
BHF
BHR
DBF
DBR
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bottom Horizontal Front
Bottom Horizontal Rear
Downblast Front
Downblast Rear
MOTOR
FRAME
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
445T
THF
THR
UBF
UBR
—
—
—
—
BHF/BHR
Min
Max
39.1
41.7
39.1
41.7
38.5
41.1
38.5
41.1
37.7
40.4
37.7
40.4
36.8
39.7
36.8
39.7
36.0
39.0
36.0
39.0
43.5
46.0
43.5
46.0
42.9
45.4
42.9
45.4
42.0
44.6
42.0
44.6
41.2
43.9
41.2
43.9
40.4
43.2
40.4
43.2
39.6
42.4
43.5
46.0
43.5
46.0
42.9
45.4
42.9
45.4
42.0
44.6
42.0
44.6
41.2
43.9
41.2
43.9
40.4
43.2
40.4
43.2
39.6
42.4
46.9
48.0
46.9
48.0
46.2
47.3
46.2
47.3
45.2
46.5
45.2
46.5
44.3
45.6
44.3
45.6
43.4
44.8
43.4
44.8
42.4
43.9
42.4
43.9
DBF/DBR
Min
Max
21.1
26.1
21.1
26.1
20.8
25.8
20.8
25.8
20.4
25.5
20.4
25.5
20.1
25.3
20.1
25.3
19.8
25.1
19.8
25.1
24.4
29.4
24.4
29.4
24.1
29.1
24.1
29.1
23.7
28.8
23.7
28.8
23.4
28.6
23.4
28.6
23.1
28.4
23.1
28.4
22.8
28.2
24.4
29.4
24.4
29.4
24.1
29.1
24.1
29.1
23.7
28.8
23.7
28.8
23.4
28.6
23.4
28.6
23.1
28.4
23.1
28.4
22.8
28.2
35.1
39.2
35.1
39.2
34.7
38.8
34.7
38.8
34.0
38.3
34.0
38.3
33.4
37.8
33.4
37.8
32.9
37.3
32.9
37.3
32.3
36.8
32.3
36.8
Top Horizontal Front
Top Horizontal Rear
Upblast Front
Upblast Rear
38
THF/THR
Min
Max
29.7
33.6
29.7
33.6
29.2
33.1
29.2
33.1
28.6
32.6
28.6
32.6
27.9
32.1
27.9
32.1
27.3
31.6
27.3
31.6
33.0
36.8
33.0
36.8
32.5
36.3
32.5
36.3
31.8
35.8
31.8
35.8
31.2
35.2
31.2
35.2
30.5
34.7
30.5
34.7
29.9
34.2
33.0
36.8
33.0
36.8
32.5
36.3
32.5
36.3
31.8
35.8
31.8
35.8
31.2
35.2
31.2
35.2
30.5
34.7
30.5
34.7
29.9
34.2
31.9
34.4
31.9
34.4
31.2
33.8
31.2
33.8
30.4
33.1
30.4
33.1
29.6
32.4
29.6
32.4
28.7
31.7
28.7
31.7
27.9
31.0
27.9
31.0
UBF/UBR
Min
Max
30.9
33.5
30.9
33.5
30.2
32.9
30.2
32.9
29.4
32.2
29.4
32.2
28.6
31.5
28.6
31.5
27.8
30.9
27.8
30.9
35.0
37.7
35.0
37.7
34.4
37.1
34.4
37.1
33.6
36.4
33.6
36.4
32.8
35.7
32.8
35.7
32.0
35.0
32.0
35.0
31.2
34.4
35.0
37.7
35.0
37.7
34.4
37.1
34.4
37.1
33.6
36.4
33.6
36.4
32.8
35.7
32.8
35.7
32.0
35.0
32.0
35.0
31.2
34.4
43.1
46.1
43.1
46.1
42.5
45.6
42.5
45.6
41.7
44.9
41.7
44.9
41.0
44.2
41.0
44.2
40.2
43.6
40.2
43.6
39.5
42.9
39.5
42.9
Table 17 — Plenum Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches
39M UNIT
SIZE
03
06
SUPPLY
STD
STD
RETURN/
EXHAUST
STD
STD
08
STD
STD
10
STD
STD
12
STD
STD
14
STD
STD
17
STD
STD
21
STD
STD
25
STD
STD
MOTOR
FRAME
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
56
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
143T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
145T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
MIN
MAX
6.7
6.7
6.7
5.5
5.5
12.0
12.0
12.0
11.3
11.3
10.9
21.2
21.2
21.2
20.8
20.8
20.5
20.5
25.0
25.0
24.6
24.6
24.3
24.3
23.9
28.1
28.1
27.6
27.6
27.3
27.3
26.8
28.1
27.6
27.6
27.3
27.3
26.8
26.8
31.3
30.8
30.8
30.5
30.5
30.1
30.1
32.4
31.9
31.9
31.6
31.6
31.2
31.2
30.9
35.3
34.8
34.8
34.4
34.4
34.0
34.0
33.6
7.5
7.5
7.5
6.5
6.5
13.2
13.2
13.2
12.6
12.6
12.2
22.4
22.4
22.4
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
26.5
26.5
26.0
26.0
25.8
25.8
25.5
29.6
29.6
29.1
29.1
28.8
28.8
28.5
29.6
29.1
29.1
28.8
28.8
28.5
28.5
32.8
32.3
32.3
32.0
32.0
31.8
31.8
33.8
33.4
33.4
33.1
33.1
32.9
32.9
32.6
36.8
36.3
36.3
36.0
36.0
35.6
35.6
35.3
39M UNIT
SIZE
SUPPLY
RETURN/
EXHAUST
30
STD
STD
36
STD
STD
STD
N/A
N/A
STD
STD
N/A
N/A
STD
STD
N/A
N/A
STD
40
50
61
39
MOTOR
FRAME
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
182T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
184T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
MIN
MAX
38.1
38.1
37.8
37.8
37.3
37.3
37.0
37.0
42.8
42.8
42.5
42.5
42.0
42.0
41.7
41.7
41.2
42.9
42.5
42.5
42.0
42.0
41.7
41.7
41.3
52.0
52.0
51.7
51.7
51.3
51.3
51.7
51.7
51.3
51.3
51.0
51.0
50.5
50.5
49.2
48.8
48.8
48.3
48.3
47.9
48.7
48.7
48.2
48.2
47.9
47.9
47.4
47.4
46.9
51.9
51.5
51.5
50.9
50.9
50.5
50.5
39.6
39.6
39.4
39.4
39.0
39.0
38.7
38.7
47.2
47.2
46.9
46.9
46.5
46.5
46.2
46.2
45.8
47.2
46.9
46.9
46.5
46.5
46.2
46.2
45.8
56.5
56.5
56.2
56.2
55.8
55.8
56.2
56.2
55.8
55.8
55.5
55.5
55.1
55.1
53.3
51.9
51.9
52.4
52.4
52.1
51.9
51.9
52.5
52.5
52.1
52.1
51.7
51.7
51.2
55.9
55.5
55.5
55.0
55.0
54.6
54.6
Table 17 — Plenum Fan Drive Centerline Distances in Inches (cont)
39M UNIT
SUPPLY
SIZE
SMALL
RETURN/
EXHAUST
SMALL
72
STD
SMALL
STD
SMALL
85
STD
STD
MOTOR
FRAME
MIN
MAX
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
213T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
215T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
43.4
43.4
43.0
43.0
42.7
42.7
42.2
42.2
41.8
41.8
48.2
48.2
47.7
47.7
47.4
47.4
46.9
46.9
46.5
46.5
46.1
46.1
48.2
47.7
47.7
47.4
47.4
46.9
46.9
46.5
46.5
46.1
46.1
53.6
53.1
53.1
52.8
52.8
52.3
52.3
51.9
51.9
51.4
51.4
51.0
48.2
48.2
47.8
47.8
47.6
47.6
47.2
47.2
46.9
46.9
52.9
52.9
52.5
52.5
52.2
52.2
51.8
51.8
51.5
51.5
51.1
51.1
52.9
52.5
52.5
52.2
52.2
51.8
51.8
51.5
51.5
51.1
51.1
58.3
57.8
57.8
57.5
57.5
57.1
57.1
56.7
56.7
56.4
56.4
56.0
39M UNIT
SUPPLY
SIZE
RETURN/
EXHAUST
SMALL
SMALL
STD
STD
SMALL
SMALL
STD
STD
96
110
40
MOTOR
FRAME
MIN
MAX
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
445T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
254T
256T
284T
286T
324T
326T
364T
365T
404T
405T
444T
445T
53.1
53.1
52.8
52.8
52.3
52.3
51.9
51.9
51.4
51.4
51.0
58.0
58.0
57.7
57.7
57.2
57.2
56.7
56.7
56.3
56.3
55.9
55.9
53.1
53.1
52.8
52.8
52.3
52.3
51.9
51.9
51.4
51.4
51.0
58.0
58.0
57.7
57.7
57.2
57.2
56.7
56.7
56.3
56.3
55.9
55.9
57.8
57.8
57.5
57.5
57.1
57.1
56.7
56.7
56.4
56.4
56.0
62.7
62.7
62.3
62.3
61.9
61.9
61.5
61.5
61.1
61.1
60.7
60.7
57.8
57.8
57.5
57.5
57.1
57.1
56.7
56.7
56.4
56.4
56.0
62.7
62.7
62.3
62.3
61.9
61.9
61.5
61.5
61.1
61.1
60.7
60.7
2. Do not store the unit in a heavy traffic area or on a vibrating surface. Vibration can damage stationary bearings.
3. Ensure that all coil connections have shipping caps in
place. Cover the entire unit with a waterproof tarpaulin or
plastic coverall; if the unit is stored on the ground, extend
the cover underneath the unit. Secure the cover with tiedowns. Do not remove cover or coil end caps until unit is
ready for final installation.
4. Monthly — Move the coverall, enter the fan section
through the access door or fan inlet, and slowly rotate the
fan and motor by hand. This operation prevents bearing
corrosion by redistributing the bearing grease.
PRE-INSTALLATION
Inspection — Inspect the unit; file a claim with the shipping company if the unit is damaged. Check the packing list to
ensure that the correct items have been received and notify
your Carrier representative of any discrepancy.
Rigging and Handling — To transfer the unit from the
shipping platform to the storage or installation site, refer to the
rigging label on the unit and these instructions.
CAUTION
A forklift truck can be used to move units or components
only if they have full skids. Lift from the heavy end of the
skid. Minimum recommended fork length is 48 inches.
Failure to follow these safety precautions could lead to personal injury and/or equipment damage.
Service Clearance — When planning the placement of
the unit, ensure adequate space for service access. Typical
service operations can require removing the coils and
filters and accessing the motor and damper linkage. Refer to
AHUBuilder® program for recommended clearances.
Base units are shipped fully assembled, except when sections are separately ordered. All 39M units can be rigged using
the lifting brackets, as shown on the rigging label on the unit.
1. Lift the unit with slings and header bars, using
clevises and pins in the large round holes in the unit’s
lifting brackets.
2. When the unit is in its final location, do not remove the
caps from the coil connections until the coil is ready for
piping. Do not remove grease from the fan shaft until the
drive sheave is ready for installation.
Drain Positioning — To prevent build-up of condensate in the drain pan and ensure proper operation of the drain
system, position the unit so that condensate drain can be properly trapped. Refer to the Condensate Drain section on page 80
in the Installation section.
Unit Suspension — Unit suspension methods are shown
in Fig. 5. A field-supplied platform mount is recommended, especially for larger unit sizes. An inline twin-beam mount is also
recommended. See Fig. 5 and 6. Units can also be supported by
suspending the unit from cross-beams at the joint between each
unit component. Ensure that suspension rods are secured to adequately support the unit and that the rods extend entirely
through their associated fasteners. Also ensure that suspension
rods do not interfere with service access to the unit.
Long-Term Storage — Store unit in a clean, dry place
and protect it from weather and construction traffic.
1. The storage site should be level, rigid, and free of debris. If
the site is in a heavy rain area, set the unit off of the ground.
A39-4300
CEILING — RECOMMENDED
PLATFORM MOUNT
CEILING — ALTERNATE
CROSSBEAM MOUNT
A39-4230
39-
CEILING — RECOMMENDED
IN-LINE BEAM MOUNT
Fig. 5 — Unit Suspension
41
When field-supplied motors and drives have been installed,
adjust the isolator springs as shown in Fig. 7 and described as
follows:
1. Loosen the locknut on adjusting stem.
2. Turn the adjusting stem until the specified clearance of
13/
1
16 + /8-in. is obtained. (Turn clockwise to decrease
clearance or counterclockwise to increase clearance.)
3. Tighten the locknut.
4. Repeat for each of the isolator springs and ensure that the
fan sled is floating on the springs.
External Vibration Isolation — Install external vibration isolators per certified drawings, job specifications, and the
instructions of the isolator manufacturer.
For applications that do not require internal fan isolation,
leave the holddown bracket screwed or bolted in place. Otherwise, the combination of internal and external unit isolation
could lead to unwanted oscillation magnification.
The coil piping must also be isolated or have flexible connectors to avoid coil header damage due to motion or vibration.
Flexible connections should also be installed at the fan inlet (if
ducted) and at the discharge.
Fig. 6 — Lifting Lug Detail for Pad-Mounted Unit
with or without Isolation
Internal Vibration Isolation — Units equipped with
internal vibration isolation must be prepared as described in
this section before they are installed.
For applications that do not require internal fan isolation,
leave the holddown bracket screwed or bolted in place. Otherwise, the combination of internal and external unit isolation
could lead to unwanted oscillation magnification.
REMOVING HOLDDOWN BOLTS, AIRFOIL, PLENUM AND FORWARD-CURVED FANS — Remove the
holddown bolts (Fig. 7) as follows:
1. Open the fan access door.
2. Remove the bolts that fasten the fan sled to the holddown
bracket (Fig. 7). Remove “S” shaped brackets.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 on the opposite side of the fan
section. Fan sled assembly should float on isolator
springs when done.
Roof Curb — Roof curbs can be factory or field supplied
for 39MW units and should be installed according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
Before installing roof curb, check overall unit length. Figure 8
shows AHU (air-handling unit) curb pocket dimensions.
1.893
1.00
1.221
1.00
Ø1.50
ADJUSTING STEM
SLED MEMBER
“S” SHAPED
BRACKET
4.50
3.00
6.00
1.74
2.25
HOLDDOWN
BOLT
1.00
2X Ø 0.625
1.893
3.00
HOLDDOWN
BOLT
NOTE: Dimensions are in inches.
a39-4144
Fig. 8 — Curb Pocket Dimensions
(Sizes 03-110 Typical)
a39-4049.eps
SPRING
“S” SHAPED BRACKET
Curbs are typically shipped knocked down and require field
assembly as follows:
1. Curbs greater than 12 ft in airway length will be split and
joined together by a splice plate. Butt the two sections and
bolt together with the splice plate as shown in Fig. 9.
2. Arrange sides and ends together at right angles and bolt
together using the corner bracket as shown in Fig. 10.
3. Fasten cross supports, when required, per the drawings
with supplied screws as shown in Fig. 11.
4. The 14 in. tall curbs weigh 6 lb per linear foot, 24 in.
curbs weigh 9 lb per linear foot.
Fig. 7 — Spring Isolator and Holddown Bracket
ADJUSTING ISOLATOR SPRINGS — Units with factorysupplied motors and drives are preset to 13/16 + 1/8-in. clearance
between the base frame assembly and the bottom panels; field
adjustment of the isolator springs is not normally required.
WARNING
When adjusting fan isolation components, DO NOT enter
or reach into the fan cabinet while fan is running. Serious
injury can result. Be sure to disconnect power and tag
controls before making adjustments.
IMPORTANT: Verify installed curb dimensions before
attempting to rig the unit and install it on the curb.
42
The return and supply ducts must be supported independently from the unit. Do not exert weight or downward force on
the unit other than minimal force required to attach ductwork.
Before the unit is installed, gasketing must be installed
between the curb and unit as shown in Fig. 12. This gasket
material is supplied by the curb manufacturer. If gasket is not
supplied with the curb, recommended field-supplied gasket
material is 1/2-in. thick by 2-in. wide closed cell neoprene.
When curb is installed, place gasket on curb without stretching or overlapping the material, which can cause gaps or leaks.
Butt all joints evenly and avoid creating gaps where water can
leak into the curb. Make sure seams in gasket material overlap
seams in the curb rail. See Fig. 12 for installation details.
After gasket is in place, rig unit into position as described in
Rigging and Handling section. Locate unit on curb so it is
correctly oriented with respect to curb inlet and discharge
locations.
On curb installations, lower unit directly into place, ensuring that the roof curb gasket does not shift or curl.
Due to the pressure capabilities of the 39 Series air handlers,
duct connections must be gasketed and screwed to the unit
to prevent leakage. Refer to Duct Connections section on
page 48. No provisions have been made to attach the ductwork
to the curb. Dimensions for inlet and discharge locations are
shown in drawings produced in AHUBuilder® program.
UNIT CURB
CURB GASKET
(OPTIONAL)
BUTT JOINTS, DO
NOT OVERLAP
CURB SPLICE
PLATE
A39-2334
Fig. 9 — Splice Plate Usage
FLAT WASHER
SEAL STRIP
HEX HEAD
BOLT
END
GASKET SEAM
HEX NUT
39-304
LOCK
WASHER
RAIL SEAM
WRONG METHOD
GASKET SEAM
RIGHT METHOD
A39-1803
RAIL SEAM
SIDE
UNIT CURB
CORNER BRACKET
Fig. 12 — Install Gasketing
A39-2335
Pier or Beam Mount — As an alternative to curb
mounting, units can also be mounted on I-beams or piers. For
units mounted on I-beams, the beams must run the continuous
length of the unit. If seismic criteria apply, crosspieces must be
added between the beams according to seismic calculations.
For pier-mounted units, one pier must be installed in each
corner of the unit at the junction of the base rail corners. A
minimum of 4 piers can be used for size 03-110 units up to 8 ft
long.
For each additional 8 ft of length for size 03-110 units, install one additional pier on each side of the unit underneath the
base rails. See Fig. 13 for a typical installation.
Fig. 10 — Corner Bracket
UNIT CURB
A39-2336
CURB
CHANNEL
Fig. 11 — Fasten Cross Supports
43
BEAM MOUNT
PIER MOUNT*
L
A39-1779
QUANTITY OF PIERS REQUIRED
*Minimum number of piers shown for pier-mounted unit. See
table on right for number of equally spaced piers required.
For each additional 8 ft of unit length, add 2 piers.
0-8
4
UNIT LENGTH “L”, FT
9-16
6
17-24
8
Fig. 13 — Pier or Beam Mounting
NON-STACKED UNITS
1. The 39M split units will arrive at the jobsite in separate
pieces with section to section gasket installed.
INSTALLATION
This section describes how to install 39M units, components,
and component parts. Units specified on a single order are
shipped with most components assembled in the specified airflow direction. When an upper component exceeds the 108-in.
maximum height limit, it is shipped out of its operating position.
Some component parts also require assembly or adjustment; see
the section on each component type for specific instructions.
WARNING
Do not attempt to assemble the unit on the ground and
then lift to the roof. Sections must be assembled together
on the roof curb. Do not attempt to lift after assembled.
Severe personal injury or death can result.
Indoor and Outdoor Unit Shipping Split (All
Sizes)
2. Set upstream section on roof curb first for outdoor units
or on the pad for indoor units.
3. Remove shipping cover.
4. Set downstream section on roof curb or pad. Refer to unit
nameplate (Fig. 1A) for sequence of section order. Downstream section must be set within 1/2 in. of the upstream
section for proper installation.
5. Pull baserails to contact bottom lifting lug connection. Do
not fully tighten. See Fig. 14, Detail C.
6. Align middle side brackets, start the screw, but do not fully tighten. See Fig. 14, Detail B.
7. Align top brackets. Start the screw, but do not fully tighten. See Fig. 14, Detail A. For outdoor units, removal of
the roof at the split is necessary to access the top
brackets.
8. Fully tighten all bolts starting from the base rails and
moving to the top. For outdoor units, reinstall all roof
sections.
NOTE: The following hardware is included with the unit:
4 — 3/8 in.-16 nut
4 — 3/8 in.-16 x 8 in. screw
4 — 3/8 in. washer
8 — 1/2 in.-13 nut
8 — 1/2 in.-13 x 8 in. screw
8 — 1/2 in. washer
12 — 5/16 in.-18 nut
12 — 5/16 in.-18 x 21/2 in. screw
12 — 5/16 in. washer
Stacked units also include size AB 1/4 — 3/4 screws (quantity varies with unit size) and gasket required for field
installation.
44
1. For lower level shipping split, follow steps 1 through 8
above for non-stacked units.
2. Refer to Fig. 16. If the split in the lower level section is
under the top section, the top horizontal frame of the vertical discharge section will not have the rectangular
brackets.
3. Attach the lower level shipping splits from the inside of
the bottom vertical discharge section using the AB 1/4 —
3/ screw as shown in Fig. 16, Detail A. Typically this
4
screw is installed above the coil and under the fan sled,
depending on the configuration of the unit.
4. After completing the lower level shipping splits assembly, proceed to the upper level shipping split installation
using the provided washers, gasket and self-locking nuts.
5. Fully tighten all bolts starting from the base rails and
moving to the top.
WARNING
Do not attempt to lift unit after assembly! Severe personal injury or death can result.
CAUTION
Ensure a good seal is created between both sections before
continuing. Equipment damage could result.
9. For outdoor units, assemble all roof brackets provided
and caulk roof corners as shown in Fig. 15, Detail B.
STACKED UNITS
IMPORTANT: If the top level shipping split arrives separately, do not assemble until you have completed the installation of the lower level shipping splits. This will ease the
assembly process.
SPLIT SECTION L BRACKET
a39-4146
SCREW
SCREW (3/8 in. - 16x8 in.)
NUT (3/8 in. - 16)
SEE DETAIL A
WASHER (3/8 in.)
DETAIL A
SPLIT SECTION, PLATE
SEE DETAIL B
NUT (5/16 in. - 18)
WASHER (5/16 in.)
DETAIL B
SCREW (5/16 in. - 18x2 1/2 in.)
SEE DETAIL C
a39-4221
SCREW (1/2 in. - 13x8 in.)
WASHER (1/2 in.)
DETAIL C
NUT (1/2 in. - 13)
Fig. 14 — Attaching Split Sections — Non-Stacked Units and Lower Level of Stacked Units
45
UPSTREAM SECTION
SEE DETAIL A
DO NOT REMOVE
ANGULAR BRACE
DO NOT REMOVE
CENTER SUPPORT
DETAIL A
SLIDE
BRACKET
ROOF CAP
BRACKET
ROOF CAP
CAULK AREA TO
ELIMINATE WATER
INTRUSION
INSULATION
TAPE
DETAIL B
39MW ROOF CURB
Fig. 15 — 39MW Split Assembly
46
a39-4231 SCREW WITH
RUBBER SEAL
DETAIL B
AB SCREW 1/4 - 3/4
SEE DETAIL A
DETAIL A
Fig. 16 — Attaching Split Sections — Stacked Units
a39-4293
47
Duct Connections
MIXING BOX/INLET PLENUM/DISCHARGE PLENUM — Attach the ductwork to the box frame rails with
sheet metal screws as shown in Fig. 17. Ductwork should be
flanged out as close to the damper framed opening as possible.
Screws with weatherproof washers and a bead of silicone
around the duct flange must be used for outdoor applications.
Do not remove the screws retaining the damper frame; the
damper will fall out.
MIXING BOX/INLET PLENUM (Bottom) — Outside and/
or return air ducts must be attached directly to the unit. This applies to both indoor and outdoor units.
NOTE: For all sizes with bottom openings, attach ductwork to
inside of baserails.
FAN DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS (Except Plenum
Fans) — Discharge air ducts must be attached directly to the
discharge side of the unit. This applies to both indoor and outdoor units.
NOTE: For all sizes with bottom openings, attach ductwork
connection to inside of base rail.
Use care when making turns and transitions in ductwork to
avoid excessive air friction. Duct elbows should contain turning vanes. See Fig. 18.
Ductwork connected to the fan discharge should run in a
straight line for at least 2.5 times the outlet diameter dimensions and should not be reduced in cross-section. See Fig. 19.
Duct turns should be in the same direction as fan rotation to
minimize any negative system effects.
Apply 1/2 in. thick by 11/2 in. wide closed cell neoprene gasketing or run a bead of silicone around the fan discharge.
Flange the ductwork out no more than 11/4 in. and screw the
flanged ductwork to the fan discharge.
BOTTOM RETURN FAN CONNECTIONS — Return air
ducts must be attached directly to the return side of the unit.
This applies to both indoor and outdoor units! Use care when
making turns and transitions in ductwork to avoid excessive
air friction. Duct elbows should contain turning vanes. See
Fig. 18.
PLENUM FAN DUCT CONNECTIONS — Plenum fans are
designed for draw-thru or blow-thru operation. Draw-thru fan
sections have closed panels on all sides except for the fan inlet
side. On blow-thru fan sections, the panel on the end opposite
the inlet is omitted so that components such as coil or filter sections can be added downstream from the plenum fan.
NOTE: Duct openings cannot be cut into the bottom of any
plenum fan section. An additional discharge plenum MUST be
used for bottom duct opening.
NOTE: For all sizes with bottom openings, attach ductwork
connection to inside of base rail.
a39-4229
Fig. 17 — Mixing Box Ductwork Attachment
TURNING
VANES
NOT LESS
THAN
2-1/2
FAN DIA.
AIRFLOW
A39-3004
NOTE: Make turns in the same direction as fan rotation.
Fig. 18 — Recommended Discharge Duct
Arrangement When Turns are Required
NOT LESS THAN 2-1/2
FAN DIA.
SUPPLY DUCT
DUCT TRANSITION
30°
MAXIMUM
Fig. 19 — Duct Connections
48
A39-2260
Once the conduit is in place, it must be securely sealed,
watertight and airtight, to prevent ANY infiltration.
Penetrations are typically located in one of the existing
“fixed” panels, such as the fan discharge panel, or the coil
connection panel to maximize the number of removable/
service panels. When it is necessary to penetrate the panel
for wiring or piping entry, make certain that the entry
point will not interfere with future component servicing,
block access doors, or obstruct airflow.
3. Drill a small pilot hole completely through the panel.
4. Use of a sharp hole saw or, if appropriate, a Unishear™
cutting tool or sheet metal nibbler to cut the hole or opening from each side.
DRAW-THRU PLENUM FAN DISCHARGE FABRICATION — Discharge openings are not allowed through the
floor of plenum fan sections. A separate discharge plenum is
the only approved method for botom duct connections when
using a plenum fan. Duct openings for draw-thru plenum fans
must be field fabricated. They should be located in the plenum
fan section according to the following guidelines:
• Locate discharge openings in side or top panels; the end
panel opposite the inlet will have a higher pressure drop
per the explanation in the 39M Product Data manual.
• Locate discharge openings on the side or top panels
between the fan wheel and end panel opposite the inlet.
Do not locate discharges in the direct path of airflow
from the wheel.
• Avoid locating the discharge opening on the motor side
of the fan section. If a discharge on the motor side is
necessary, locate the opening near the top of the cabinet.
• Sizes 36-110 include intermediate frame members.
When cutting the discharge opening for the plenum fan,
do not cut through any intermediate frame member.
Typical duct locations are shown in Fig. 20.
Once the discharge locations are selected and cut, the
duct connections can be fabricated. Install field-supplied duct
flanges and framing channels to smooth the airflow leaving the
discharge opening. Two of the channels should extend the
width or height of the cabinet to provide additional cabinet
support.
CAUTION
Do not use a cutting torch or open flame on or near the fan.
Damage to the panel may occur.
5. Carefully remove the foam. The hole should be lined or
sleeved to confine the foam, and the penetration should
be sealed, both inside and out, to eliminate all possibility
of infiltration or leakage.
NOTE: Small quantities of locally available commercial
canned foam may be used, if necessary, to complete minor
repairs. Significant patching may justify ordering replacement
panels instead.
Panel Cutting — The 39M unit’s double-wall foam-filled
panels require special attention when cutting and or penetrating.
1. Take care in planning before penetrating any panel with
electrical conduit, hydronic piping, sensor pickups or
wiring. Once these are routed through a panel, for all
practical purposes, it becomes a fixed panel that is not
easily removed for service access.
2. In some cases it will be possible for smaller conduits
(1/2-in. or 3/4-in.) to enter the cabinet through the frame
rail where individual sections are joined together. Inspect
the selected area carefully to be certain that you do not
encounter shipping blocks or section joining screws.
Face and Bypass Dampers — All face and bypass
damper sections are shipped fully assembled. Unit sizes 03-12
are built with a single damper assembly. Sizes 14-110 have
multiple damper assemblies linked via a jackshaft: two assemblies for sizes 14-61; three for sizes 72-96 and four for size 110.
Damper crankarms have 90 degrees of travel from fully open
to fully closed positions and are adjustable to suit conditions.
Refer to Fig. 21 and 22 for details.
Actuators must be mounted directly to the damper shaft.
Removal of crankarms is necessary for direct connection actuator use. Refer to Table 18 for operating torque requirements.
49
Fig. 20 — Discharge Fabrication, Draw-Thru Plenum Fans
A39 2346
50
AIRFLOW
UNIT HAND SIDE
a39-4232
FACE AND BYPASS DAMPER DETAILS
39M UNIT
SIZE
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
A
26.37
39.37
47.37
60.37
60.37
65.37
72.37
73.37
79.37
DIMENSION (In.)
BT
26.37
26.37
29.37
29.37
36.37
36.37
39.37
49.37
49.37
D
5.69
5.69
6.09
6.09
5.69
5.69
6.19
8.69
8.69
QTY OF
ZONES
39M UNIT
SIZE
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
30
36
40
50
61
72
85
96
110
DIMENSION (In.)
BT
49.37
60.37
66.37
76.37
91.37
103.13
103.13
116.13
116.13
A
97.37
102.37
102.37
110.37
110.37
113.46
132.46
132.46
150.46
QTY OF
ZONES
D
8.69
13.69
11.62
21.31
26.14
30.08
30.08
35.92
35.92
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
9
12
5"
A
R.H. LINKAGE WITH JACKSHAFT
ON BOTTOM BLADE LINKED
PER SECTION B-B
PARALLEL BLADE
A/2
1"
JACKSHAFT CROSSOVER
SHIP
SECT.
SHIP
SECT.
(OPEN)
CROSSOVER
REF.
B
D
B
(CLOSED)
BT
A
AIR
FLOW
a39-4149
JACKSHAFT TYP.
7/8" DIA. HOLES
IN STOPS
A
FACE VIEW
CONTROL ARM (2 REQ'D)
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
a39-4147
8"
SILICONE SEAL
BLADE BRACKET
WITH NYLON
TIEROD
WITH E-25 CLIPS
CRANKARM
TO CLOSE
TO OPEN
a39-4148
HOLES
1/4-20x1" HH BOLTS
(SHIPPED LOOSE)
SECTION B-B
THRU TOP DAMPER
JACKSHAFT BEARING
a39-4150
SECTION A-A
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
THRU MIDDLE AND BOTTOM DAMPER
Fig. 21 — Face and Bypass Section Detail
51
MIXING BOX, EXHAUST BOX, AND EXTERNAL
BYPASS DAMPER DETAILS
SIDE DAMPER DETAILS
UNIT SIZE DETAIL (SECTIONS) A (WIDTH) B (HEIGHT) JACKSHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
1/
03
1
25.75
10.75
2
1/
06
1
38.75
14
2
1/
08
1
46.75
14
2
10
1
59.75
14
1
12
1
59.75
14
1
14
2
64.75
16.75
1
17
2
71.75
16.75
1
21
2
71.75
20
1
25
2
78.75
20
1
30
2
96.75
20
1
36
3
101.75
29
1
40
3
101.75
32
1
50
3
109.75
35
1
61
3
109.75
44
1
72
3
113.00
46
1
85
3
132.00
46
1
96
3
132.00
52
1
110
4
150.00
52
1
UNIT SIZE DETAIL (SECTIONS) A (WIDTH) B (HEIGHT) JACKSHAFT DIAMETER (in.)
1/
03
1
14
18
2
1/
06
1
20
26
2
1/
08
1
20
29
2
10
1
26
29
1
12
1
26
36
1
14
1
32
36
1
17
2
32
39
1
21
2
32
49
1
25
2
38
49
1
30
2
44
49
1
36
2
50
60
1
40
2
50
66
1
50
2
56
76
1
61
3
56
91
1
72
3
113
46
1
85
3
132
46
1
96
3
132
52
1
110
4
150
52
1
A
A
a39-4218
A
A
B
B
A
A
DETAIL 1
FACE VIEW
a39-4151
DETAIL 2
FACE VIEW
a39-4219
A
A
B
A
DETAIL 3
FACE VIEW
DETAIL 4
FACE VIEW
5
B
1 1/2
AIRFOIL
BLADES
1
3
AIRFOIL
BLADES
TO OPEN
BRACKET
TO OPEN
BRACKET
SECTION A-A
1/2-in. JACKSHAFT
PREMIUM DAMPER
AIR
SECTION A-A
1-in. JACKSHAFT
PREMIUM DAMPER
FLOW
5”
STANDARD
BLADES
1 1/2”
a39-4220
1”
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
TO OPEN
TO OPEN
BRACKET
BRACKET
SECTION A-A
1-in. JACKSHAFT
STANDARD DAMPER
SECTION A-A
1/2-in. JACKSHAFT
STANDARD DAMPER
NOTE: All dimensions in inches
unless otherwise noted.
A39-2972
Fig. 22 — Mixing Box, Filter Mixing Box, Exhaust Box and External Bypass Damper Details
52
damper operators, the operating bar may be cut and the control
levers repositioned as follows:
Table 18 — Damper Operating Torque (lb)
COMPONENT
Zone
Damper
Mixing or
Exhaust Box
Side Mixing or
Exhaust Box
Airflow
Measuring
Damper
Integral and
Internal Face
and Bypass
External Face
and Bypass
COMPONENT
Zone
Damper
Mixing or
Exhaust Box
Side Mixing or
Exhaust Box
Airflow
Measuring
Damper
Integral and
Internal Face
and Bypass
External Face
and Bypass
39M UNIT SIZE
12
14
03
06
08
10
17
21
25
—
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
13
26
32
41
41
53
58
70
77
12
25
28
37
46
56
61
76
91
5
9
9
9
16
16
16
29
29
21
32
45
57
78
85
103
129
142
29
44
59
76
96
104
126
161
176
39M UNIT SIZE
50
61
72
30
36
40
85
96
110
5
7
7
8
10
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
94
143
158
187
235
187
226
226
381
105
146
160
207
248
205
240
275
316
29
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
174
195
232
251
304
347
409
453
509
217
282
312
390
470
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
CAUTION
Damper operation may be impaired if ductwork is
supported by the unit.
1. Check job prints to determine number and size of zones
required and damper operator locations.
2. Cut and remove portion of operating bar between zones
as required.
3. Install actuators on field-fabricated support brackets.
Connect actuator linkage to the center axle of interconnecting zones.
4. Adjust actuator for correct damper operation. Be sure
actuator, linkage, and dampers operate freely. See
Table 18 for operating torque requirements.
Mixing Box/Filter Mixing Box Damper Linkage
CAUTION
NOTES:
1. Damper shaft moves 90 degrees from open to close.
2. Operating torques is shown for one damper. Multiply the value shown by the number
of dampers for total with one actuator.
Zone Damper Section — Refer to Fig. 23 and install
the section as follows:
1. Remove the screws holding the zone damper section to
the heating coil section and remove the lag screws holding the damper to the shipping skid.
2. Place the supplied 1/4-in. thick x 11/2-in. grey foam gasket
around the perimeter of the cooling and heating coil section
discharges. Use two gasket strips on partition panels to obtain double width.
3. Rig the zone damper section and lift it into position on
(vertical discharge) or next to (horizontal discharge) the
gasketed cooling and heating coil sections.
4. Fasten the damper section to the coil sections using the
supplied 1/4-14 x 3/4-in. sheet metal screws.
5. Install control shaft and bearing for each individual
zone after cutting linkage (for the job specific zone
application).
Control shaft extensions are bagged and wrapped to the
inside of the zone damper blades. Additional fieldsupplied shaft extensions may be ordered from local
Ruskin supplier, part no. 10-020569-00B.
6. Zones should be split for equal airflow through each
damper.
CAUTION
Factory duct collars and damper assemblies are for attaching ductwork only and must NOT be used to support the
duct’s weight. Weight bearing deflection can increase
torque necessary to operated dampers, or bind them preventing any movement.
ZONE DAMPER LINKAGE (Fig. 23 and 24) — Note that
damper control levers and a common operating bar are factory
installed on upper end of damper shafts on top of zoning damper assembly. To facilitate the installation of field-supplied
It is important to properly link the outdoor-air and returnair dampers. Failure to do so may cause mixing problems,
stratification, or coil freezing under some conditions, especially in combination type filter mixing boxes.
Refer to Fig. 25 for typical damper arrangement and connecting rod position.
CONTROL DAMPERS — Control dampers may be operated with pneumatic or electric actuators. These items should be
set up in accordance with the control manufacturers installation
instructions.
DAMPER LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT — After the airhandling unit has been powered, the dampers should be
checked to ensure they move freely and close tightly, adjustment of the linkage may be required.
LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT
1. With the damper actuator unpowered and the damper
linkage disconnected, rotate the outdoor-air damper so
that it is fully closed. Make sure the spring return actuator
has completed its stroke (with power disconnected this
will be achieved). The return-air damper should be fully
open at this point.
2. Tighten the actuator on the damper jackshaft, ensure all
linkage is connected, secure and moves freely.
3. With power applied to the actuator, check for a complete
stroke and free movement in the dampers and damper
linkage.
CAUTION
Dampers and linkage must be checked prior to applying
power. Make certain that there are no obstructions that
could interfere with the operation of the dampers.
NOTE: While adjusting linkage, one damper must be fully
open and the other fully closed.
Top and rear dampers are shipped with both dampers in
closed position. Loosen the swivel on the interconnecting linkage bar and fully open rear damper, leaving top damper closed.
Retighten the swivel.
Certain damper combinations require that dual actuators or
bellcrank linkages be field-provided when jack shafts are
90 degree opposed. This may occur when there is a combination of end dampers with either top or bottom dampers.
53
A39-2970
(FIELD SUPPLIED)
Fig. 23 — Zone Damper Assembly Details (Horizontal Discharge Shown)
ZONE DAMPER DETAILS
39M UNIT SIZE
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
A
28.50
28.50
28.50
34.50
34.50
34.50
40.50
40.50
40.50
52.50
52.50
56.50
68.50
DIMENSIONS (in.)
B
41.50
49.50
62.50
62.50
67.50
74.50
74.50
81.50
99.50
104.50
104.50
112.50
112.50
C
12
12
12
15
15
15
18
18
18
24
24
26
32
QTY OF ZONES
QTY OF EXTENSION SHAFT KITS
6
7
10
10
10
12
12
13
16
17
17
18
18
4
4
6
6
6
7
7
8
10
10
10
12
12
B
5
1.5
C
A
AIR
FLOW
A
A
A
FACE VIEW
C
B
END VIEW
7
6
TYP
5
BLANK-OFF
PLATE
TOP VIEW
SECTION A-A
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
Fig. 24 — 39M06-61 Unit Zone Damper Section Details
54
A39-2971
DIRECT
COUPLED
DIRECT
COUPLED
ACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
(SIDE
MIXING
BOX)
(SIDE MIXING BOX)
a39-4233
ACTUATOR AND
JACKSHAFT ARE
REPRESENTATIVE
ONLY (TYPICAL)
ONE ACTUATOR
ONLY WHEN USED
WITH LINKAGE
ROTATION
TO OPEN
ROTATION
TO OPEN
AIR
FLOW
AIR
FLOW
ROTATION
TO OPEN
AIR
FLOW
LINKAGE
ASY
ROTATION
TO OPEN
LINKAGE
ASY
JACKSHAFT
LOCATION
TYPICAL
TOP & REAR OR
SIDE & REAR
TOP & BOTTOM OR
SIDE & SIDE
ROTATION
TO OPEN
LINKAGE
ASY
A39-2343
REAR & BOTTOM
ROTATION
TO OPEN
AIR
FLOW
ROTATION
TO OPEN
ROTATION
TO OPEN
AIR
FLOW
AIR
FLOW
ROTATION
TO OPEN
REAR ONLY
BOTTOM ONLY
TOP ONLY
Fig. 25 — Mixing Box/Filter Mixing Box, Typical Damper Arrangements (Size 14 Shown)
55
FIELD SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED ACTUATORS —
If one or two actuators are used, they must be mounted to the
outdoor-air damper jackshaft. To properly set the connecting
linkages, determine the rotation required to open the outdoorair damper. Ensure the actuator spring return fully closes the
outdoor-air damper.
If more than 2 actuators are used, they must be installed in
equal numbers on each jackshaft. To properly set these dampers, determine the rotation required for each damper and mount
the actuators so that the spring feature will open the return-air
damper and close the outdoor-air damper. Lock each damper
actuator to the jackshaft. Remove any factory-supplied connecting linkage between the outdoor air and return-air dampers. Failure to do so will damage the actuators. No additional
linkages are required for these applications.
Exhaust damper boxes are shipped with dampers in the
closed position.
All damper crankarms have 90 degrees travel from open to
closed. They may be adjusted to suit actuator location.
DO NOT mount damper actuators on the unit panels,
actuators are shaft mount only. See Table 18 on page 53 for
operating torque requirements.
Vertical Draw-Thru Units
NOTE: Size 21-61 vertical units that exceed the 108-in. maximum height or units with a vertical fan shipping split are
shipped with the fan out of its operating position, separate from
the vertical coil section. See Fig. 27.
The unit is secured to a wooden skid with lag screws.
Remove screws before lifting the unit.
Mixing Box Damper Actuators — The 39M mixing boxes can be supplied with direct mounted damper actuators. Refer to Fig. 26 for typical actuator mounting. Actuators
are also available for field installation. See Field Supplied and
Installed Actuators section for more information. Refer to
Table 18 on page 53 for damper operating torque.
a39-4247
Fig. 27 — Positioning Fan Section on Top of Coil
Section
a39-4000
Stacked Supply Fan, Return Fan and Exhaust
Box Sections
Fig. 26 — Typical Mixing Box Actuator Mounting
NOTE: Do not remove the fan spring isolator holddown bolts
until the section is installed on the coil section.
1. Rig the fan section using the lifting brackets and palce it
on top of the coil section. (See Fig. 27.)
2. Secure the fan and coil sections together using the supplied flat washer, the lock washer and the lock nut onto
the stud. See Fig. 28.
To ensure torque is transmitted equally to both damper sections, actuator must be connected to the jackshaft that drives
the interconnecting linkage bar. Connection to any other shaft
is not recommended.
56
LOCK NUT
LOCK WASHER
FLAT WASHER
STUD
2-IN. GASKET
FACTORY-INSTALLED
AROUND PERIMETER
OF FRAME FLUSH TO
OUTSIDE EDGE
a39-4248
Fig. 28 — Securing Fan and Coil Sections Together
57
Fan Sled Disassembly — In some cases, it may be
necessary to remove the fan sled from the unit and break it
down into smaller components. See Tables 19-21 and Fig. 29
for maximum complete fan sled dimensions and housing only
dimensions.
To remove the fan sled:
1. Remove all of the panels from the fan section except for
the fan discharge panel.
2. Disconnect the vibration absorbent discharge seal by
unscrewing the seal channels from the discharge of the
fan housing. Remove the fan discharge panel.
3. On larger units, the fan sled may be extremely heavy.
Remove the top and vertical frame members of the fan
section by removing the 4 screws from each frame to
corner piece connection.
4. If complete fan sled removal is required, unscrew bolts
holding the isolator base to the bottom of the unit.
5. Disassemble fan and fan housing in place and/or affix
appropriate rigging to remove the required components
noting diagrammatically where each component is
attached. Components should be removed in the following order:
a. Belts and sheaves
b. Motor
c. Fan shaft
d. Fan wheel (forward curved fan wheels are
removed through the fan discharge opening, airfoil
wheels are removed through the side of the housing after removal of the drive side inlet volute)
e. Fan housing
NOTE: Install the preceding components in the reverse order.
Table 19 — Airfoil Fan Dimensions (in.)
FAN SLED ASSEMBLY
FRAMED BLOWER
UNIT
(See Fig. 28)
WITHOUT SLED
SIZE ARRANGEMENT
39M
Length Width Height Length Width Height
03
All
35.5
23.5 28.8
18.6
21.0
21.9
06
All
36.5
33.5 28.7
22.4
24.0
26.8
08
All
29.8
45.5 31.8
24.6
26.3
29.3
10
All
29.8
58.5 31.8
24.6
26.3
29.3
12
All
35.8
58.5 38.8
29.6
30.3
36.0
14
All
41.8
63.5 38.8
29.6
30.3
36.0
17
All
41.8
70.5 41.8
32.5
33.8
39.6
21
All
41.7
72.0 51.8
35.9
36.5
43.6
25
All
53.8
77.5 51.8
39.5
39.8
48.1
30
All
53.8
95.5 51.8
39.5
39.8
48.1
Supply Std
56.3
100.5 62.8
43.8
43.3
52.8
36
Ret/Exh Std
56.3
100.5 62.8
47.8
48.5
58.1
Supply Std
62.3
100.5 68.8
47.8
48.5
58.1
40
Ret/Exh Std
62.3
100.5 68.8
52.9
53.0
64.9
Supply Std
68.3
108.5 78.8
52.9
53.0
64.9
50
Ret/Exh Std
68.3
108.5 78.8
57.9
57.5
71.0
Supply Std
74.3
108.5 93.8
57.9
57.5
71.0
61
Ret/Exh Std
74.3
108.5 93.8
65.9
62.8
78.8
Wheel Size
32
63.3
79.4 64.2
50.6
56.9* 57.8
7236
70.4
87.9 71.3
56.6
62.0* 64.9
110
40
77.3
99.7 78.7
61.8
67.4* 71.3
44
83.2
105.2 89.2
70.4
77.8* 82.4
*Width equals shaft end to shaft end.
NOTE: Different fan discharge positions have different dimensions.
The values shown are for the largest overall dimensions.
Table 20 — Forward Curve Fan Dimensions (in.)
FAN SLED ASSEMBLY
FRAMED BLOWER
UNIT
(See Fig. 28)
WITHOUT SLED
SIZE ARRANGEMENT
39M
Length Width Height Length Width Height
All - Horizontal
17.5
26.0 20.2
16.7
15.1
16.7
03
All - Vertical
34.0
25.0 20.2
16.7
15.1
16.7
All - Horizontal
23.5
39.0 22.6
18.6
18.8
18.6
06
All - Vertical
34.0
25.0 22.1
18.6
18.8
18.6
Sup/Ret Std
28.5
47.0 25.1
21.6
23.9
21.6
08
Supply Small
28.5
47.0 20.6
18.6
18.8
18.6
Sup/Ret Std
28.5
60.0 29.0
25.5
27.9
25.5
10
Supply Small
28.5
60.0 23.6
21.6
23.9
21.6
Sup/Ret Std
34.5
60.0 30.2
25.5
27.9
25.5
12
Supply Small
34.5
60.0 25.8
21.6
22.9
21.6
Sup/Ret Std
40.5
65.0 35.1
30.4
32.5
30.4
14
Supply Small
40.5
65.0 30.2
25.5
27.9
25.5
Sup/Ret Std
40.5
72.0 35.1
30.4
32.5
30.4
17
Supply Small
40.5
72.0 30.2
25.5
27.9
25.5
Sup/Ret Std
40.5
72.0 42.7
38.0
33.3
38.0
21
Supply Small
40.5
72.0 30.2
25.5
27.9
25.5
Sup/Ret Std
52.5
79.0 43.2
38.0
33.3
38.0
25
Supply Small
52.5
79.0 43.2
38.0
30.3
38.0
Sup/Ret Std
52.5
97.0 43.2
38.0
37.3
38.0
30
Supply Small
52.5
97.0 43.2
38.0
35.3
38.0
Sup/Ret Std
53.8
100.5 62.8
46.8
43.5
46.8
36
Supply Small
53.8
100.5 62.8
41.5
39.8
41.5
Sup/Ret Std
53.8
100.5 68.8
46.8
43.5
46.8
40
Supply Small
53.8
100.5 68.8
46.8
38.5
46.8
Sup/Ret Std
58.3
108.5 78.8
51.5
52.3
51.5
50
Supply Small
58.3
108.5 78.8
51.5
46.8
51.5
Sup/Ret Std
56.8
108.5 93.8
55.5
54.3
55.5
61
Supply Small
56.8
108.5 93.8
51.5
52.3
51.5
Wheel Size
32
66.9
79.4 64.2
50.6
56.9* 57.8
72110
36
74.6
84.2 71.3
56.6
62.0* 64.9
40
81.6
90.1
78.7
61.8
67.4* 71.3
Fan Sled Dimensions — See Tables 19-21 and Fig. 29
for fan sled dimensions.
H
W
L
A39-2900
Fig. 29 — Fan Sled
*Width equals shaft end to shaft end.
58
Motor Power Wiring — The fan section is provided
with a decal indicating the recommended location to drill or
punch hole(s) to accommodate an electrical conduit for the
fan-motor wiring. The decal is located on the motor side,
approximately 4-in. in from the side and 4-in. down from the
top of the corner above where the motor will be installed.
Where possible, the conduit should be installed in a panel
which will not be removed, such as the discharge panel.
Table 21 — Plenum Fan Dimensions (in.)
UNIT
SIZE
39M
03
06
08
10
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
50
61
72-110
ARRANGEMENT
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
Supply Std
Ret/Exh Std
Supply Std
Ret/Exh Std
Supply Std
Ret/Exh Std
Wheel Size
40
44
49
55
FAN SLED ASSEMBLY
(See Fig. 28)
Length
Width
Height
41.0
26.4
23.7
42.5
36.0
26.2
24.8
46.5
29.1
26.3
53.3
31.3
30.1
58.3
36.7
30.1
58.3
36.7
32.6
62.5
40.1
38.3
66.3
41.4
42.3
70.3
45.4
41.0
75.8
48.9
48.9
91.4
54.4
48.9
91.4
54.4
48.9
91.4
58.3
57.4
99.4
58.4
57.4
99.4
64.0
57.4
99.4
64.0
57.4
99.4
70.0
34.2
38.0
41.3
52.3
92.2
100.0
107.8
114.7
A39-1108
Fig. 30 — Sealing Power Wires in Flexible Conduit
MOTOR OVERLOAD PROTECTION — Fan-motor starters and overload protectors are field-supplied and installed. A
label on the fan motor indicates the correct size of the overload
protectors required to be installed in the motor starter.
Sheaves — Factory-supplied drives are pre-aligned and
tensioned, however, Carrier recommends checking the belt
tension and alignment before starting the unit. Always check
the drive alignment after adjusting belt tension.
To install sheaves on the fan or motor shaft, remove any
rust-preventive coating on the shaft. Make sure the shaft is
clean and free of burrs. Add grease or lubricant to bore of
sheave before installing. Mount sheave on the shaft; to prevent
bearing damage, do not use excessive force (i.e., a hammer).
Place sheaves for minimum overhang (see Fig. 30).
Each factory-assembled fan, shaft, and drive sheave assembly is precision aligned and balanced. If excessive unit vibration occurs after field replacement of sheaves, the unit should
be rebalanced. To change the drive ratio, reselect and replace
the motor sheave, not the fan sheave.
After 24 hours of unit operation, the drive belts may stretch.
Check the belt tension after 24 hours of operation and adjust if
necessary. Periodically check belt tension throughout the run-in
period, which is normally the initial 72 hours of operation.
ALIGNMENT — Make sure that fan shafts and motor shafts
are parallel and level. The most common causes of misalignment are nonparallel shafts and improperly located sheaves.
Where shafts are not parallel, belts on one side are drawn
tighter and pull more than their share of the load. As a result,
these belts wear out faster, requiring the entire set to be
replaced before it has given maximum service. If misalignment
is in the sheave, belts enter and leave the grooves at an angle,
causing excessive belt and sheave wear.
1. Shaft alignment can be checked by measuring the distance between the shafts at 3 or more locations. If the distances are equal, then the shafts are parallel.
56.4
61.4
68.9
76.4
Fan Motors and Drives — When installing motors in
the field, locate the electrical junction box toward the center of
the unit. This arrangement is required for correct belt tension.
Use the smallest mounting holes in the mounting base that will
accommodate the motor and provide minimum overhang.
Tighten the motor holddown bolts. Refer to Tables 2A-2D
for fan scroll inlet cone dimensions.
JUNCTION BOX CONDENSATE PREVENTION —
When air handlers are installed outdoors in a high humidity
environment or indoors where the apparatus room is used as a
fresh air plenum, precautions must be taken to prevent condensation from forming inside the junction box of the internally
mounted motor.
Standard installation practice is to mount the motor starter
or fused disconnect box adjacent to the air handler and enclose
the power wiring to the motor in flexible conduit.
The sheet metal housing of the disconnect switch or motor
starter is not airtight (even when a box meeting NEMA
[National Electrical Manufacturers Association] IV standards
is used). Thus, warm moist air can migrate through the flexible
conduit to the junction box on the motor. With the motor
located inside the unit, the motor temperature is that of the cool
supply air; thus, condensate can form inside the junction box
and, possibly, on the live terminal lugs.
To prevent the moist air from migrating through the conduit
to the motor, seal the power wires inside the flexible conduit at
the motor starter or fused disconnect (Fig. 30).
Use a nonconductive, non-hardening sealant. Permagum
(manufactured by Schnee Morehead) or sealing compound,
thumb grade (manufactured by Calgon), are acceptable materials.
59
A39-137
Fig. 32 — Determining Sheave-Shaft Alignment
NOTE: There should be a 1/8-in. to 1/4-in. gap between the
mating part hub and the bushing flange. If gap is closed, the
bushing is probably the wrong size.
5. With taper-lock bushed hubs, be sure the bushing bolts
are tightened evenly to prevent side-to-side pulley
wobble. Check by rotating sheaves and rechecking
sheave alignment. When substituting field-supplied
sheaves for factory-supplied sheaves, consider that fan
shaft sheave has been factory balanced with fan and shaft
as an assembly. For this reason, substitution of motor
sheave is preferable for final speed adjustment.
A39-376
Fig. 31 — Determining Sheave-Shaft Overhang
V-Belts — When installing or replacing belts, always use a
2. Sheave Alignment:
Fixed sheaves — To check the location of the fixed
sheaves on the shafts, a straightedge or a piece of string
can be used. If the sheaves are properly aligned, the string
will touch them at the points indicated by the arrows in
Fig. 32.
Adjustable sheaves — To check the location of adjustable
sheave on shaft, make sure that the centerlines of both
sheaves are in line and parallel with the bearing support
channel. See Fig. 32. Adjustable pitch drives are installed
on the motor shaft. Carrier recommends that adjustable
sheaves should only be used for initial balancing and be
replaced with fixed pitch sheaves by the air balancer prior
to the final system air balance.
complete set of new belts. Mixing old and new belts will result
in the premature wear or breakage of the newer belts.
Refer to label on inside of fan access door for information
on factory-supplied drive.
1. Always adjust the motor position so that V-belts can be
installed without stretching over grooves. Forcing belts
can result in uneven stretching and a mismatched set of
belts.
2. Do not allow belt to bottom out in sheave.
3. Tighten belts by turning motor-adjusting jackscrews.
Turn each jackscrew an equal number of turns.
4. Equalize belt slack so that it is on the same side of belt for
all belts. Failure to do so may result in uneven belt
stretching.
5. Tension new drives at the maximum deflection force recommended (Fig. 33).
6. On current production, the correct tension information is
listed on the fan drive label. For older equipment or for
units with field-modified drives, use the deflection formula given in the following example and the tension data
from Fig. 33.
CAUTION
Do not exceed maximum fan speed rpm with adjustable
sheave.
3. Rotate each sheave one-half revolution to determine
whether the sheave is wobbly or the drive shaft is bent.
Correct any misalignment.
4. With sheaves aligned, tighten cap screws evenly and
progressively.
60
A39-1154
BELT
CROSS
SECTION
A
B
C
5V
8V
SMALL
SHEAVE
PD RANGE
(in.)
3.0- 3.6
3.8- 4.8
5.0- 7.0
3.4- 4.2
4.4- 5.6
5.8- 8.6
7.0- 9.4
9.6-16.0
4.4- 6.7
7.1-10.9
11.8-16.0
12.5-17.0
18.0-22.4
DEFLECTION FORCE (lb)
Steel Cable
Super Belts
Notch Belts
Belts
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
3
41/4
37/8
51/2
31/4
4
5
41/2
61/4
33/4
43/4
31/2
4
51/2
5
67/8
41/4
51/4
4
51/2
53/4
8
41/2
51/2
51/8
71/8
61/2
91/8
53/4
71/4
63/8
83/4
73/8 101/8
7
83/4
111/4 143/8 133/4 177/8 111/4
14
141/8 181/2 151/4 201/4 141/4 173/4
—
—
10
15
—
—
101/2 153/4 127/8 183/4
—
—
1
13
19 /2
15
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
27
401/2
30
45
—
—
—
—
c. Increase or decrease belt tension until force required
for 1/4-in. deflection is 5 lb.
Check belt tension at least twice during first operating day. Readjust as required to maintain belt
tension within the recommended range.
With correct belt tension, belts may slip and squeal momentarily on start-up. This slippage is normal and disappears after
unit reaches operating speed. Excessive belt tension shortens
belt life and may cause bearing and shaft damage.
After run-in, set belt tension at lowest tension at which belts
will not slip during operation.
Outdoor Hoods and Louvers — There are three op-
tions available: fixed rear intake hoods, intake louvers, and
collapsible exhaust box hoods. All hoods and louvers have an
intake screen to prevent unwanted entry of birds and debris. The
intake hoods have easily serviceable demisters via small hinged
doors. Intake louvers are a wind driven rain design that will allow no more than .01 oz per sq ft of free area water penetration
at 1250 fpm. This is the maximum velocity required by AMCA
(Air Movement and Control Association) 511. Higher velocities
are possible without significant water intrusion.
Most fixed rear hoods (Fig. 34) and intake louvers (Fig. 35)
ship installed and should require no further assembly.
UNIT
AI
GASKET
RF
LEGEND
PD — Pitch Diameter, inches
LO
W
Fig. 33 — Fan Belt Tension Data
EXAMPLE:
Given:
Belt Span
16 in.
Belt Cross-Section A, Super Belt
Small Sheave PD
5 in.
Deflection = Belt Span/64
Solution:
a. From Fig. 33 find that deflection force for type A,
super belt with 5-in. small sheave PD is 4 to 51/2 lb.
b. Deflection = 16/64
= 1/4-in.
SCREW TYPICAL
ENTIRE PERIPHERY
INTAKE HOOD
OPEN DOOR TO
REMOVE DEMISTERS
A39-2347
Fig. 34 — Rear Intake Hood (Size 30 Shown)
GASKET
0.125 THICK x 1.25 WIDE
LOUVER
ASSEMBLY
INSERT HOOKS THROUGH
HOLES TO LIFT LOUVER
ASSEMBLY INTO PLACE
SCREW
1/4-14 x 3/4 SNS
a39-4234
NOTE: All dimensions in inches unless otherwise noted.
Fig. 35 — Intake Louver
61
Install as follows:
1. Coil connection housing (CCH) will be shipped to the job
site on its own skid, separate from the air-handling unit
(AHU) as shown in Fig. 37.
Collapsible exhaust box hoods ship covering the exhaust
outlet of the unit and/or inside the unit and require some basic
assembly. Fasteners, washers and gasket material for installation
of the hood come taped inside the exhaust section. Fig. 36
shows an exploded view of the assembly in its shipping position. Fig. 36 shows how the various parts assemble to form the
hood and a view of the completed assembly.
COIL CONNECTION HOUSING
IMPORTANT: Hoods for power exhaust fans must be field
supplied based on local code requirements.
SHIPPING POSITION
a39-4161
GUTTER
HOOD
CCH INSTALLATION COMPONENTS
LEGEND
CCH — Coil Connection Housing
NOTE: Shown as single section component for reference. Housing
may bridge across 2 or more section components, increasing skid
length requirements.
ANGLE
PANEL
Fig. 37 — Coil Connection Housing
SCREEN
BRACKET MOUNT BELOW
HOOD BRACKET CAN BE
THROWN AWAY AFTER HOOD
IS INSTALLED ON THE UNIT.
2. Remove the screws in the shipping brackets holding the
CCH to the skid. (Do not remove the brackets at this
time.) See Fig. 38.
SCREW
PANEL
A39-2349
ASSEMBLY
COIL CONNECTION HOUSING
SCREW
HOOD
GUTTER
PANEL
PANEL
SHIPPING
BRACKETS
(4 PLACES)
ANGLE
SCREEN
WASHER
SCREW
A39-2350
SCREEN TO BE
INSTALLED
BETWEEN THE
PANEL FLANGE
AND THE HOOD
FLANGE.
LEGEND
CCH — Coil Connection Housing
a39-4296
Fig. 38 — Remove Shipping Brackets
Fig. 36 — Collapsible Exhaust Box Hood
Coil Connection Housing (Outdoor Unit — All
Sizes) — Coil connection housings are used to house piping
from inside the building to its connections to the coil on the
unit. Piping must be insulated to building code standards or job
specifications (whichever is greater) for the area where the unit
is installed to prevent excessive condensation within the housing; otherwise, water damage to floors below could result.
62
5. Install the side flashing to the unit by inserting the 1/4 in.
— 14 x 3/4 in. screws (provided) into the pre-drilled holes
in the unit frames. The bottom end of the flashing must be
flush with the base rail tab and the upper end of the flashing must be underneath the roof rail as shown in Fig. 41.
6. Apply seal strips (1.25 in. wide by .125 in. thick) to the
roof drain channel as shown in Fig. 42.
7. Remove the roof end cap and rail screws. Attach the drain
channel to the unit by matching the pre-punched 0.31-in.
holes to the existing roof cap-roof rail holes. See Fig. 43.
3. Install the self adhesive seal strip (2.00 in. wide x
0.375 in. thick neoprene gasket) to the top surface of the
roof curb, making sure that the notch between the CCH
roof curb and the unit roof curb is completely covered
with gasket. See Fig. 39.
NOTE: Ensure that the surface is clean before installing any
gasket.
4. Apply the provided seal strip (1.25 in. wide x 0.125 in.
thick neoprene gasket) to both side flashings as shown in
Fig. 40.
SIDE FLASHING
FLUSH TO
AHU FRAME
a39-4236
SCREW TO AHU
FRAME USING
1/4-IN.–14 x 3/4-IN.
SCREWS
SEAL STRIP
1.25” x 0.125”
FLUSH TO FLANGE
LEGEND
AHU — Air-Handling Unit
a39-4235
Fig. 41 — Screw the Side Flashings to Unit
Fig. 39 — Installing Seal Strip
.
DRAIN CHANNEL
AHU ROOF
a39-4163
SEAL STRIP
APPLY FLUSH
ALL ALONG
FLANGE
AHU
SIDE FLASHING
SEAL STRIP
1.25” x 0.125”
APPLY FLUSH
ALL ALONG
FLANGE
SEAL STRIP
1.25" X 0.125"
FLUSH TO FLANGE
a39-4164
SEAL STRIP
1.25 x 0.125
TO BE FLUSH AT
TOP AND TO FLANGE
SEAL STRIP
1.25” x 0.125”
APPLY FLUSH
ALL ALONG
FLANGE
a39-4237
NOTE: Measurements are shown in inches.
Fig. 42 — Applying Seal Strip to Roof Drain
Channel
SEAL STRIP
1.25 x 0.125
TO BE FLUSH AT
TOP AND TO FLANGE
SIDE FLASHING
AHU ROOF
DRAIN CHANNEL
ROTATED 90°
SIDE FLASHING
a39-4165
SEAL STRIP
1.25 x 0.125
TO BE FLUSH AT
BOTTOM AND TO FLANGE
REMOVE SCREWS FROM AHU
ROOF AND ROOF RAIL TO
ATTACH DRAIN CHANNEL
TO ROOF
LEGEND
AHU — Air-Handling Unit
LEGEND
AHU — Air-Handling Unit
NOTE: Measurements are shown in inches.
a39-4297
Fig. 43 — Install Drain Channel to Unit Roof
Fig. 40 — Detailed View of Seal Strip
63
8. Remove the unit lifting lugs under the coil section that
match the CCH side walls. DO NOT REMOVE THE
LIFTING LUG BOLTS AS THEY WILL BE USED TO
ATTACH THE ANGLE.
9. If the CCH has no door, remove the side panels before
proceeding with the installation.
10. a Using the lifting brackets (shown in Fig. 44), lift
the CCH into the vertical position and remove the
shipping brackets (shown in Fig. 38).
b. Using the lifting brackets (shown in Fig. 44) place
the CCH on top of the CCH curb. Once in position
there should be about a 2-in. gap between the unit
wall and the CCH frame covered by the flashing.
11. Attach the angle bracket using the lifting lug nuts and
washers; do not fully tighten. DO NOT USE THIS PART
FOR LIFTING THE UNIT. See Fig. 44 Detail A.
12. Place the filler plate inside the CCH baserail, align the
square holes with the pattern on the baserail and the angle
bracket, then insert the 3 carriage bolts provided through
the plate, baserail and angle bracket. Fully tighten with
provided washers and nuts. See Fig. 44 Detail A.
13. Finish tightening the angle bracket to the unit baserail.
See Fig. 44 Detail A.
SCREW
FROM
CCH CAP
COVER
TO DRAIN
CHANNEL
BRACKET
SLIDE
Fig. 5-C7
LEGEND
CCH — Coil Connection Housing
Fig. 45 — Screwing CCH Roof to Drain Channel
LIFTING
BRACKETS
SEAL
CARRIAGE
BOLTS
TO ALLOW FOR
DRAINAGE, DO NOT
CAULK THIS AREA
FILLER
PLATE
BRACKET SLIDER
BEND AND CRIMP
FINAL ENDS
CCH ROOF
DRAIN CHANNEL
ANGLE
BRACKET
AHU ROOF
SEAL GAPS BETWEEN
SIDE FLASHING, DRAIN
CHANNEL, CCH CAP
AND FRAME
ROOF RAIL
SEAL
SEAL
SIDE FLASHING
DETAIL A
SEE DETAIL A
LEGEND
CCH — Coil Connection Housing
AHU
CCH
CCH PANEL
LEGEND
— Air-Handling Unit
— Coil Connection Housing
a39-4159
a39-4299
Fig. 46 — Side View
Fig. 44 — Positioning CCH
14. Screw cover top to drain channel. See Fig. 45.
15. Place the slider onto drain channel-CCH roof cap tabs.
Bend or crimp both ends of slider to lock the part in place.
See Fig. 46.
16. Reassemble panels.
17. Attach the side flashing to the CCH frame using 1/4 in. —
14 x 3/4 in. long screws provided.
18. Caulk all notches and gaps as shown Fig. 47.
AHU
CCH
a39-
SEAL GAPS
CCH CURB
WOOD
NAILER
AHU
CCH
—
—
LEGEND
Air-Handling Unit
Coil Connection Housing
Fig. 47 — Sealing Gaps
64
Alternatively, control valves from any manufacturer may be
used with the Carel humidifier. The valve size is calculated in
AHUBuilder® program and displayed as the Cv or valve flow
coefficient Figures 48-51 can then be used as a guide to purchase the remainder of the components locally.
Humidifier Installation
ASSEMBLE
CONTROL
VALVE
ASSEMBLY
Fig. 48-51) — Valve kits are sold as separate items through
your local Carel representative (shipped unassembled).
Figures 48-51 show a detailed list of components in those kits.
CAREL PART NUMBER
DSAK24V00A
DSAK24V00B
DSAK24V00C
DSAK24V00D
DSAK24V00E
DSAK24V00F
DSAK34V00G
DESCRIPTION
valve size Cv= 0.4
1/ -in. valve size Cv= 0.63
2
1/ -in. valve sizes Cv= 1
2
1/ -in. valve sizes Cv= 1.6
2
1/ -in. valve sizes Cv= 2.5
2
1/ -in. valve sizes Cv= 4
2
1/
3/
COMPONENTS
2-in.
(2) 1/2-in. MPT x 3-in. nipples
(2) 1/2-in. FPT x 1-in. MPT hex bushings
1-in. union
(2) 3/4-in. MPT x 3-in. nipples
(2) 3/4-in. FPT x 1-in. MPT hex bushings
1-in. union
4-in. valve size Cv= 6.3
1/2 in. or 3/4 in. valve body
1/2 in. or 3/4 in. x 3 in. nipples (2)
1 in. union
1/2 in. or 3/4 in. FPT x 1 in. MPT hex bushing (2)
Fig. 48 — 1/2-in. and 3/4-in. Valve Assemblies
65
a39-2980
CAREL PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
DSAK44V00H
1 in. valve size Cv=10
COMPONENTS
(2) 1 in. MPT x 3 in. nipples
1 in. union
Cv — Flow Coefficient
1 IN. VALVE BODY
1 IN. x 3 IN. NIPPLE
1 IN. UNION
1 IN. x 3 IN. NIPPLE
A39-2981
Fig. 49 — 1 in. Valve Assembly
CAREL PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
DSAK54V00I
11/4-in. valve size Cv= 16
DSAK54V00J
11/2-in. valve size Cv= 25
COMPONENTS
(2) 11/4-in. MPT x 3 in. nipples
(2) 11/4-in. FPT x 2 in. MPT hex bushings
2 in. union
Cv — Flow Coefficient
1-1/4 IN. OR 1-1/2 IN. VALVE BODY
1-1/4 IN. OR 1-1/2 IN. x 3 IN.
NIPPLES
2 IN. UNION
1-1/4 IN. FPT x 2 IN. MPT
HEX BUSHINGS (2)
A39-2982
Fig. 50 — 11/4-in. and 11/2-in. Valve Assemblies
CAREL PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
DSAK54V00K
2 in. valve size Cv=40
COMPONENTS
(2) 2 in. MPT x 3 in. nipples
2 in. union
Cv — Flow Coefficient
2 IN. VALVE BODY
2 IN. x 3 IN. NIPPLES (2)
2 IN. UNION
Fig. 51 — 2 in. Valve Assemblies
66
A39-2983
ASSEMBLE STRAINER AND TRAP ASSEMBLY AND
VALVE ASSEMBLY (Fig. 52 and 53) — Strainer and trap
assemblies are sold as separate items through your local Carel
representative (shipped unassembled). Figures 52 and 53 each
show a detailed list of components in those kits.
Alternatively, strainers and traps from any manufacturer
may be used with the Carel humidifier. In this case, the trap
size is based on the condensate connection size leaving the humidifier. Figures 52 and 53 can then be used as a guide to purchase the remainder of the components locally.
2 in. Strainer and Trap Assembly
CAREL
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
COMPONENTS
2 in. Steam trap
and strainer with
plumbing kit
2 in. Y-strainer
2 in. x 6 nipple
2 in. x 90 degree FPT elbow
2 in. x 3 in. nipple
2 in. FPT tee
2 in. x 3/4-in.hex bushing
(2) 3/4-in. x 6 in. nipples
3/ -in. FPT union
4
3/ -in. 90 degree street elbow
4
3/ -in. float and thermostatic
4
trap
DSAK84T000
1 in. Strainer and Trap Assembly
CAREL
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
COMPONENTS
1 in. Steam trap
and strainer with
plumbing kit
1 in. Y-strainer
1 in. x 6 nipple
1 in. x 90 degree FPT elbow
1 in. x 3 in. nipple
1 in. FPT tee
3/ -in. x 1 in. hex bushing
4
(2) 3/4-in. x 6 in. nipples
3/ -in. FPT union
4
3/ -in. 90 degree street elbow
4
3/ -in. float and thermostatic
4
trap
DSAK44T000
2 X 90 FPT ELBOW
2 x 6 NIPPLE
2 Y-STRAINER
2 x 3 NIPPLE
2 X 3/4 HEX
BUSHING
2 FPT TEE
1 X 6 NIPPLE
3/4 FPT UNION
1 Y-STRAINER
3/4 X 6 NIPPLE (2)
1 X 90 FPT ELBOW
1 X 3 NIPPLE
3/4 STREET ELBOW
1 FPT TEE
3/4 X 1 HEX BUSHING
a39-2985
FLOAT AND
THERMOSTATIC STEAM
TRAP
NOTE: All dimensions in inches.
3/4 X 6 NIPPLES (2)
3/4 UNION
Fig. 53 — 2 in. Steam Trap and Strainer with
Plumbing Kit
CONNECT CONTROL VALVE AND TRAP TO STEAM
SUPPLY AND MANIFOLD (Fig. 54 and 55).
3/4 STREET ELBOW
FLOAT AND
THERMOSTATIC
STEAM TRAP
a39-2984
NOTE:
All dimensions in inches.
Fig. 52 — 1 in. Steam Trap and Strainer with
Plumbing Kit
67
LIVE
STEAM IN
24 in. DROP
1 in. NPT
WATER
DRAIN
OUT
1/2 in. NPT
Fig. 54 — Control Valve and Trap Connected to Supply and Manifold of Humidifier Sizes 03-14
(Size 14 Shown)
a39-4225
2 in. NPT
LIVE
STEAM IN
WATER
DRAIN
OUT
1/2 in. NPT
a39-4226
Fig. 55
— Control Valve and Trap Connected to Supply and Manifold of Humidifier Sizes 17-110
(Size 17 Shown)
Assembly of Vertical Manifolds — The vertical distribution manifolds are inserted into the bottom feed header by
hand (slip fit) and then into the top header if any. See Fig. 56.
• Vertical slotted discharge manifolds must be installed
with the internal fishbone wick ends sloping up as in a
“Y.”
• Do not force the vertical manifolds into the headers
beyond the insulation.
• Do not use any lubricants. Manually reform the ends
slightly if necessary.
• Ensure discharge slots are perpendicular to the air flow.
• On top fed 17-61 sizes, run a bead of RTV silicone caulk
around the junction of the vertical manifolds and top
header.
INSERT
NO
INSULATION
M
EA
ST
OW
FL
AIR
a39-2979
Fig. 56 — Vertical Manifold
68
2. Remove service panel/coil connection panel and the upstream service panel and set aside in a safe place.
3. a. Remove the flat corner plug from each end piece of
the top rail.
b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the
exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with
others; they are specific for this location. Set
screws aside for reinstallation of the top rail.)
c. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree
angle. Set top rail aside.
Coil Installation
NOTE: If installing a replacement coil, refer to Coil Removal
section, page 108 for instructions on removing existing coil.
INSTALLATION OF SINGLE HEIGHT COILS (sizes 03-36)
1. Lock open and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor
and electric heaters if present.
2. Remove service panel/coil connection panel and the upstream service panel and set aside in a safe place.
3. a. Remove the flat corner plug from each end piece of
the top rail.
b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the
exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with
others; they are specific for this location. Set
screws aside for reinstallation of the top rail.)
c. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree
angle. Set top rail aside.
CAUTION
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection
nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT
covered by warranty. Protect the finned surface from
damage during all handling and shipping.
4. Slip the foam sealing sleeves on the connection nipples
before installing the coil.
5. Before placing the coils inside the unit, apply the adhesive backed gasket to the lower baffle, spanning the entire
unit, on the surface that will contact the coil (see Fig. 57).
6. a. Place the lower coil on the coil supports, sliding the
coil against the upstream baffle and aligning the
mounting holes so that the connection nipple will
extend approximately 3 in. outside the unit casing.
b. Place the heavy vertical angle (which is full height
of the finished coil bank) along the upstream right
and left side of the mounting baffles (see Fig. 57).
Install screws through this angle first and then into
the baffles, engaging the coil tube sheet mounting
holes and securing the coil within the unit.
c. Secure the lower side casing of the coil to the
lower horizontal baffle, sandwiching the gasket in
between.
7. For coil sections that do not have a drain pan within the
section, go to Step 10.
8. Secure the spacer (hat channel) to the top center of the
lower coil casing (see Fig. 58).
CAUTION
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection
nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT
covered by warranty. Protect the finned surface from
damage during all handling and shipping.
4. Slip the foam sealing sleeves on the connection nipples
before installing the coil.
5. The coil may now be hoisted in through the top opening,
or it may be slid in through either side, taking care to
avoid tipping or dropping the coil. Some lower stacked
unit sections may require slightly tipping the coil from the
vertical position in order to clear the upper frame rail and
seal, which is not readily removed.
6. Loosely secure the coil at the top using the 3/8-in. diameter hoisting holes located in the side channel/tube sheet
juncture at each end.
7. Install the first coil in the section. Access the upstream
face of the coil and install the screws holding the coil to
the mounting baffles around the entire perimeter. This
may require reaching through an opened damper assembly or through the filter track after filters are removed.
8. Replace the top rail by reinstalling the Torx T25 screws
and flat corner plugs.
9. Replace all service panels.
INSTALLATION OF STACKED COILS (Sizes 40, 50 and
61)
CAUTION
Do not penetrate through the coil casing into the fin pack.
Tube damage may occur.
9. Secure two spacers (hat channels) to each end of the
bottom of the upper coil casing before placing the coil in
position (refer to Fig. 57).
10. Place the intermediate condensate drain pan on the lower
coil, centering the drain pan between the sides of the unit,
with the condensate outlet holes along the downstream
edge. (It may be helpful to temporarily secure the drain
pan by a strip of double-stick tape on the center hat
channel.)
11. Lift the upper coil (with spacer hat channels on the
bottom of each end) into place, aligning the upper coil
with the lower coil. When the upper coil is lowered into
place, it will deflect the intermediate condensate pan
downward on each end, providing for positive drainage.
12. Install factory-supplied screws around the ends and top of
the coil.
IMPORTANT: The lengths of the coil supports and
intermediate pans and channels are designed to work
with Carrier coils. Substitution of other manufacturer’s coils may require that custom mounting components be field fabricated. Coil sections ordered
without coils will come with the referenced parts in kit
form.
NOTE: The length that the intermediate drain pan extends
downstream from the coil face has been designed for use with
Carrier manufactured coils, and may prove insufficient for
other maker’s coils.
1. Lock open and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor
and electric heaters if present.
69
BAFFLE, TOP
CHANNEL, HAT
COIL FRAMES
BAFFLE, HEADER
CHANNEL, HAT
BAFFLE, HAIRPIN
ANGLE
ATTACHED TO COILS
BOTH SIDES
IMPORTANT: ADHESIVE GASKET MUST BE
APPLIED TO THE FULL LENGTH OF THE BOTTOM
BAFFLE MATING FLANGE TO CREATE SEAL BETWEEN
THE COIL SIDE CASING AND THE BAFFLE.
SEE ILLUSTRATION BELOW.
APPLY FLUSH TO THIS EDGE
GASKET, ADHESIVE
BAFFLE, BOTTOM
PAN, CONDENSATE
CENTERED WITHIN SECTION
BAFFLE, CENTER
BOTTOM BAFFLE
a39-2988
Fig. 57 — Apply Gasket
CHANNEL, HAT
ATTACH WITH 4 SCREWS
TO COIL CASING
DRAIN
CONDENSATE PAN
GASKET
WASHER
NUT
a39-2911
HOSE CLAMP
Fig. 58 — Secure Spacer
HOSE
13. On the upstream side of the stacked coils, attach the
center baffle (see Fig. 57), spanning the two coils with the
crease in the baffle away from the coils, centering it
between the side baffles, and aligning the baffle with the
holes in the coil casings.
14. Install the drain fittings into the pan. Route and secure the
hoses as shown in Fig. 59.
15. For sections that do not have a drain pan (heating only
sections):
a. After the lower coil has been secured in position,
fasten the three hat channel spacer supports to the top
of the coil.
b. Place the upper coil into position directly above the
lower coil, resting on these hat channels.
16. Secure the uppermost coil from the upstream side, so that
the fastening screws provided pass through the vertical
angle and the baffles and engage the coil casing. See
Fig. 57.
ATTACHED TO COIL
TUBE SHEET
a39-2912
Fig. 59 — Install Drain Fittings
70
Figure 61 illustrates the normal piping components and the
suggested locations for high, medium, or low-pressure steam
coils. The low-pressure application (zero to 15 psig) can
dispense with the 1/4-in. petcock for continuous venting located
above the vacuum breaker (check valve).
Note the horizontal location of the 15-degree check valve,
and the orientation of the gate/pivot. This valve is intended to
relieve any vacuum forming in the condensate outlet of a
condensing steam coil, and to seal this port when steam
pressure is again supplied to the coil. It must not be installed in
any other position, and should not be used in the supply line.
For coils used in tempering service, or to preheat outside air,
install an immersion thermostat in the condensate line ahead of
the trap. This will shut down the supply fan and close the outdoor damper whenever the condensate falls to a predetermined
point, perhaps 120 F.
NOTE: Do NOT use an immersion thermostat to override a
duct thermostat and open the steam supply valve.
For vacuum return systems, the vacuum breaking check
valve would be piped into the condensate line between the trap
and the gate valve instead of open to the atmosphere.
Figure 62 illustrates the typical piping at the end of every
steam supply main. Omitting this causes many field problems
and failed coils.
Figure 63 shows the typical field piping of multiple coils.
Use this only if the coils are the same size and have the same
pressure drop. If this is not the case, an individual trap must be
provided for each coil.
Figure 64 shows a multiple coil arrangement applied to a
gravity return, including the open air relief to the atmosphere,
which DOES NOT replace the vacuum breakers.
Figure 65 illustrates the basic condensate lift piping.
Following the piping diagrams in Fig. 61-65, make all connections while observing the following precautions:
• Install a drip line and trap on the pressure side of the
inlet control valve. Connect the drip line to the return
line downstream of the return line trap.
• To prevent scale or foreign matter from entering the control valve and coil, install a 3/32-in. mesh strainer in the
steam supply line upstream from the control valve.
• Provide air vents for the coils to eliminate noncondensable gases.
• Select a control valve according to the steam load, not
the coils supply connection size. Do not use an oversized
control valve.
• Do not use bushings that reduce the size of the header
return connection. The return connection should be the
same size as the return line and reduced only at the
downstream trap.
• To lift condensate above the coil return line into overhead steam mains, or pressurized mains, install a pump
and receiver between the condensate trap and the
pressurized main. Do not try to lift condensate with
modulating or on-and-off steam control valves. Use only
15-degree check valves, as they open with a lower water
head. Do not use 45-degree or vertical-lift check valves.
• Use float and thermostatic traps. Select the trap size
according to the pressure difference between the steam
supply main and the return main.
• Load variations can be caused by uneven inlet air distribution or temperature stratification.
• Drain condensate out of coils completely at the end of
the heating season to prevent the formation of acid.
Water and Steam Coil Piping Recommendations
GENERAL — Use straps around the coil casing or the lifting
holes (see Fig. 60) to lift and place the coil.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the coil or coil headers: Do not use
the headers to lift the coil. Support the piping and coil connections independently. Do not use the coil connections to
support piping. When tightening coil connections, use a
backup wrench on the nozzles.
Piping practices are outlined in the Carrier System Design
Manual, Part 3, Piping Design.
WATER COILS — Typically, coils are piped by connecting
the supply at the bottom and the return at the top. See Fig. 60.
This is not always the case, especially if the coil hand has been
changed in the field. Coils must be piped for counterflow;
otherwise, a capacity reduction of 5% for each coil row will
result. To ensure counterflow, chilled water coils are piped so
that the coldest water meets the coldest air. Hot water coils are
piped so that the warmest water meets the warmest air.
STEAM COILS — Position the steam supply connection at
the top of the coil, and the return (condensate) connection at the
bottom. The coil tubes must incline downwards toward
the return header connection for condensate drainage. See
Fig. 61-65.
a39-2360
Fig. 60 — Coil Connections and Lifting Points
71
FIG. 62
FIG. 62
a39-4238
a39-4239
NOTES:
1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.
2. Flash trap may be used if pressure differential between steam
and condensate return exceeds 5 psi.
3. When a bypass with control is required.
4. Dirt leg may be replaced with a strainer. If so, tee on drop can
be replaced by a reducing ell.
5. The petcock is not necessary with a bucket trap or any trap
which has provision for passing air. The great majority of high
or medium pressure returns end in hot wells or deaerators
which vent the air.
Fig. 61 — Low, Medium or
High Pressure Coil Piping
NOTES:
1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.
2. When a bypass with control is required.
3. Flash trap can be used if pressure differential between supply and
condensate return exceeds 5 psi.
4. Coils with different pressure drops require individual traps. This is
often caused by varying air velocities across the coil bank.
5. Dirt leg may be replaced with a strainer. If so, tee on drop can be
replaced by a reducing ell.
6. The petcock is not necessary with a bucket trap or any trap which
has provision for passing air. The great majority of high pressure
return mains terminate in hot wells or deaerators which vent the air.
Fig. 63 — Multiple Coil High Pressure Piping
FIG. 62
a39-4240
a39-2362
NOTES:
1. A bypass is necessary around trap and valves when continuous operation is necessary.
2. Bypass to be the same size as trap orifice but never less than
1/ inch.
2
NOTES:
1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.
2. When control valve is omitted on multiple coils in parallel air flow.
3. When a bypass with control is required.
4. Coils with different pressure drops require individual traps. This is
often caused by varying air velocities across the coil bank.
Fig. 62 — Dripping Steam Supply to
Condensate Return
Fig. 64 — Multiple Coil Low Pressure
72
condensate header. The slanting of the assembly ensures that
condensate will flow toward the drains. This condensate must
be removed through the return piping to prevent premature
failure of the coil. The fin/tube bundle is slanted vertically for
horizontal airflow coils, and horizontally for vertical airflow coils.
IDT Steam Coil Piping — The following piping guidelines
will contribute to efficient coil operation and long coil life:
1. Use full size coil outlets and return piping to the steam
trap. Do not bush return outlet to the coil. Run full size to
the trap, reduce at the trap.
2. Use float and thermostatic (F & T) traps only for condensate removal. Trap size selection should be based on the
difference in pressure between the steam supply main and
the condensate return main. It is good practice to select a
trap with 3 times the condensate rating of the coil to
which it is connected.
3. Use thermostatic traps for venting only.
4. Use only 1/2-in., 15-degree swing check valves installed
horizontally, piped open to atmosphere, and located at
least 12 in. above the condensate outlet. Do not use
45-degree, vertical lift and ring check valves.
5. The supply valve must be sized for the maximum anticipated steam load.
6. Do not drip steam mains into coil sections. Drip them on
the pressure side of the control valve and trap them into
the return main beyond the trap for the coil.
7. Do not use a single trap for two or more coils installed in
series. Where two or more coils are installed in a single
bank, in parallel, the use of a single trap is permissible,
but only if the load on each coil is equal. Where loads in
the same coil bank vary, best practice is to use a separate
trap for each coil.
Variation in load on different coils in the same bank may
be caused by several factors. Two of the most common
are uneven airflow distribution across the coil and stratification of inlet air across the coil.
8. Do not try to lift condensate above the coil return into an
overhead main, or drain into a main under pressure with a
modulating or on/off steam control valves. A pump
and receiver should be installed between the coil condensate traps and overhead mains and return mains under
pressure.
9. Use a strainer (3/32-in. mesh) on the steam supply side,
as shown in the piping diagrams, to avoid collection of
scale or other foreign matter in the inner tube distributing
orifices.
NOTE: The IDT coils must be installed with the tubes
draining toward the header end of the coil. Carrier’s IDT
steam coils are pitched toward the header end as installed in
the unit.
10. Ensure the AHU is installed level to maintain the inherent
slope. Also ensure the unit is installed high enough to
allow the piping to be installed correctly, especially the
traps which require long drip legs.
11. Do not fail to provide all coils with the proper air vents to
eliminate noncondensable gasses.
12. Do not support steam piping from the coil units. Both
mains and coil sections should be supported separately.
IDT Steam Coil Installation — Refer to drawings to position
the coils properly with regard to the location of the supply and
return connections. Ensure that the IDT coil is pitched with the
tubes draining toward the header. Carrier’s AHUs provide
proper coil pitch when the AHU is installed level.
Refer to schematic piping diagrams and piping connection
notes for the recommended piping methods.
a39-2992
NOTES:
1. Flange or union is located to facilitate coil removal.
2. To prevent water hammer, drain coil before admitting steam.
3. Do not exceed one foot of lift between trap discharge and
return main for each pound of pressure differential.
4. Do not use this arrangement for units handling outside air.
Fig. 65 — Condensate Lift to Overhead Return
Coil Freeze-Up Protection
WATER COILS — If a chilled water coil is applied with outside air, provisions must be made to prevent coil freeze-up.
Install a coil freeze-up thermostat to shut down the system if
any air temperature below 36 F is encountered entering the
water coil. Follow thermostat manufacturer’s instructions.
When a water coil is applied downstream of a directexpansion (DX) coil, a freeze-up thermostat must be installed
between the DX and water coil and electrically interlocked to
turn off the cooling to prevent freeze-up of the water coil.
For outdoor-air application where intermittent chilled water
coil operation is possible, one of the following steps should be
taken:
• Install an auxiliary blower heater in cabinet to maintain
above-freezing temperature around coil while unit is
shut down.
• Drain coils and fill with an ethylene glycol solution suitable for the expected cold weather operation. Shut down
the system and drain coils. See Service section, Winter
Shutdown, page 107.
STEAM COILS — When used for preheating outdoor air in
pressure or vacuum systems, an immersion thermostat to control outdoor-air damper and fan motor is recommended. This
control is actuated when steam supply fails or condensate temperature drops below an established level, such as 120 to 150 F.
A vacuum breaker should also be used to equalize coil pressure
with the atmosphere when steam supply throttles close. Steam
should not be modulated when outdoor air is below 40 F.
On low-pressure and vacuum steam-heating systems, the
thermostat may be replaced by a condensate drain with a thermal element. This element opens and drains the coil when condensate temperature drops below 165 F. Note that condensate
drains are limited to 5 psig pressure.
INNER DISTRIBUTING TUBE STEAM COILS — The
inner distributing tube (IDT) steam coil used in the Carrier
39M air-handling units has an inner tube pierced to facilitate
the distribution of the steam along the tube’s length. The outer
tubes are expanded into plate fins. The completed assembly
includes the supply and condensate header and side casings
which are built to slant the fin/tube bundle back toward the
73
Refrigerant Piping, Direct-Expansion Coils —
Direct-expansion (DX) coils are divided into 2 or 4 splits depending upon the unit size and coil circuiting. Each split requires its
own distributor nozzle, expansion valve, and suction piping.
Suction connections are on the air entering side when the coil is
properly installed. Matching distributor connections for each coil
split are on the air leaving side. See unit label or certified drawing
to assure connection to matching suction and liquid connections.
NOTE: Distributor nozzles are factory selected and installed
for adequate performance in many unit applications. For best
performance, use Carrier’s AHUBuilder® program to select
nozzle sizes for each unit and replace the factory-installed
nozzles as required. See the Distributor Nozzle Change-Out
section on page 75 for further details.
UNIT
CASING
COIL
CASING
SOLENOID
SIGHT VALVE
GLASS
FILTER
DRIER
TXV
SENSING
BULB
UPPER
SPLIT
AIRFLOW
15 DIAMS
MIN
10
DIAMS
CAUTION
8
DIAMS
MIN
LOWER
SPLIT
To prevent damage to the coil or coil headers: Do not use
the headers to lift the coil. Support the piping and coil connections independently. Do not use the coil connections to
support piping. When tightening coil connections, use a
backup wrench on the stub outs.
SIGHT
GLASS
TXV
SENSING
BULB
15
DIAMS
MIN
Direct-expansion coils are shipped pressurized with dry air.
Release pressure from each coil split through valves in protective caps before removing caps.
Do not leave piping open to the atmosphere unnecessarily.
Water and water vapor are detrimental to the refrigerant
system. Until the piping is complete, recap the system and
charge with nitrogen at the end of each workday. Clean all
piping connections before soldering joints.
FILTER
DRIER
TXV
INSIDE
CASING
(TYP)
AIRFLOW
CAUTION
SOLENOID
VALVE
DISTRIBUTOR
(TYP)
10
DIAMS
8 DIAMS
MIN
EVAPORATOR
COIL
a39-2366
FIRST-ON, LAST-OFF
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 66 — Face-Split Coil Suction-Line Piping
SUCTION PIPING — Connect suction piping as shown in
Fig. 66 for face split coil or Fig. 67 for row split coil.
NOTE: The lower split of face split coils should be first-on,
last-off. Row split coils utilize special intertwined circuits;
either split of these row split coils can be first-on, last-off.
Suction line from coil connection to end of the 15-diameterlong riser should be same tube size as coil connection to ensure
proper refrigerant velocity.
Refer to Carrier System Design Manual, Part 3, and size
remaining suction line to compressor for a pressure drop equivalent to 2.0 F. This will provide a total suction line header
pressure drop equivalent to approximately 2.7 F.
To minimize the possibility of flooded starts and compressor damage during prolonged light load operation, an accumulator can be used in the suction line of first-on, last-off circuit.
The first-on, last-off circuits shown in Fig. 66 and 67 assume
a single condensing unit. Note that in both figures the last-on,
first-off circuit is looped above the common return line to prevent oil entrapment in the non-operating coil at partial load.
COIL
CASING
TXV SENSING
BULBS
SOLENOID
SIGHT VALVE
GLASS
FILTER
DRIER
AIRFLOW
15
DIAMS
MIN
SOLENOID
VALVE
SIGHT
GLASS
FILTER
DRIER
10 DIAMS
15
DIAMS
MIN
UNIT
CASING
8
DIAMS
MIN
10 DIAMS
8
DIAMS
MIN
TXV
INSIDE
CASING
(TYP)
DISTRIBUTOR
(TYP)
EVAPORATOR COIL
FIRST-ON, LAST-OFF
a39-2367
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 67 — Row-Split Coil Suction-Line Piping
74
Distributor Nozzle Change-Out — Distributor noz-
Filter Drier — A filter drier should be installed before the
TXV to ensure satisfactory valve operation.
zles are factory supplied. Thermostatic expansion valves
(TXVs) are field supplied. Be sure that correct nozzle is
installed in each distributor before installing expansion valve.
See Table 4 for factory-installed distributor nozzle sizes. Use
AHUBuilder® program to select nozzles for best performance;
replacement nozzles must be field-installed. The correct nozzle
is typically factory-installed.
Valve Location — Thermostatic expansion valves may
be mounted in any position, but they should be installed as
close to the evaporator as possible. If a refrigerant distributor is
used with the TXV, best performance is obtained if the distributor is mounted directly to the valve outlet. If the distributor
cannot be mounted directly to the valve outlet, the distance
between the valve outlet and distributor should not exceed
24 in. or refrigerant distribution problems may occur. Also, the
tube connecting the valve outlet and distributor can be sized
smaller to maintain refrigerant velocity and better distribution.
Elbows located between the expansion valve and distributor will hinder proper distribution and are, therefore, not
recommended.
CAUTION
Do not overheat distributor or cap. Failure to comply could
result in equipment damage.
Perform nozzle change-out procedure as follows:
1. Remove plastic end cap by using an electric heat gun or a
torch (see Fig. 68).
2. Clean off any grime.
3. Remove nozzle retaining ring with screwdriver or needle
nosed pliers.
4. Remove nozzle from distributor by inserting 2 no. 6-32
threaded rods (at least 4-in. long) into the threaded holes
provided in the nozzle. See Fig. 69.
5. Insert correct nozzle into distributor body.
6. Re-insert nozzle retainer ring into distributor.
IMPORTANT: There are no liquid line penetrations
through the casings from the factory. Best distribution is
usually obtained if the expansion valve feeds vertically up
or down into the distributor. Assemble the refrigerant piping and specialties inside the cabinet to determine the hole
location prior to using a hole saw to penetrate the cabinet.
While not always convenient or possible, valve Types BI, F,
FB, and O are easier to service if mounted in a vertical and
upright position. If mounted in a horizontal position, the internal parts must be carefully reassembled to prevent damage.
Some consideration should also be taken in mounting larger
sized expansion valves. They must be adequately supported
since system vibration and the weight of the valve can cause
valve connections to fracture.
PLASTIC CAP
WITH VALVE
a39-4174
Solder Techniques — It is not necessary to disassemble
solder type valves when soldering to the connecting lines. Any
of the commonly used types of solders, e.g., 95-5, Sil-Fos,
Easy-Flo, Phos-Copper, Stay Brite 8 or equivalents, may be
used for copper-to-copper connections. When soldering a brass
refrigerant distributor to the valve, appropriate solders for these
connections, such as 95-5, Easy-Flo, Stay Brite 8 or equivalents must be used. Regardless of the solder used, it is important to direct the flame away from the valve body and avoid
excessive heat on the diaphragm. See Fig. 70 for details. As an
extra precaution, a wet cloth should be wrapped around the
body and element during the soldering operation.
NOTE: This precaution will prevent overheating the valve
body which could damage the superheat spring and result in
flood-back problems. In addition, the Type O, EBF/SBF, and
EBS valve contain synthetic parts which can be damaged due
to overheating, resulting in poor valve performance.
Fig. 68 — Distributor and Cap
BODY
TUBING
NOZZLE
RETAINER
RING
SIMPLIFIED NOZZLE
REMOVAL
a39-3970
G
5
NO. 6-32 THREADED
PULLER HOLES
THREADED
PULLER RODS
a39-2041
Fig. 70 — Solder Technique
Fig. 69 — Nozzle Change-Out
75
The purpose of these recommendations is to achieve good
mixing of the refrigerant leaving the evaporator suction header
for proper sensing by the TXV bulb. Tests have confirmed that
this, in addition to the vertical riser bulb location, results in
significantly better superheat control over a broader load range.
Figures provided in the Carrier Refrigerant Reference
Manual illustrate these recommendations for various coil splits
and compressor configurations.
NOTE: For satisfactory expansion valve control, good thermal
contact between the bulb and suction line is essential. The bulb
should be securely fastened with two bulb straps, supplied with
each expansion valve, to a clean straight section of the suction
line.
NOTE: On multiple evaporator installations, the piping should
be arranged so that the flow from any valve cannot affect the
bulb of another. Approved piping practices, including the
proper use of traps, ensures individual control for each valve
without the influence of refrigerant and oil flow from other
evaporators.
Bulb Location and Installation — The location and
installation of the bulb is extremely important to the proper performance of the system. Therefore, care should be taken with
its final location. Laboratory testing has shown that better
sensing can be achieved with the sensing bulb mounted on a
vertical riser. However, with proper piping practices, horizontal
mounting will also provide adequate sensing. When the
horizontal mounting location is used, the suction line must drop
below the coil suction outlet, as shown in Fig. 71. This line is
pitched slightly downward, and when a vertical riser follows, a
short trap is placed immediately ahead of the vertical line. See
Fig. 71. The trap will collect any liquid refrigerant or oil
passing through the suction line and prevent it from influencing
the bulb temperature.
Steps for using a vertical riser as shown in Fig. 71 are:
1. A minimum of two 90-degree elbows must be installed
upstream of the expansion bulb location. A distance of
8 pipe diameters between the elbows is desirable.
2. The thermal bulb must be strapped to a vertical riser
following the second elbow of item 1. This riser must be
at least 15 pipe diameters high and the bulb should be
fastened 10 pipe diameters above the preceding elbow.
3. Size the suction line from near the evaporator through the
15 pipe diameter long riser for high velocity. It is recommended that the suction pipe sizing charts in the Refrigerant Reference Manual be used, entering at corrected
design tons (each evaporator split) and 80 feet equivalent
length (for 2° F loss). The chart point usually falls
between 2 sizes; choose the smaller size pipe. Since the
selection of suction piping recommended for high velocity is approximately 20 feet equivalent length, this sizing
method will result in about 0.5° F friction loss for that
section. If the commonly selected 2° F loss is allowed for
the entire suction line, this leaves 1.5° F for the balance of
the suction line and it should be sized on that basis.
Usually, this high velocity sizing will be adequate for oil
return up the 15 diameter long riser, though it should be
checked.
External Equalizer Connection — Thermostatic ex-
pansion valves with an external equalizer connection will not
work unless the connection is made to the suction line. The
connection should be made at a point close to and directly
downstream of the sensing bulb where the pressure can be
properly sensed. The connection should not be located where a
trap is in the suction line between the sensing bulb and the
equalizer connection. If the connection is made on a horizontal
section of the suction line, the connection should be made at
the top of the tube. Equalizer connections on vertical risers
should be at least 10 pipe diameters above the start of the riser.
Most TXVs used on larger evaporators are externally equalized. This line only provides pressure feed back to the TXV
and does not allow refrigerant flow into the TXV. System pressures will not equalize through this line. Figure 71 shows good
mounting locations.
If any evaporator pressure or temperature control valves are
located in the suction line at or near the evaporator outlet, the
equalizer must be connected on the evaporator side of these
valves.
HORIZONTAL MOUNTING
VERTICAL MOUNTING
(Preferred Method)
HEADER
SIZE EACH
SECTION FOR
80 EQUIVALENT FT.
SIZE DOWN
COIL
EXTERNAL
EQUALIZER
LINE
MIN 15 DIAMETER
2 ELBOWS
DROP BELOW
TXV BULB
OIL
RETURN
CONNECTION
BULB MOUNTING
(SEE DETAIL A)
MIN 10 DIAMETER
DETAIL A
MIN 8 DIAMETER
REMOTE BULB ON SMALL SUCTION LINE
(LESS THAN 7/8 IN.)
Fig. 71 — Refrigerant Piping Detail
76
a39-3971
Oil Return Connection — If the evaporator coil is supplied with an oil return connection at the bottom of the suction
header, this small connection must be teed in ahead of the first
mixing elbow and before the TXV bulb as shown in Fig. 71.
The oil return line should be kept small in diameter; a 1/4-in.
line will suffice in most cases. It is not necessary, when the
compressor is below the evaporator, that the riser at the evaporator extends at least as high as the top level of the evaporator;
after the 15-diameter riser has been provided, the suction line
may elbow down immediately.
Piping loops serve to control oil accumulation in idle coil
sections and prevent off cycle drain back. When the compressor is located below the evaporator the suction header should
be extended above the highest point of the evaporator circuit
before dropping to the compressor.
4. Subtract the two temperatures obtained in Steps 1 and 3
— the difference is superheat.
HOW TO CHANGE THE SUPERHEAT SETTING — The
valve should be set with the system as near as possible to
design conditions. To reduce the superheat, turn the adjusting
stem counterclockwise. To increase the superheat, turn the
adjusting stem clockwise. When adjusting the valve, make no
more than one turn of the stem at a time and observe the
change in superheat closely to prevent over-shooting the
desired setting. As much as 30 minutes may be required for
the new balance to take place after an adjustment is made.
NOTE: Some valve bodies (G, EG, C, S, EBS and EMC) have
a packing nut around the adjustment stem. It may be necessary
to loosen the packing nut slightly to turn the adjusting stem.
Do not forget to retighten the nut after the superheat is set.
Expansion Valve Adjustment — Each Sporlan TXV
is thoroughly tested and set at the factory before shipment. The
factory superheat setting will be correct and no further adjustment is required for the majority of applications.
HOW TO DETERMINE SUPERHEAT CORRECTLY
1. Measure the temperature of the suction line at the bulb
location.
2. Obtain the suction pressure that exists in the suction line
at the bulb location by either of the following methods:
a. If the valve is externally equalized, a gage in the
external equalizer line will indicate the desired
pressure directly and accurately.
b. Read the gage pressure at the suction valve of the
compressor. Add the estimated pressure drop through
the suction line between bulb location and compressor suction valve to the pressure. The sum of the gage
reading and the estimated pressure drop will equal the
approximate suction line pressure at the bulb.
3. Convert the pressure obtained in Step 2a or 2b above to
saturated evaporator temperature by using a temperaturepressure chart.
Hot Gas Bypass — When low-load operation requires
use of hot gas bypass, hot gas must be introduced between
expansion valve and distributor.
Install auxiliary hot gas bypass side connector (fieldsupplied) in coil split that is first-on, last-off.
NOTE: See Table 22 for auxiliary side connector sizes. Do
not attempt to use a valve that is smaller or larger than distributor size. Inserting a bushing at the outlet will defeat the
purpose of the internal nozzle tube extension.
Install the side connector as follows:
1. Remove distributor nozzle and retainer ring (area A) from
distributor and reinstall in inlet (area B) of side connector.
See Fig. 72.
2. Solder field-supplied extension nipple to coupling on distributor, then to side connector outlet, using a silver solder
or equivalent with a melting point of 1300 to 1500 F.
Extension nipple should be as short as possible.
3. Solder expansion valve outlet to side connector using
95-5 tin-antimony soft solder, for easy removal.
4. If required, install field-supplied adapter bushing or
coupling to connector inlet before soldering to expansion
valve outlet.
Table 22 — Auxiliary Side Connector (Hot Gas Bypass) Data
SPORLAN
TYPE
CARRIER
PART NO.
ASC-5-4
ASC-7-4
ASC-9-5
ASC-11-7
ASC-13-9
—
EA19BA504
EA19BA705
EA19BA905
—
CONNECTION SIZES (in.)
Outlet — ODF Solder
Auxiliary — ODF Solder
5/
1/
8
2
7/
1/
8
2
5/
11/8
8
7/
13/8
8
15/8
11/8
Inlet — ODM Solder
5/
8
7/
8
11/8
13/8
15/8
USED WITH SPORLAN
DISTRIBUTOR TYPE
NOZZLE
SIZE
1620, 1622
1112, 1113
1115, 1116
1117, 1126
1125, 1127, 1143
J
G
E
C
A
DIMENSIONS (in.)
SPORLAN
TYPE
ASC-5-4
ASC-7-4
ASC-9-5
ASC-11-7
ASC-13-9
ODF
ODM
A
5/
8
7/
8
ODM
ODM
11/8 ODM
13/8 ODM
15/8 ODM
B
5/
8
7/
8
ODF
ODF
11/8 ODF
13/8 ODF
15/8 ODF
C
1.88
2.25
2.81
3.53
3.72
D
0.95
1.06
1.47
1.89
1.83
E
1.25
1.38
1.62
2.19
2.75
F
1/
2 ODF
1/
2
5/
8
ODF
ODF
7/ ODF
8
11/8 ODF
LEGEND
— Outside Diameter, Female
— Outside Diameter, Male
a39-2040
77
Hot Gas Bypass Connection with 4 Splits per Coil — For
either face or row splits connect a hot gas bypass auxiliary side
connector to each distributor of coil split that is first-on,
last-off. Refer to installation instructions for Hot Gas Bypass.
SPECIAL PIPING FOR DOUBLE-CIRCUIT COILS —
All 8-row coils that are double circuited require special piping
to manifold suction and liquid lines. See Tables 3 and 4 for
detailed coil data.
Manifolding for 2-Face Splits — Refer to Fig. 73 for coils
with less than 34 tubes in face. Externally manifold as follows:
1. Coils with less than 34 tubes: Connect the 4 expansion
valves to the 4 distributors on each coil and connect the
4 suction lines to the 15-diameter-long risers as outlined
in previous piping instructions. Refer to Fig. 73.
2. Install common liquid line for upper face split to first
(upper) and second expansion valves. Also, install a
common suction line from suction lines attached to first
(upper) and second suction header connections.
3. Repeat Step 2 for lower face split using third and fourth
distributor and suction connections.
4. For units with two coils repeat procedures of Steps 1, 2
and 3 for second coil.
SPECIAL PIPING WITH 4 SPLITS PER COIL
Manifolding for 2-Face Splits — Refer to Fig. 73 and externally manifold as follows:
1. Connect the 4 expansion valves to the 4 distributors on
each coil and connect the 4 suction lines to the
15-diameter-long risers as outlined in previous piping
instructions.
2. Install common liquid line for upper face split to first
(upper) and second expansion valves. Also, install a common suction line from suction lines attached to first
(upper) and second suction header connections.
3. Repeat Step 2 for lower face split using third and fourth
distributor and suction connections.
Manifolding for 2-Row Splits — Refer to Fig. 74 and
externally manifold as outlined for the 2-face splits with the
following exceptions:
1. Manifold in pairs, the first and third coil connections for
one split.
2. Manifold the second and fourth pairs of coil connections
for the other split.
NOTE: Split section using first and third pairs of coil connections should be first-on, last-off.
DISTRIBUTOR
DISCARD CAP
WITH TESTPORT
SIDE
CONNECTOR
a39-2994
Fig. 72 — Distributor and Hot Gas Bypass Auxiliary Side Connector
SIGHT GLASS
1
TXV SENSING
BULBS
SOLENOID VALVE (TYP)
2
1
AIRFLOW
2
FILTER
DRIER
LIQUID LINE
FOR 1 AND 2
TXV INSIDE CASING (TYP)
3
SUCTION LINE
FOR COIL
CONNECTIONS
TXV SENSING
BULBS
DISTRIBUTOR (TYP)
4
3
FILTER
DRIER
4
LIQUID LINE
FOR 3 AND 4
a39-4294
SUCTION LINE
FOR COIL
CONNECTIONS
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 73 — Face-Split Coil Manifolding (Typical)
78
Manifolding for 2-Row Splits — Refer to Fig. 74 for coils
with less than 34 tubes in face. Externally manifold as outlined
for the 2-face splits with the following exceptions:
1. Manifold in pairs, the first and third coil connections for
one split.
2. Manifold the second and fourth pairs of coil connections
for the other split.
NOTE: Split section using first and third pairs of coil connections should be first-on, last-off.
Hot Gas Bypass Connection for Double-Circuited Coils —
For either face or row splits connect a hot gas bypass auxiliary
side connector to each distributor of coil split that is first on,
last off. Refer to installation instructions for Hot Gas Bypass.
2.
3.
4.
Hot Gas Bypass Piping and Wiring
5.
INSTALL PIPING (See Fig. 75)
WARNING
6.
Shut off all power to the unit and remove refrigerant charge
using an approved refrigerant recovery device before proceeding with installation.
7.
1. In applications where the air handler refrigerant distributor is not equipped with a side outlet connection, it is
recommended that a Sporlan in-line auxiliary side
connector with standard distributor be used. Refer to the
8.
installation instructions for the indoor fan coil to obtain
nozzle size and distributor connection size. Select the
auxiliary side connector based on this information. The
side connector must be installed on refrigerant circuit
no. 1 (first stage of cooling) of the fan coil being used.
Install a field-supplied 1/4-in. NPT to 1/4-in. flare fitting on
the gage connection port of the compressor suction service valve.
Sweat the pilot solenoid valve supplied in the hot gas
accessory package directly to the hot gas bypass valve on
the 3/8-in. ODF external equalizer port.
Install field-supplied 1/4-in. copper tube (flared with a nut
on each end) between the compressor suction valve and
the hot gas pilot solenoid valve.
Connect a field-supplied 5/8-in. OD copper tube between
the discharge line process tube (hot gas stub) and a fieldsupplied manual shutoff service valve, avoiding any traps
in piping.
Connect another field-supplied 5/8-in. OD copper tube
between the manual shutoff valve outlet and the hot gas
bypass valve inlet.
Connect a field-supplied 5/8-in. OD copper tube between
the leaving side of the hot gas bypass valve and the Sporlan
auxiliary side connector (distributor-side connector).
Refer to Hot Gas Bypass installation instructions for
wiring information.
SIGHT GLASS
1
SOLENOID VALVE (TYP)
TXV SENSING
BULBS
AIRFLOW
2
1
2
FILTER
DRIER
3
SUCTION LINE
FOR COIL
CONNECTIONS
1 AND 3
TXV SENSING
BULBS
LIQUID LINE
FOR 1 AND 3
4
LIQUID LINE
FOR 2 AND 4
3
4
TXV INSIDE CASING (TYP)
DISTRIBUTOR (TYP)
a39-4295
SUCTION LINE
FOR COIL
CONNECTIONS
2 AND 4
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 74 — Row-Split Coil Manifolding (Typical)
79
a39-2928
LEGEND
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve
*Pilot valve connects directly to bypass valve per sketch A.
Fig. 75 — Hot Gas Bypass Piping
If calculating the trap depth for the cooling coil, the total
trap static would be 2.5 in. plus 1 in. (P1 = negative static
pressure + 1 in.), as shown in Fig. 76A.
Traps on draw-thru units must store enough condensate to
prevent losing the drain seal at start-up. The “1/2 P1 minimum”
dimension ensures that enough condensate is stored.
To determine the trap dimensions for blow-thru units, find
the coils maximum positive pressure (P1 in Fig. 76B) and add
1/ inch. This figure is normally the fan total static pressure (P
2
1
= fan total static pressure).
NOTE: Trapping to 5 in. static pressure on blow-thru and 3 in.
static pressure on draw-thru units is possible with the standard
6 in. baserail.
For all units, provide condensate freeze-up protection as
required. On units with internal spring isolators, be sure the
unit is mounted to allow sufficient clearance for the required
drain trap depth.
Condensate Drain — Install a condensate-trapping drain
line at the units drain connection; use 11/2-in. standard pipe. See
Fig. 76A-76B for correct drain layout.
The lowest point of the drain pan is a minimum of 73/8-in.
higher than the bottom of the baserail.
When calculating trap depth on draw-thru or blow-thru applications, remember that it is not the total static pressure but
the upstream or downstream static resistance that is trapped
against. For instance, when calculating the trap depth for a
cooling coil condensate pan on the draw-thru side, trap against
the coil pressure drop in that coil section and any other pressure
drops upstream of it.
Example:
• Return duct — 0.5 in. static
• Mixing box — 0.4 in. static
• Filters — 0.2 in. static
• Heating coil — 0.2 in. static
• Cooling coil — 1.2 in. static
• Fan — 2.3 in. external static
80
a39-4177
a39-4178
ENSURE ADEQUATE
HEIGHT/CLEARANCE
FOR DRAIN TO FLOOR
P1 +1”
ENSURE ADEQUATE
HEIGHT/CLEARANCE
FOR DRAIN TO FLOOR
1/2 P1 MINIMUM
P1 + 1/2”
1/2”
MINIMUM
Fig. 76B — Condensate Drain, Blow-Thru
Trapping (All Sizes)
Fig. 76A — Condensate Drain, Draw-Thru
Trapping (All Sizes)
Fan Motor Wiring Recommendations — Motors
are rated for use with variable frequency drives. Full load amp
(FLA) efficiency and power factors are listed in Tables 23A
and 23B. Refer to Fig. 77 for fan type and application.
Motor Electrical Data — See Tables 23A and 23B for
motor electrical data.
Table 23A — ODP 60 Hz Motor Data
MOTOR
HP
1/
3/
2
4
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
EFF.
FLA
ODP
P.F.
200v
2.2
2.6
3.2
4.5
6.0
9.4
15.3
25.0
29.3
43.2
56.0
70.5
85.0
110.0
138.0
154.0
189.0
N/A
N/A
N/A
HIGH EFFICIENCY
FLA
230v
460v
575v
1.8
1.1
0.9
2.5
1.3
1.1
3.0
1.5
1.1
3.9
1.9
1.6
5.2
2.6
2.1
8.6
4.3
3.4
12.8
6.4
5.1
19.2
9.6
7.8
26.8
13.4
10.3
38.6
19.3
15.4
49.6
24.8
19.8
60.6
30.3
24.3
75.0
37.5
30.0
95.0
47.5
41.0
120.0
60.0
48.0
134.0
67.0
53.5
164.0
82.0
65.5
224.0 112.0
90.0
N/A
140.0
N/A
N/A
178.0
N/A
EFF.
(%)
P.F. (%)
N/A
N/A
82.5
84.0
84.0
86.5
87.5
88.5
89.5
91.0
91.0
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.0
93.6
94.1
94.1
94.5
95.0
N/A
N/A
84
85.7
85.7
76.0
83.3
81.5
80.0
83.1
84.0
81.0
79.0
84.0
90.0
90.0
91.0
88.5
84.1
90.1
MOTOR
HP
1/
3/
2
4
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
LEGEND
— Efficiency
— Full Load Amps
— Open Dripproof
— Power Factor
81
200v
9.0
14.5
21.5
28.0
42.5
56.0
69.5
82.5
105.0
137.0
154.0
191.0
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREMIUM EFFICIENCY
FLA
230v
460v
575v
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
8.0
4.0
N/A
13.6
6.8
N/A
19.4
9.7
N/A
25.2
12.6
N/A
37.8
18.9
N/A
49.0
24.5
N/A
61.0
30.5
N/A
72.4
36.2
N/A
96.0
48.0
N/A
120.0
60.0
N/A
134.0
67.0
N/A
166.0
83.0
N/A
N/A
119.0
N/A
N/A
139.0
N/A
N/A
175.0
N/A
EFF.
(%)
P.F. (%)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
88.5
89.5
91.7
91.7
93.0
93.6
93.6
93.6
94.5
94.5
94.5
95.4
95.0
95.4
95.4
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
79.5
76.8
79.0
81.0
80.0
81.5
82.3
82.8
83.5
83.0
87.7
87.0
83.5
85.2
88.9
Table 23B — TEFC 60 Hz Motor Data
MOTOR
HP
1/
3/
2
4
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
EFF.
FLA
P.F.
TEFC
—
—
—
—
208v
1.8
2.4
4.0
5.5
7.0
10.0
17.0
24.0
31.0
47.0
61.0
74.0
82.0
115.0
142.0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
HIGH EFFICIENCY
FLA
230v
460v
575v
1.6
0.9
0.7
2.4
1.2
0.8
3.2
1.6
1.3
4.4
2.2
1.6
5.8
2.9
2.1
8.2
4.1
3.3
13.2
6.6
5.2
19.2
9.6
7.6
24.4
12.2
9.6
35.0
17.5
14.5
47.0
23.5
18.8
57.0
28.5
22.8
69.0
34.5
27.6
95.0
47.5
37.6
118.0
59.0
47.2
140.0
70.0
N/A
170.0
85.0
N/A
N/A
114.0
N/A
N/A
142.0
N/A
N/A
172.0
N/A
EFF.
(%)
P.F. (%)
N/A
N/A
82.5
84.0
84.0
87.5
87.5
89.5
89.5
91.0
91.0
92.4
92.4
93.0
93.0
93.6
94.1
94.5
94.5
95.0
N/A
N/A
72.0
72.0
76.0
78.0
81.5
83.0
85.5
85.0
87.0
88.0
88.0
85.0
85.0
85.5
86.5
84.5
86.5
86.5
MOTOR
HP
1/
3/
208v
2
4
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
4.0
5.5
7.0
10.0
17.0
24.0
31.0
47.0
61.0
74.0
82.0
115.0
147.0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREMIUM EFFICIENCY
FLA
230v
460v
575v
N/A
N/A
3.0
1.5
1.2
4.2
2.1
N/A
5.6
2.8
2.2
8.2
4.1
3.3
13.0
6.5
5.2
19.2
9.6
7.6
24.0
12.0
9.6
35.0
17.5
14.0
47.0
23.5
18.8
57.0
28.5
22.8
69.0
34.5
27.6
90.0
45.0
37.0
115.0
57.5
46.0
140.0
70.0
56.0
172.0
86.0
69.0
N/A
115.0
N/A
N/A
140.0
N/A
N/A
169.0
N/A
EFF.
(%)
P.F. (%)
N/A
N/A
84.5
85.5
86.5
88.5
88.5
90.2
90.2
91.7
92.4
93.0
93.0
94.1
94.1
94.1
95.4
95.4
95.4
95.4
N/A
N/A
72.0
72.0
77.5
78.0
84.5
81.5
85.0
86.0
87.0
88.0
88.0
88.5
86.4
89.0
86.0
85.5
84.6
90.5
LEGEND
Efficiency
Full Load Amps
Power Factor
Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled
a39-2166
TYPE
Forward-Curved (FC)
Side View
a39-2167
Airfoil (AF)
Side View
CHARACTERISTICS
APPLICATION
• Double-width, double-inlet (DWDI) construction.
• Best at low or medium pressure (approximately 0 to 5 in. wg).
• Horsepower increases continuously with increase in air quantity (overloads) as
For low to medium pressure
static pressure decreases.
air-handling applications.
• Less expensive than AF fans.
• Runs at relatively low speed, typically 400 to 1200 rpm.
• Blades curve toward direction of rotation.
• Double-width, double-inlet (DWDI) construction.
• Best in high capacity and high-pressure applications (4 to 8 in. wg).
• Horsepower peaks at high capacities.
• Most expensive of centrifugal fans.
For medium to high air capacity
• Operates at high speeds, typically 1200 to 2800 rpm. About double the speed of and pressure applications.
FC fan for similar air quantity.
• Blades have aerodynamic shape similar to airplane wing and are curved away
from direction of rotation.
a39-2168
Plenum (PAF)
End View
• Single-width, single-inlet (SWSI) construction.
• Characteristics similar to DWDI airfoil fan.
Best in applications with limited
• Blades have aerodynamic shape similar to airplane wing and are curved away space or multiple ducts.
from direction of rotation. Fewer blades and wider blade spacing than AF fans.
Fig. 77 — Fan Type and Application
82
2. Before drilling any hole, be sure the hole and any fieldsupplied conduit fittings will not interfere with the door
or components inside the enclosure.
3. Drill the appropriate size hole and connect the fieldsupplied conduit to the enclosure.
4. Refer to the wiring diagram supplied with the starter and
connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage
terminals (L1, L2, L3) as shown.
5. Refer to the factory-supplied voltage warning label and
verify that the power source is correct.
6. Connect the grounding wire to the grounding lug provided on the bottom of the starter.
NOTE: For remote control operation (AUTO position), fire/
smoke shutdown, or shutdown on coil freeze protection, a second conduit should be used to connect these control functions.
Motor Nameplate Data — The 39 Series air-handling
unit nameplates do not contain fan motor electrical data. The
units as manufactured, are certified to meet all requirements,
including unit markings, of UL1995 “Standard For SafetyHeating and Cooling Equipment.”
The motor nameplate should be relied on to carry the motor
electrical data. Here are several reasons the motor data is not on
an external nameplate, separate from the motor:
1. Many units are shipped without motors, and the installing
contractor provides field-supplied motors.
2. Typically, the motors provided are triple voltage motors
and may be wired at the job site for 208, 230, or 460-volt
power, as necessary.
3. The motor nameplate, which contains all necessary
electrical information, is easily accessible inside the fan
section.
4. Motor changes are quite often required during testing and
balancing to meet actual job conditions. External nameplates could easily be left unchanged by the installing
contractor.
For these reasons, the nameplate and wiring instructions on
the motor are relied on, and the electrical data is not printed on
the outside of the unit. See Fig. 78.
NOTE: Where field wiring of motor is required, wire per
instructions located in motor terminal box or on motor
nameplate.
IMPORTANT: This starter is designed to stop the
equipment in both HAND and AUTO positions if
either a fire/smoke or coil freeze condition is detected.
7. Select a location at the bottom of the starter near the
control terminal block.
8. Before drilling any hole, be sure the hole and any fieldsupplied conduit fittings will not interfere with the door
or components inside the enclosure.
9. Drill the appropriate size hole and connect the fieldsupplied conduit to the enclosure.
10. If a smoke detector or remote fire shut down is provided
(field-supplied), remove the factory-supplied jumper
between terminals 1 and 2 in the starter. Connect the
normally closed, isolated dry contact from the smoke
detector or fire system to these terminals.
11. If a coil freeze detection thermostat is provided, remove
the factory-supplied jumper between terminals 1 and 2 in
the starter. Connect the normally closed contact from the
low temperature thermostat to these terminals.
12. For remote start/stop operation (when the HOA [hand/
auto/off] switch is placed in the AUTO position), connect
a field-supplied, normally open isolated dry contact
between terminals 3 and 4. This contact must be suitable
for at least 3 amps at 120 vac.
START-UP AND TEST — Before applying power to the
starter, verify that the motor overload inside the starter is set to
the full load amperage (FLA or RLA) specified on the motor
nameplate.
MOTOR WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
INSIDE JUNCTION BOX
a39-4179
WIRE
2Y
2

1Y
1

VOLTS
LOW
START
LOW
RUN
HIGH
START
HIGH
RUN
VOLTAGE
CONNECTION
WYE
LOW
DELTA
OR
IMPORTANT: Many starters contain a multi-tap
control transformer. The line voltage tap on the control
transformer must be set in the field. For starters operating at 200/230-50 Hz, 208/230-60 Hz, or 380/400/
415-50 Hz, the line voltage tap on the control transformer must be set to the appropriate line input voltage.
WYE
HIGH
DELTA
NOTES:
1. If the motor has 12 leads and wiring diagrams for both Wye and
Delta OR Start and Run connections, ALWAYS wire to the RUN
or DELTA connections with an across-the-line motor starter or
VFD. Failure to do so will result in motor and/or starter/VFD
damage.
2. Low-voltage motors include 190, 200, 208, and 230-v.
3. High-voltage motors include 380, 400, 460, and 480-v.
1. Set the HOA switch on the front of the starter to the OFF
position.
2. Verify that the fan can freely rotate and remove any loose
items inside the fan section.
3. Close and secure the fan access door or panel and the
starter door cover.
4. Apply power to the starter.
5. Set the HOA switch in the HAND position and verify that
the fan operates.
For 3-phase motors:
Place the switch back in the OFF position and carefully
open the fan access door.
Fig. 78 — Field Wiring Instructions for
Motor with 12 Leads
Fan Motor Starter — When starter is factory-installed, it
is wired to the motor, and fully tested before shipping. Before
proceeding, open the starter cover and fan section access door
to check for any damage.
WIRING
1. Select a suitable location for the field power supply
source; top is preferred.
83
Open the VFD front cover and the fan section access door to
check for any damage before proceeding.
WIRING
1. Select a suitable location in the bottom of the VFD to
connect field-supplied power source.
2. Remove the appropriate size knockout using a suitable
knockout punch tool. Do NOT use a drill; metal shavings
will damage the drive.
3. Connect the field-supplied conduit to the VFD enclosure.
4. Refer to the wiring diagram supplied with the VFD
connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage
terminals (U1, V1, W1) as shown.
5. Refer to the factory-supplied voltage warning label and
verify that the power source is correct.
6. Connect the ground wire to the grounding lug provided
on the bottom of the VFD.
7. Select another suitable location on the bottom of the VFD
to connect the field-supplied control wiring.
8. Locate and use one of the unused knockouts on the VFD
housing and connect the control wiring conduit. Refer to
Fig. 79-82 for field control wiring connections.
NOTE: If a 0 to 10 or 2 to 10 vdc signal is used to control the
drive speed, reset the dipswitch to the voltage or V position.
Verify that the AI switch is set to the voltage position. See
Fig. 83. DO NOT reprogram the drive.
START-UP AND TEST
1. Close and secure the fan access door and the VFD cover.
2. Apply power and allow drive to initialize.
3. Press the HAND button and verify that the drive operates
at 8 Hz.
4. Press Up arrow to increase speed and Down arrow to
decrease speed.
5. Press the Off button and verify that the fan stops.
6. Press the Auto button to operate the drive from the
Energy Management System (EMS) interface. Verify that
all VFD interface functions are working (start/stop, speed
controls, fire/smoke, shutdown, etc.) between the VFD
and the EMS.
Refer to Tables 24 and 25 for additional VFD information.
Verify that the fan wheel is rotating in the proper direction.
If it is not, remove power and reverse any two of the line
voltage connections at the starter terminals (L1, L2, L3).
6. With the fan operating and the starter in the HAND position, verify that each safety or limit switch functions
properly.
7. Repeat Step 6 with the switch in the AUTO position and
the remote contact energized.
Disconnect — When disconnect is factory-installed, it is
wired to the motor, and fully tested before shipped. Open the
disconnect cover and fan section access door to check for
damage before proceeding.
DISCONNECT WIRING
1. Connect the field line voltage power source to the top of
the disconnect (knockouts are provided).
2. Remove the knockouts as required to accommodate the
field-supplied conduit.
3. Refer to the wiring diagram supplied with the unit and
connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage
terminals (L1, L2, L3) as shown.
4. Refer to the factory-supplied voltage warning label and
verify that the power source is correct.
5. Connect the ground wire to the grounding lug provided in
the disconnect.
START-UP AND TEST
1. Set the disconnect switch to the OFF position.
2. Verify that the fan can freely rotate and remove any loose
items inside the fan section.
3. Close and secure the fan access door and the disconnect
door cover.
4. Apply power.
5. Set the disconnect switch to the ON position and verify
that the fan operates.
For 3-phase motors:
Place the switch back in the OFF position and carefully
open the fan access door.
Verify that the fan wheel is rotating in the proper direction.
If it is not, remove power and reverse any two of the line
voltage connections at the starter terminals (L1, L2, L3).
NOTE: For fused type disconnects, blown fuses MUST be
replaced with the same type and size originally supplied.
VFD with Bypass — When the VFD and bypass are
factory-installed, they are wired to the motor and fully tested
before shipped. The VFD is programmed at the factory as
ordered, including electronic overload, which is programmed
for the motor FLA (full load amps) as supplied.
Open the bypass box cover and the fan section access door
to check for any damage before proceeding.
VFD — When variable frequency drive (VFD) is factoryinstalled, it is wired to the motor and fully tested before shipment. Drive programming is also done at the factory, including
electronic overload, which is programmed for the motor FLA.
Refer to Tables 24 and 25.
84
Table 24 — VFD Data
39M
MOTOR HP
ABB PART
NO. ACH550-UH-
1/
2
3/
4
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
04A6-2
04A6-2
04A6-2
06A6-2
07A5-2
012A-2
017A-2
024A-2
031A-2
046A-2
059A-2
075A-2
088A-2
114A-2
50
60
75
143A-2
178A-2
221A-2
1/
2
3/
4
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
03A3-4
03A3-4
03A3-4
03A3-4
03A3-4
06A9-4
06A9-4
012A-4
015A-4
023A-4
031A-4
031A-4
038A-4
059A-4
072A-4
078A-4
097A-4
125A-4
157A-4
180A-4
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
04A6-2
06A6-2
07A5-2
012A-2
017A-2
024A-2
031A-2
046A-2
059A-2
075A-2
088A-2
114A-2
143A-2
178A-2
221A-2
1
11/2
2
3
5
71/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
03A3-4
03A3-4
04A1-4
06A9-4
08A8-4
012A-4
015A-4
023A-4
031A-4
038A-4
045A-4
059A-4
078A-4
097A-4
125A-4
157A-4
180A-4
PROGRAMMED SETTINGS
Overload Trip Amps
Max. Output Amps
4 pole / 2 pole
4 pole / 2 pole
208-230 Volt / 3 Phase / 60 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 208 volts)
4.6
10
15
1.8/ 1.7
3.0/ 2.2
4.6
10
15
2.6/ 2.5
3.2/ 3.0
4.6
10
15
3.5/ 3.2
3.8/ 3.8
6.6
10
15
5.2/ 4.2
5.8/ 5.8
7.5
10
15
6.7/ 5.9
7.2/ 7.0
11.8
15
15
9.0/ 8.5
10.0/ 9.5
16.7
25
25
14.5/ 13.6
16.7/ 16.0
24.2
30
30
21.4/ 20.7
24.0/ 23.0
30.8
40
40
27.4/ 27.4
30.8/ 30.0
46.2
60
60
40.5/ 40.5
46.2/ 43.0
59.4
80
80
53.0/ 52.2
59.4/ 57.0
74.8
100
100
67.0/ 66.0
74.0/ 71.0
88.0
110
110
82.0/ 78.0
85.0/ 82.0
114.0
150
150
92.0/107.0
114.0/110.0
208-230 Volt / 3 Phase / 60 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 230 volts)
143
200
200
125.0/130.0
142.0/130.0
178
250
250
154.0/135.0
172.0/145.0
221
300
300
186.0/166.0
221.0/172.0
460 Volt / 3 Phase / 60 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 460 volts)
3.3
10
15
0.9/ 1.0
1.5/ 1.2
3.3
10
15
1.3/ 1.2
1.7/ 1.5
3.3
10
15
1.6/ 1.5
1.9/ 1.7
3.3
10
15
2.2/ 2.0
2.8/ 2.3
3.3
10
15
2.7/ 2.7
3.0/ 3.0
5.4
10
15
4.0/ 3.8
4.5/ 4.2
6.9
10
15
6.2/ 6.0
6.9/ 6.5
11.9
15
15
9.0/ 8.8
10.0/ 9.5
15.4
20
20
12.0/ 11.6
13.6/ 12.8
23
30
30
17.6/ 16.5
19.3/ 19.0
31
40
40
23.0/ 23.0
25.0/ 25.0
31
40
40
29.0/ 28.0
31.0/ 30.0
38
50
50
34.5/ 34.0
38.0/ 38.0
59
80
80
46.0/ 44.0
48.0/ 50.0
72
90
90
58.0/ 55.0
60.0/ 60.0
77
100
100
73.0/ 68.0
77.0/ 72.0
96
125
125
90.0/ 85.0
94.0/ 90.0
124
175
175
118.0/110.0
124.0/114.0
157
200
200
141.0/139.0
147.0/147.0
180
250
250
171.0/171.0
177.0/177.0
200-230 Volt / 3 Phase / 50 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 200 volts)
4.6
10
15
3.3/ 3.3
3.9/ 3.9
6.6
10
15
4.9/ 4.9
5.8/ 5.8
7.5
10
15
6.3/ 6.3
7.1/ 7.1
11.8
15
15
8.7/ 8.7
10.0/ 10.0
16.7
25
25
14.0/ 14.0
16.7/ 16.7
24.2
30
30
21.2/ 20.2
24.2/ 24.2
30.8
40
40
27.2/ 27.4
30.8/ 30.8
46.2
60
60
41.4/ 40.5
46.2/ 46.2
59.4
80
80
53.4/ 49.0
59.4/ 56.0
74.8
100
100
65.4/ 66.0
74.0/ 74.8
88
110
110
78.0/ 78.0
86.0/ 86.0
114
150
150
107.0/107.0
114.0/114.0
143
200
200
135.0/135.0
135.0/135.0
178
250
250
169.0/169.0
169.0/169.0
221
300
300
210.0/210.0
210.0/210.0
380 Volts / 3 Phase / 50 Hz (Programmed to Operate at 400 volts)
3.3
10
15
1.7/ 1.7
2.3/ 2.3
3.3
10
15
2.5/ 2.5
3.3/ 3.3
4.1
10
15
3.2/ 3.2
3.8/ 3.6
5.4
10
15
4.5/ 4.5
5.4/ 5.3
8.8
15
15
7.0/ 7.0
8.5/ 8.0
11.9
15
15
10.6/ 8.9
11.9/ 11.0
15.4
20
20
13.6/ 11.6
15.4/ 14.6
23
30
30
20.7/ 17.0
22.6/ 21.0
31
40
40
26.7/ 24.5
29.3/ 29.0
38
50
50
32.7/ 29.5
37.0/ 36.0
44
60
60
39.0/ 39.0
44.0/ 44.0
59
80
80
53.5/ 45.5
57.0/ 55.0
77
100
100
67.5/ 67.5
70.0/ 70.0
96
125
125
84.5/ 84.5
88.0/ 88.0
124
175
175
105.0/105.0
105.0/105.0
157
200
200
134.0/134.0
134.0/134.0
180
200
250
134.0/134.0
134.0/134.0
MAX. CONTINUOUS
OUTPUT AMPS
FUSE AMPS
LEGEND
MCCB — Molded-Case Circuit Breaker
NOTE: Two-pole motors operate at a nominal 3600 rpm for 60 Hz and 3000 rpm for 50 Hz;
4-pole motors operate at a nominal 1800 rpm for 60 Hz and 1500 rpm for 50 Hz.
85
MCCB
RATED AMPS
Table 25 — Air Handler VFD Factory-Set Parameters
GROUP NUMBER
99
10
11
12
13
14
16
20
21
22
26
30
31
34
40
PARAMETER NUMBER
9902
9904
9905
9906
9907
9908
9909
1001
1002
1003
1104
1105
1201
1202
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1401
1402
1403
1601
1608
1609
2003
2007
2008
2101
2102
2202
2203
2605
2606
2607
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3017
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
4001
4002
4005
4006
4007
4010
4011
4012
4013
4016
4027
DESCRIPTION
Application Macro
Motor Control Mode
Motor Nominal Voltage
Motor Nominal Current
Motor Nominal Frequency
Motor Nominal Speed
Motor Nominal Power
EXT1 Commands
EXT2 Commands
Direction
REF1 Minimum
REF1 Maximum
Constant Speed Select
Constant Speed Value
Minimum AI-1
Maximum AI-1
Filter AI-1
Minimum AI-2
Maximum AI-2
Filter AI-2
Relay Output 1
Relay Output 2
Relay Output 3
Run Enable
Start Enable 1
Start Enable 2
Maximum Current
Minimum Frequency
Maximum Frequency
Start Function
Stop Function
Accelerate Time
Decelerate Time
Volt/Freq Ratio
Switching Frequency
Switching Frequency Control
Motor Thermal Time
Motor Load Curve
Zero Speed Load
Break Point Frequency
Stall Function
Stall Frequency
Stall Time
Earth Fault
Number of Retries
Trial Time
Delay Time
AR Overcurrent
AR Overvoltage
AR Undervoltage
AR AI< Minimum
AR External Fault
Signal Parameter 3
Signal 3 Minimum
Signal 3 Maximum
Output 3 DSP Form
Output 3 DSP units
Output 3 Minimum
Output 3 Maximum
Gain
Integration Time
Error Value Invert
Units
Display Format
Setpoint Select
Internal Setpoint
Setpoint Minimum
Setpoint Maximum
ACT 1 Input
PID 1 Parameter Set
VALUE
Supply Fan
Scalar
*
†
60 Hz or 50 Hz
Nameplate rpm at Load
Nameplate Hp
DI-1 Start / Stop
(0) N/A
Forward
9.33 Hz at 60 Hz / 7.78 Hz at 50 Hz
62.7 Hz at 60 Hz / 52.2 Hz at 50 Hz
DI-3
Field Program (8 Hz – Motor Nominal Freq.)
0%
100%
1 sec
0%
100%
1 sec
Started
Run
Fault (Inverted)
DI-2
DI-4
DI-5
**
8 Hz
60 Hz / 50 Hz
FlyStart
Coast
60 Seconds
60 Seconds
Linear
8 KHz
ON
1050
105%
70%
35 Hz
Fault
20 Hz
20 sec
Fault
2
600 sec
5 sec
Enable
Enable
Enable
Disable
(0) Disable
SPEED
0
30000
0
rpm
0
30000
0.7
30 sec
NO
Volts
x.xxx
Internal
Field Program (0.0 v – 10.0 v)
0.0 v
10.0 v
AI-2
SET 1
*Factory Programmed as follows: For 208-230v / 60 Hz = 208, 460v / 60 Hz = 460, 200-230v / 50 Hz = 200, 380 / 50 Hz = 400.
†Motor Nameplate Amps. Factory programmed per Table 24. This value should always be compared to the actual motor nameplate value before start-up.
**Maximum Output Amps — Factory programmed per Table 24.
86
a39-2914
NOTES:
1. All conductors are no. 22 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.
2. Install jumpers if fire/smoke detector, low limit thermostat, or high pressure switch are not required.
Fig. 79 — Field-Supplied Control Wiring for VFD Speed Control
Shielded Cable
1
AI-1 Cable Shield Ground
2
AI-1 VFD SPEED Signal (+) 4-20 ma
AI-1 VFD SPEED Signal (-) ground
3
4
5
6
7
8
TB3
9
10
24 Vdc
11
Ground – DC Common
3
12
Digital Input Common
4
13
DI-1 Start / Stop
5
14
DI-2 Run Enable
1
2
6
Jumper
Jumper
N.C. Fire / Smoke Det. Contact
7
15
16
17
8
DI-4 Start Enable 1
DI-5 Start Enable 2
18
9
10
ABB Drive
CC6400
Control Box
a39-3996
NOTES:
1. All conductors are no. 22 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.
2. Install jumper wire if fire/smoke detector, is not required.
Fig. 80 — Field Wiring the VFD to the CC6400 Comfort Controller
87
From a Field Supplied 4 Wire
Static Pressure Transducer
1
* 0-10 v dc
Output Signal
AI-2 Cable Shield Ground
2
+
-
3
4
Field Supplied
Input Connections
5
AI-2 Static Pressure Signal (+) 0 - 10 v dc
6
AI-2 Static Pressure Signal (-) 0 - 10 v dc
7
8
9
Jumper
N.O. Start / Stop Contact
10
24 Vdc
11
Ground – DC Common
12
Digital Input Common
13
DI-1 Start / Stop
N.C. Fire / Smoke Det. Contact
14
DI-2 Run Enable
N.C. Low Limit Thermostat
15
16
N.C. High Pressure Switch
17
DI-4 Start Enable 1
DI-5 Start Enable 2
18
DI-6 Internal PID Enable
a39-3997
*Acceptable transducer output voltage ranges are 0-10 vdc, 0-5 vdc, 1-5 vdc, and 2-10 vdc.
Default sensor range is 0-10 vdc from factory. Use parameter 4008 to configure sensor low
voltage and parameter 4009 to configure sensor high voltage.
NOTES:
1. All conductors are no. 22 AWG minimum.
2. Install jumpers if fire/smoke detector, low limit thermostat, start/stop or high-pressure switch are not required.
3. Program static pressure control set point using parameter 4011 in volts dc.
Fig. 81 — Field Wiring for Stand-Alone Static Pressure Control with
4-Wire Static Pressure Transducer (Voltage Output)
a39-2917
NOTES:
1. All conductors are no. 22 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum.
2. Install jumpers if fire/smoke detector, low limit thermostat, or high-pressure switch are not required.
3. Program desired speed setpoint in Hz using parameter 1202.
Fig. 82 — Field Wiring for High Inertia/Low Horsepower Applications Using VFD as a Starter
88
J1 – DIP Switches for Analog Inputs
The switch is one of two types:
Illustration of available switch
positions; not default settings
ON
AI1: (in Voltage Position)
AI2: (in Current Position)
ON
Alternate
Original
Examples:
ON ON
BOTH SWITCHES IN
VOLTAGE POSITION
ON ON
BOTH SWITCHES IN
CURRENT POSITION
Fig. 83 — Setting AI Switch to Voltage Position
wiring) wires into the fire alarm system to shut down the
unit even if the unit is running in the bypass position. See
Fig. 84A and 84B.
1. Set the switch on the front of the bypass to the OFF
position.
2. Verify that the fan freely rotates and remove and loose
items inside the fan section.
3. Close and secure the fan access door and the bypass and
VFD covers.
4. Apply power.
5. Set the switch to the LINE position and verify that the fan
operates.
For 3-phase motors:
Place the switch back in the OFF position and carefully
open the fan access door.
Verify that the fan wheel is rotating in the proper direction.
If it is not, remover power and reverse any two of the line
voltage connections in the bypass box (L1, L2, L3). DO
NOT swap the motor leads; this will cause the fan to rotate in the reverse direction when operating from the VFD.
6. Make sure the bypass cover is closed then apply power.
7. Set the switch to the DRIVE position and verify that the
VFD operates.
8. Press the Hand button and verify that the fan operates.
9. Press the Auto button and verify that the drive operates
from the EMS interface. Verify that all VFD interface functions between the VFD and the EMS system are working.
WIRING
1. Select a suitable location in the bottom panel of the
bypass box to connect field-supplied power source.
2. Before drilling any hole, be sure the hole and any fieldsupplied conduit fittings will not interfere with the door
or components inside the enclosure.
3. Drill the appropriate size hole and connect the fieldsupplied conduit to the enclosure.
4. Refer to the wiring diagram supplied with the bypass and
connect the line voltage power source to the line voltage
terminals (L1, L2, L3) as shown.
5. Refer to the factory-supplied voltage warning label and
verify that the power source is correct.
6. Connect the ground wire to the grounding lug provided
on the bottom of the Bypass box.
7. Refer to the VFD Steps 7 and 8 to connect VFD control
wiring.
START-UP AND TEST — Before applying power to the
VFD Bypass and VFD, verify that the motor overload inside
the bypass has been set to the full load amperage (FLA or
RLA) as specified on the motor nameplate.
IMPORTANT: Some bypass assemblies (208/230-60,
200/230-50, 380/400/415-50) contain a multi-tap control
transformer. The line voltage tap on the control transformer must be adjusted to the appropriate line voltage.
NOTE: Bypasses with a 115 v control transformer can be
field modified to incorporate a normally closed safety contact. This safety contact (in addition to the VFD shutdown
89
ACTUAL CONNECTION DETERMINED BY
APPLICATION VOLTAGE
L2
L1
0
208
230
460
H1
H2
XF
X2
120
FUSE
H4
H3
START
STOP
11
12
14
OL
13
14
M
A1
A2
96
95
13
M
LEGEND
Factory Wiring
Field Wiring
FIELD SUPPLIED
ISOLATED NC SAFETY CONTACT
(FIRE/SMOKE, HPS, ETC.)
3A MINIMUM
a39-3995
Fig. 84A — VFD Bypass Safety Shutdown Modification — Bypass with 115 Volt Control Transformer
TERMINAL STRIP
24
23
A39-4180
14
13
L3
L2
L1
6
5
L1
5
4
L2
4
L3
6
13
23
3
2
1 T1
8
7 T2 2 3
T3
9
14
1
24
T3
LEGEND
MMS — Manual Motor Starter
Factory Wiring
Field Wiring
INSTALL ACI SHUNT TRIP
P/N 135046 INTO MMS
T2
NOTES:
1. Connect field-supplied 120-vac
control signal (from fire/life
safety circuit) to 2 leads from
shunt trip (P/N135046).
2. A 120-v signal will energize the
shunt trip and break the manual
motor starter contact when in an
alarm condition.
T1
L3
L2
L1
T3
MMS
T2
T1
Fig. 84B — VFD Bypass Safety Shutdown Modification — Bypass without 115 Volt Control Transformer
90
the UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the default
factory settings, select the application macro “HVAC Default.”
VFD Configuration — The VFD keypad is shown in
Fig. 85. The function of SOFT KEYS 1 and 2 change depending on what is displayed on the screen. The function of SOFT
KEY 1 matches the word in the lower left-hand box on the
display screen. The function of SOFT KEY 2 matches the
word in the lower right-hand box on the display screen. If the
box is empty, then the SOFT KEY does not have a function on
that specific screen. The UP and DOWN keys are used to
navigate through the menus. The OFF key is used to turn off
the VFD. The AUTO key is used to change control of the drive
to automatic control. The HAND key is used to change control
of the drive to local (hand held) control. The HELP button is
used to access the help screens.
VFD Modes — The VFD has several different modes for
configuring, operating, and diagnosing the VFD. The modes
are:
• standard display mode — shows drive status information
and operates the drive
• parameters mode — edits parameter values individually
• start-up assistant mode — guides the start up and
configuration
• changed parameters mode — shows all changed
parameters
• drive parameter backup mode — stores or uploads the
parameters
• clock set mode — sets the time and date for the drive
• I/O settings mode — checks and edits the I/O settings
Standard Display Mode — Use the standard display mode to
read information on the drive status and operate the drive. To
reach the standard display mode, press EXIT until the LCD display shows status information as described below. See Fig. 86.
MODE
SET POINT
a39-2918
a39-2919
Fig. 86 — Standard Display Example
Fig. 85 — VFD Keypad
START-UP WITH ASSISTANT — The initial start-up has
been performed at the factory. To start up the VFD with the
Start-Up Assistant, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight ASSISTANTS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight Commission
Drive and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The Start-Up Assistant will display the parameters that
need to be configured. Select the desired values and press
SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) after every change. The process
will continue until all the parameters are set.
START-UP BY CHANGING PARAMETSERS INDIVIDUALLY — Initial start-up is performed at the factory. To start
up the VFD with by changing individual parameters, perform
the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP and DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
parameter.
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous
value. Any modifications that are not saved will not be
changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)
to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue until
all the parameters have been configured and then press
EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
NOTE: The current parameter value appears above the highlighted parameter. To view the default parameter value, press
The top line of the LCD display shows the basic status
information of the drive. The HAND icon indicates that the
drive control is local from the control panel. The AUTO icon
indicates that the drive control is in remote control mode
through the I/O.
The arrow icon indicates the drive and motor rotation status.
A rotating arrow (clockwise or counterclockwise) indicates
that the drive is running. A rotating blinking arrow indicates
that the drive is running but not at set point. A stationary arrow
indicates that the drive is stopped. For Carrier air handler units,
the rotation is always forward.
Using parameter group 34, the middle of the LCD display
can be configured to display 3 parameter values. The default
display shows parameters 0103 (OUTPUT FREQ) in Hz, 0104
(CURRENT) in amperes, and AI1 (Analog Input 1) in revolutions per minute.
The upper right hand corner shows the frequency set point
that the drive will maintain.
The bottom corners of the LCD display show the functions
currently assigned to the two soft keys. The lower middle
displays the current time (if configured to show the time).
The first time the drive is powered up, it is in the OFF
mode. To switch to local hand-held control and control the
drive using the control pane, press the HAND or AUTO
buttons. Pressing the HAND button switches the drive to hand
control while keeping the drive running. Pressing the AUTO
button switches the drive to remote input control. The OFF
button stops the drive. To return to auto control, press the
AUTO button. To start the drive press the HAND or AUTO
button, to stop the drive press the OFF button.
To adjust the speed set point while in HAND mode, press
the UP or DOWN buttons (the reference changes immediately). The reference can be modified in the local control (HAND)
mode, and can be parameterized (using Group 11 reference
select) to also allow modification in the remote control mode.
91
4. The text “Copying Parameters” will be displayed with a
progress indicator. To stop the process, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
5. When the upload is complete, the text “Parameter upload
successful” will be displayed.
6. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
7. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Download All Parameters — To download all parameters
from the control panel to the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
1. Install the control panel with the correct parameters onto
the replacement VFD.
2. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DOWNLOAD
TO DRIVE ALL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
5. The text “Restoring Parameters” will be displayed with a
progress indicator. To stop the precess, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
6. When the download is complete, the text “Parameter
download successful” will be displayed.
7. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
8. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Clock Set Mode — The clock set mode is used for setting the
date and time for the internal clock of the VFD. In order to use
the timer functions of the VFD control, the internal clock must
be set. The date is used to determine weekdays and is visible in
the fault logs.
To set the clock, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK SET on
the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2). The
clock set parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK VISIBILITY and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). This parameter
is used to display or hide the clock on the screen. Use the
UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press
OK (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return
to the Clock Set menu.
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET TIME and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the hours and minutes. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2)
to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight TIME FORMAT
and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP and DOWN
keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK (SOFT
KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock
Set menu.
6. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET DATE and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the day, month, and year. Press OK (SOFT KEY
2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
7. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DATE FORMAT and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or
DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK
Parameters Mode — The Parameters mode is used to change
the parameters on the drive. To change parameters, perform the
following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameters and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
parameters.
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous
value. Any modifications that are not saved will not be
changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)
to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue until
all the parameters have been configured and then press
EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
NOTE: The current parameter value appears above the highlight parameter. To view the default parameter value, press the
UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the default
factory settings if a drive fails, download the parameters to the
VFD from the control panel. Parameters can also be changed
individually.
Changed Parameters Mode — The Changed Parameters
mode is used to views and edit recently changed parameters on
the drive. To view the changed parameters, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CHANGED
PAR on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT
KEY 2). A list of the recently changed parameters will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter group and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2) to
change the parameters if desired.
4. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY1) to exit the Changed Parameters mode.
Drive Parameter Backup Mode — The drive parameter back
up mode is used to store the drive parameters. The parameters
can be uploaded from a VFD to the removable control panel. If
a drive failure occurs, the control panel can then be transferred
to the new drive and the parameters downloaded into memory.
Each drive is custom programmed at the factory. The first
option is to download all parameters. This copies both application and motor parameters to the drive from the control panel.
This is recommended to create a backup of the parameters
group for the drive.
The second option downloads only the application parameters to the drive. Parameters 9905, 9906, 9907, 9908, 9909,
1605, 1607, 5201, and group 51 parameters and internal motor
parameters are not copied.
Upload All Parameters — To upload and store all parameters
to the control panel from the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight UPLOAD TO
PANEL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
92
8. The heater has lifting hook openings on each end. When
the heater is within 3 in. of its final position, reinstall the
crossrail, with the box-seal facing down, and panel seal
toward the top.
9. Secure the heater to the section posts and rails with the
furnished screws, drawing it the last 3/8 in. into final
sealed position against the framework, by alternately
cross tightening the screws. The opposite end of the
heater rests on lateral spacers provided on the floor panel,
and is retained by a screw through an angle clip on the
last one or by an upright corner flange.
10. Replace the top panel, and proceed to complete the
wiring in accord with all applicable codes and ordinances.
The wiring diagram is fastened inside the control box,
with a spare, loose copy provided as a convenience for
maintenance manual preparation. Do not mix the wiring
diagrams, as they are specific for each unit.
11. Connect power and control wiring according to the
wiring diagram supplied (see Fig. 87 for typical wiring
details).
CONNECT POWER AND CONTROL WIRES — Heater
wiring schematic is located on control box panel. Verify minimum airflow requirement (minimum coil face velocity, fpm)
will be met, especially on applications where variable air volume is supplied.
Use copper power supply wires rated for 75 C minimum.
On 250 v or greater applications, use 600 v rated wiring. Size
wires to carry 125% of current load on each set of terminals.
Use the following formulas as required:
(SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the
Clock Set menu.
8. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
I/O Settings Mode — The I/O Settings mode is used for viewing and editing the I/O settings.
To configure the I/O settings, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight I/O SETTINGS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
The I/O Settings parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired I/O
setting and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to select the parameter to
view. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration. Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous value. Any modifications that are not saved will not
be changed.
6. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
Electric Heaters — Electric heaters are factory installed.
If circumstances require field installation of an electric heater,
it can only be installed in a factory-supplied EHS (Electric
Heat section). Installation of electric heat in a section other than
an EHS section will void the UL listing of the product.
1. Identify ALL electrical power supplies serving the unit,
lock off and tag each before working on the unit.
2. Locate the electric heat section mounted on the unit and
remove the protective shipping cover.
3. Identify the electric heater and verify the heater matches
the unit. Unit hand and heater hand must also agree.
4. Properly sized power wiring and control wiring entry
holes are provided in the upstream sidewall of the heater
control box.
For outdoor unit sizes 36-110 only, a narrow, fixed upstream panel is provided for electrical power entry from
the outside. Power may also enter the unit from below,
penetrating the floor of the unit. Carefully seal all entries,
weathertight where necessary. Control wiring may enter
the same way as electrical wiring.
Take future service requirements into account when
locating field power entry holes in the unit casing.
5. Sleeve these holes and seal around the conduit to preserve
the integrity of the casing. In some cases, it might be
preferable for the power to actually enter the cabinet
through an adjacent section, or enter the control box from
another angle, which is acceptable.
6. If the original holes are not used, they must be appropriately plugged.
7. Insert the electric heater into the section (the heater
element rack will be located along the leaving air side of
the section).
NOTE: If the heater must be hoisted into position, once the top
panel has been removed to a safe place, the horizontal top rail
may be removed by carefully removing the flat corner plug
from the end corner pieces and extracting the screw visible
within the exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with
others, as they are specific for this location.) The corners may
then be separated, lifting the rail and corner segments away
from the unit at approximately a 45-degree angle, taking care
not to damage the double bulb seal.
Single-phase line current =
(kW per set of terminals) (1000)
voltage
Three-phase line current =
(kW per set of terminals) (1000)
(voltage) (1.73)
Note that if the heater is rated at 50 kW (or more) and is
controlled by a cycling device such as a multi-stage thermostat,
or a step controller, conductors may be sized at 100% of load
amperes (see Table 26) per NEC Section 424-22. Heater
construction and application information are based upon Space
Heating Standard UL No. 1096 and the requirements of
the NEC. Installer is responsible for observing local code
requirements.
Install a disconnect switch or main circuit breaker in
accordance with NEC and other applicable codes. Locate so
that it is easily accessible and within sight of heater control box
(per NEC Article 424-19 and 424-65).
Weatherproof junction boxes have no knockouts for wire
entrance. Provide knockouts for all wiring using field-supplied
grommets of correct size and type of conduit as required.
Where field-supplied thermostats are used, isolate circuits
to prevent possible interconnection of control circuit wiring.
Where field-supplied step controller is used, connect steps
to terminals as marked on wiring schematic. When connecting
multi-stage heaters, wire stage no. 1 so that it is first stage on,
last stage off.
Provide sufficient clearance for convection cooling of heaters with solid-state controllers. Provide at least 5-in. of free air
space above and below cooling fins extending from heater
terminal box. Be sure to connect interlock terminals F1 and F2
to auxiliary contacts on fan starter.
Each heater has 2 different types of factory-installed thermal cutouts for over temperature protection; an automatic reset
thermal cutout for primary protection and a manual reset thermal cutout to protect against failure of the primary system.
Also provided is an airflow pressure differential switch to
prevent the heater from operating when the fan is not in opera93
tion or airflow is restricted or insufficient. The primary
automatic reset cutout is a bi-metal disk-type cutout. It is wired
into the control circuit which operates the magnetic disconnecting contactors (the same contactors which also switch on and
off the various steps of the coil). The secondary manual reset
cutout is a bi-metal disk-type cutout. This secondary thermal
cutout is load carrying and is installed in each heater subcircuit.
The primary and secondary overtemperature protection systems are independent of each other. The secondary system is
designed to protect against possible failure of the primary system to deenergize the heater.
Subcircuits in the heaters are designed in compliance with
paragraph 424-22 of the NEC. The coil is subdivided into
circuits that draw no more than 48 amps each and is fused for at
least 125% of the circuit rating.
Pilot tube is to be positioned so that the airflow switch is
actuated by a minimum negative pressure of 0.07 in. wg.
Refer to Table 27 for heater electrical data.
Table 26 — Field Wiring for Incoming Conductors
Sized for 125% of Heater Load
LOAD AMPS*
WIRE SIZE
(AWG or kcmil)
Copper
14
12
12
16
10
24
8
40
6
52
4
68
3
80
2
92
1
104
1/0
120
LOAD AMPS*
WIRE SIZE
(AWG or kcmil)
Copper
2/0
140
3/0
160
4/0
184
250
204
300
228
350
248
400
268
500
304
600
336
700
368
LEGEND
AWG — American Wire Gage
kcmil — Thousand Circular Mils
NEC — National Electrical Code
*Values are based on Table 310-16 of the NEC for 75 C insulated
copper wire. Not more than 3 conductors in a raceway.
NOTES:
1. Be sure to consider length of wiring run and possible voltage
drops when sizing wires.
2. Field power wiring — Heaters are furnished with a terminal
block sized for incoming copper conductors with 75 C insulation
rated to carry at least 125% of the heater load. However, conductors can be sized to carry 100% of the heater load if the
heater is rated at 50 kW or more, and the heater is controlled by
a cycling device such as a multi-stage thermostat, step controller, or SCR (silicon control rectifier) power controller. Terminal
blocks and knockouts are sized to handle either 100% or 125%
conductors.
a39-1721
NOTE: All wiring must be copper and must conform to the NEC (National Electrical Code).
Fig. 87 — Electrical Heater Wiring Schematic (Typical)
94
95
HEATER
AREA
(sq ft)
NO. OF
CONTROL
STEPS*
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
20
30
40
50
60
75
90
100
20
30
40
50
60
80
100
115
130
30
45
60
80
100
115
130
150
HEATER
COIL
kW
11
21
32
43
53
64
75
12
18
25
37
49
61
74
17
26
35
43
52
60
69
13
19
26
32
39
48
58
65
10
15
21
26
31
41
52
—
—
14
21
28
38
47
54
61
70
TEMP
RISE
(F)
Total
FLA
MCA†
No.
Sub
Ckt
208/3/60 VOLTS
MOCP
Total
FLA
MCA†
No.
Sub
Ckt
240/3/60 VOLTS
MOCP
Total
FLA
Table 27 — Electric Heater Data
MCA†
No.
Sub
Ckt
480/3/60 VOLTS
MOCP
Total
FLA
MCA†
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
No.
Sub
Ckt
600/3/60 VOLTS
14
17
1
20
12
15
1
20
6
8
1
20
5
6
28
35
1
35
24
30
1
35
12
15
1
20
10
12
42
52
1
60
36
45
1
50
18
23
1
25
14
18
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
03
3
3
69
87
2
90
60
75
2
80
30
38
1
40
24
30
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
97
122
3
125
84
105
2
110
42
53
1
60
34
42
28
35
1
35
24
30
1
35
12
15
1
20
10
12
42
52
1
60
36
45
1
50
18
23
1
25
14
18
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
06
5.2
3
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
111
139
3
150
96
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
39
48
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
3
111
139
3
150
96
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
39
48
08
7.4
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
195
243
5
250
169
211
4
225
84
105
2
110
67
84
6
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
3
111
139
3
150
96
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
39
48
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
10
9.9
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
208
261
5
300
181
226
4
250
90
113
2
125
72
90
6
250
313
6
350
217
271
5
300
108
135
3
150
87
108
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
56
69
2
70
48
60
2
70
24
30
1
35
19
24
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
3
111
139
3
150
96
120
3
125
48
60
2
70
39
48
139
174
3
175
120
151
3
175
60
75
2
80
48
60
12
12.4
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
138
173
3
175
111
138
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
157
196
4
200
125
157
83
104
2
110
72
90
2
100
36
45
1
50
29
36
3
125
156
3
175
108
135
3
150
54
68
2
70
43
54
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
14
13.6
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
138
173
3
175
111
138
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
157
196
4
200
125
157
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
181
226
4
250
145
181
LEGEND
kW
— Kilowatts
MOCP — Maximum Overcurrent Protection
ARI — Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
FLA — Full Load Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. “Free” additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.
†MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).
NOTES:
1. Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of ARI standard 430 certification.
3. To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
5. Heater kW offering is controlled by AHUBuilder® program. This table for reference only.
39M
UNIT
SIZE
NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
(fpm)
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
20
20
20
25
35
40
45
20
20
25
40
50
70
80
25
40
50
70
80
90
100
25
40
50
70
80
100
110
125
25
40
50
70
80
100
125
150
175
40
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
MOCP
8
15
23
30
38
46
53
15
23
30
46
61
76
91
30
46
61
76
91
106
122
30
46
61
76
91
114
137
152
30
46
61
76
91
122
152
175
198
46
68
91
122
152
175
198
228
Total
FLA
10
19
29
38
48
57
67
19
29
38
57
76
95
114
38
57
76
95
114
133
152
38
57
76
95
114
143
171
190
38
57
76
95
114
152
190
219
247
57
86
114
152
190
219
247
—
MCA†
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
1
1
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
1
2
2
3
4
4
5
5
No.
Sub
Ckt
380/3/50 VOLTS
20
20
30
40
50
60
70
20
30
40
60
80
100
125
40
60
80
100
125
150
175
40
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
40
60
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
60
90
125
175
200
225
250
300
MOCP
96
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
NO. OF
CONTROL
STEPS*
30
45
60
75
80
100
125
150
175
40
50
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
220
40
50
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
40
50
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
HEATER
COIL
kW
NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
(fpm)
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
12
17
23
29
31
38
48
58
67
12
15
18
24
30
38
46
53
61
67
11
14
16
22
27
34
41
48
55
62
69
9
11
13
17
22
27
33
38
44
49
54
60
TEMP
RISE
(F)
83
125
167
208
222
278
—
—
—
111
139
167
222
278
—
—
—
—
—
111
139
167
222
278
—
—
—
—
—
—
111
139
167
222
278
347
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total
FLA
104
156
208
261
278
347
—
—
—
139
174
208
278
347
—
—
—
—
—
139
174
208
278
347
—
—
—
—
—
—
139
174
208
278
347
434
—
—
—
—
—
—
MCA†
2
3
4
5
5
6
—
—
—
3
3
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
4
5
6
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
208/3/60 VOLTS
110
175
225
300
300
350
—
—
—
150
175
225
300
350
—
—
—
—
—
150
175
225
300
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
150
175
225
300
350
450
—
—
—
—
—
—
MOCP
72
108
145
181
193
241
—
—
—
96
120
145
193
241
—
—
—
—
—
96
120
145
193
241
—
—
—
—
—
—
96
120
145
193
241
301
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total
FLA
90
135
181
226
241
301
—
—
—
120
151
181
241
301
—
—
—
—
—
120
151
181
241
301
—
—
—
—
—
—
120
151
181
241
301
376
—
—
—
—
—
—
MCA†
2
3
4
4
5
6
—
—
—
3
3
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
4
5
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
4
5
6
7
—
—
—
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
240/3/60 VOLTS
100
150
200
250
250
350
—
—
—
125
175
200
250
350
—
—
—
—
—
125
175
200
250
350
—
—
—
—
—
—
125
175
200
250
350
400
—
—
—
—
—
—
MOCP
36
54
72
90
96
120
151
181
211
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
265
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
331
Total
FLA
45
68
90
113
120
151
188
226
263
60
75
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
331
60
75
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
339
376
60
75
90
120
151
188
226
263
301
339
376
414
MCA†
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
7
No.
Sub
Ckt
480/3/60 VOLTS
50
70
100
125
125
175
200
250
300
70
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
350
70
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
350
400
70
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
350
400
450
MOCP
29
43
58
72
77
96
120
145
169
39
48
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
212
39
48
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
217
241
39
48
58
77
96
120
145
169
193
217
241
265
Total
FLA
36
54
72
90
96
120
151
181
211
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
265
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
48
60
72
96
120
151
181
211
241
271
301
331
MCA†
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
No.
Sub
Ckt
600/3/60 VOLTS
LEGEND
ARI — Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
kW
— Kilowatts
MOCP — Maximum Overcurrent Protection
FLA — Full Load Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. “Free” additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.
†MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).
NOTES:
1. Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of ARI standard 430 certification.
3. To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
5. Heater kW offering is controlled by AHUBuilder® program. This table for reference only.
29.3
30
21
21
23.3
16.6
17
25
HEATER
AREA
(sq ft)
39M
UNIT
SIZE
Table 27 — Electric Heater Data (cont)
40
60
80
100
100
125
175
200
225
50
70
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
300
50
70
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
300
350
50
70
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
300
350
350
MOCP
46
68
91
114
122
152
190
228
266
61
76
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
335
61
76
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
—
—
61
76
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
—
—
—
Total
FLA
57
86
114
143
152
190
238
285
333
76
95
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
418
76
95
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
—
—
76
95
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
—
—
—
MCA†
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
—
—
2
2
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
380/3/50 VOLTS
60
90
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
—
—
80
100
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
—
—
—
MOCP
97
HEATER
AREA
(sq ft)
NO. OF
CONTROL
STEPS*
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
400
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
HEATER
COIL
kW
TEMP
RISE
(F)
Total
FLA
MCA†
No.
Sub
Ckt
MOCP
Total
FLA
MCA†
No.
Sub
Ckt
240/3/60 VOLTS
MOCP
Total
FLA
MCA†
No.
Sub
Ckt
480/3/60 VOLTS
Table 27 — Electric Heater Data (cont)
208/3/60 VOLTS
MOCP
Total
FLA
MCA†
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
No.
Sub
Ckt
600/3/60 VOLTS
10
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
13
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
17
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
21
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
151
188
4
200
120
151
25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
181
226
4
250
145
181
29
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
211
263
5
300
169
211
36
38
6
34
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
241
301
6
350
193
241
38
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
271
339
6
350
217
271
42
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
301
376
7
400
241
301
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
361
452
8
500
289
361
59
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
421
527
9
600
337
421
9
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
12
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
15
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
19
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
151
188
4
200
120
151
23
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
181
226
4
250
145
181
40
41.9
6
27
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
211
263
5
300
169
211
30
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
241
301
6
350
193
241
38
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
301
376
7
400
241
301
46
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
361
452
8
500
289
361
53
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
421
527
9
600
337
421
61
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
482
602
11
700
385
482
7
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
10
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
12
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
151
188
4
200
120
151
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
181
226
4
250
145
181
21
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
211
263
5
300
169
211
50
52.6
6
24
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
241
301
6
350
193
241
30
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
301
376
7
400
241
301
36
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
361
452
8
500
289
361
42
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
421
527
9
600
337
421
49
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
482
602
11
700
385
482
55
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
434
542
61
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
482
602
6
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
200
72
90
2
100
58
72
8
222
278
5
300
193
241
5
250
96
120
3
125
77
96
10
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
350
120
151
3
175
96
120
13
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
151
188
4
200
120
151
15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
181
226
4
250
145
181
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
211
263
5
300
169
211
61
63.1
6
20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
241
301
6
350
193
241
25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
301
376
7
400
241
301
30
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
361
452
8
500
289
361
35
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
421
527
9
600
337
421
40
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
482
602
11
700
385
482
46
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
434
542
51
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
482
602
LEGEND
ARI — Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
kW
— Kilowatts
MOCP — Maximum Overcurrent Protection
FLA — Full Load Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. “Free” additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.
†MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).
NOTES:
1. Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of ARI standard 430 certification.
3. To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
5. Heater kW offering is controlled by AHUBuilder® program. This table for reference only.
39M
UNIT
SIZE
NOMINAL
COIL
FACE
VELOCITY
(fpm)
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
450
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
350
400
450
500
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
80
100
125
175
200
225
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
MOCP
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
342
380
—
—
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
380
—
—
—
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
380
—
—
—
—
—
91
122
152
190
228
266
304
380
—
—
—
—
—
Total
FLA
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
428
475
—
—
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
475
—
—
—
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
475
—
—
—
—
—
114
152
190
238
285
333
380
475
—
—
—
—
—
MCA†
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
8
—
—
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
—
—
—
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
—
—
—
—
—
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
—
—
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
380/3/50 VOLTS
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
—
—
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
—
—
—
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
—
—
—
—
—
125
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
—
—
—
—
—
MOCP
98
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
—
—
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
—
—
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
—
—
—
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
—
—
—
200
350
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
200
350
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
200
350
500
700
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
200
350
500
700
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
90
151
226
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
—
—
90
151
226
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
—
—
90
151
226
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
828
903
—
—
—
90
151
226
301
376
452
527
602
677
753
828
903
—
—
—
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
—
—
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
—
—
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
16
—
—
—
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
16
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
480/3/60 VOLTS
MCA†
100
175
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
—
—
100
175
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
—
—
100
175
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
—
—
—
100
175
250
350
400
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
—
—
—
MOCP
58
96
145
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
530
578
58
96
145
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
530
578
58
96
145
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
530
578
626
674
723
58
96
145
193
241
289
337
385
434
482
530
578
626
674
723
Total
FLA
*Standard control steps are listed under the Control Step heading. “Free” additional steps of control are optionally available when the number of subcircuits exceeds the standard number of control steps.
†MCA = 1.25 x FLA; for proper wire sizing, refer to Table 310-16 of the NEC (National Electrical Code).
NOTES:
1. Subcircuits are internal heater circuits of 48 amps or less.
2. Electric heat performance is not within the scope of ARI standard 430 certification.
3. To avoid damage due to overheating, minimum face velocity cannot fall below 350 fpm.
4. Heaters up to (and including) 60 kW have 3 control steps; beyond 60 kW, 6 steps are standard.
5. Heater kW offering is controlled by AHUBuilder® program. This table for reference only.
Total
FLA
MOCP
Table 27 — Electric Heater Data (cont)
208/3/60 VOLTS
240/3/60 VOLTS
NOMINAL
TEMP
COIL
39M
HEATER
NO. OF
HEATER
No.
No.
RISE
FACE
UNIT
AREA
CONTROL
COIL
Total
Total
MCA†
Sub
MOCP
MCA†
Sub
(F)
VELOCITY
SIZE
(sq ft)
STEPS*
kW
FLA
FLA
Ckt
Ckt
(fpm)
60
500
5
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
100
500
9
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
150
500
13
417
521
9
600
361
452
8
200
500
17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
250
500
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
300
500
26
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
72
73.5
6
350
500
30
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
400
500
35
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
450
500
39
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
500
500
43
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
550
500
48
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
600
500
52
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
60
500
4
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
100
500
7
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
150
500
11
417
521
9
600
361
452
8
200
500
15
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
250
500
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
300
500
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
85
86.9
6
350
500
26
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
400
500
29
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
450
500
33
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
500
500
37
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
550
500
40
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
600
500
44
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
60
500
4
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
100
500
7
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
150
500
10
417
521
9
600
361
452
8
200
500
13
—
—
—
—
482
602
11
250
500
16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
300
500
20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
350
500
23
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
96
98.0
6
400
500
26
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
450
500
29
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
500
500
33
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
550
500
36
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
600
500
39
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
650
500
42
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
700
500
46
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
750
500
49
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
60
500
3
167
208
4
225
145
181
4
100
500
6
278
347
6
350
241
301
6
150
500
9
417
521
9
600
361
452
8
200
500
11
—
—
—
—
482
602
11
250
500
14
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
300
500
17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
350
500
20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
110
112.3
6
400
500
23
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
450
500
26
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
500
500
28
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
550
500
31
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
600
500
34
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
650
500
37
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
700
500
40
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
750
500
43
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
ARI — Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
kW — Kilowatts
MOCP — Maximum Overcurrent Protection
FLA — Full Load Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
783
843
903
72
120
181
241
301
361
421
482
542
602
662
723
783
843
903
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
No.
Sub
Ckt
600/3/60 VOLTS
MCA†
80
125
200
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
700
80
125
200
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
700
80
125
200
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
700
80
125
200
250
350
400
450
500
600
700
700
700
700
700
700
MOCP
91
152
228
304
380
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
91
152
228
304
380
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
91
152
228
304
380
456
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
91
152
228
304
380
456
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total
FLA
114
190
285
380
475
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
114
190
285
380
475
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
114
190
285
380
475
570
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
114
190
285
380
475
570
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
4
5
7
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
4
5
7
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
4
5
7
8
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
4
5
7
8
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
No.
Sub
Ckt
380/3/50 VOLTS
MCA†
125
200
300
400
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
125
200
300
400
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
125
200
300
400
500
600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
125
200
300
400
500
600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MOCP
Energy Recovery Ventilation (ERV) Sections
CAUTION
The assembled sections will result in a unit center of gravity (CG) higher than the horizontal centerline. Exercise
proper care when rigging, lifting and transporting. Units
with a high CG will tip over more easily during installation
than those with a lower CG..
RECEIVING AND INSPECTION — Inspect the section for
freight damage upon receipt. Inspect the cassette that is mounted inside the section. The cassette consists of a frame, wheel
assembly and segments. Verify that the wheel turns freely by
hand (clockwise when viewed from the pulley side). Report
any damage immediately to the freight company.
RIGGING AND STACKING — The ERV section sizes
03-17 are shipped fully assembled. These units can be stacked
and unstacked, as required, during installation by following the
same procedure as for larger units described below.
NOTE: If an ERV section (size 08-17) does not fit through a
doorway, it may be taken apart by removing the top of the
section frame. This will expose the ERV wheel; take precautions not to damage the wheel while moving the section. Once
the section is in place, put the top of the section frame back on.
The ERV section sizes 21-30 are shipped unstacked due to
shipping height limitations. The lower sections are all assembled on baserails and all fastened together on a single skid. The
upper sections are on a separate skid and fastened together.
Rigging and setting the lower sections is the same as for a standard 39M indoor base unit. Refer to the Rigging Information
label on the unit.
a39-4227
Fig. 88 — Lifting/Holddown Brackets
CAUTION
The upper sections MUST be rigged and lifted one at a
time or injury or unit damage may occur.
Rigging and lifting upper sections:
1. Use the 4 lifting/holddown brackets (Fig. 88) holding the
row of sections to the skid, and/or a second set of brackets
shipped loose with the unit. For 12-in. airway length sections, use the bracket shown in Fig. 89.
2. Separate each section one at a time and install brackets at
each corner using the screws provided. Be careful not to
strip out the holes in the section frame. Lift and set the
section on top of the lower sections.
For sizes 21-30, upper sections should be stacked onto the
lower sections starting with the upper wheel section, and
then moving outward to each end of the unit.
3. Once the upper wheel section is in place and fastened
down to the lower section, subsequent sections should be
placed close to the side of the upper wheel section.
Lifting brackets may make it difficult to butt sections
tight together at this point.
With rigging still in place, but strap/chain tension
relieved, remove the 2 lifting brackets interfering with the
installed section, then place tension back onto the rigging
to assist in sliding sections together. Fasten upper sections
together tightly first, then tighten screws downward into
the lower section frame.
Repeat this process for the remaining ERV sections.
a39-4228
Fig. 89 — 12-in. Airway Bracket
99
7. Check fan speed with a strobe-type tachometer or use the
following formula:
Obtain the motor rpm from the fan motor nameplate and
read sheave pitch diameters marked on the fan and motor
pulleys, or approximate the pitch diameters by using the
pulley ODs.
Then:
ERV WHEEL MOTOR WIRING — All ERV wheel motors
have stripped back power leads. For units with 3-phase wheel
motors, install and route the proper wire type and size directly
to the motor junction box provided.
For units with single-phase wheel motors connections must
be made in a separate, field-installed junction box. This
junction box must be installed in the ERV section close to the
motor.
Refer to Table 28 for motor electrical data.
Motor Rpm x Motor Sheave
Pitch Diameter (in.)
Fan RPM =
Fan Sheave Pitch Diameter (in.)
Table 28 — Electrical Requirements for
Energy Wheel Motor
MOTR
VOLTS-PHASE-Hz
115-1-50/60
200-230/460-3-60
200/400-3-50
575-3-60
39M
UNIT SIZES
03, 06
08, 10
12, 14, 17, 21
25, 30
08, 10
12, 14, 17, 21
25, 30
08, 10, 12,14
17, 21
25, 30
MOTOR
HP
80 w
1/6
1/6
1/4
1/6
1/6
1/3
MOTOR
AMPS (a)
0.7
1.03-1.04/0.52
0.80-0.75/0.38
2.3-2.5/1.2
1.04/0.52
0.80/0.40
3.4/1.8
1/6
0.3
1/3
1.4
Example:
Nameplate Motor
RPM
Motor Sheave Pitch
Diameter
Fan Sheave Pitch
Diameter
Fan RPM
Actual
Approximate
=
1760
1760
=
8.9
9.0 (OD)
=
12.4
12.5 (OD)
=
=
1760 x 8.9
12.4
1263 RPM
1760 x 9.0
12.5
= 1267 RPM
Refer to Tables 2A-2D for maximum allowable fan
speeds for fan wheels. Excessive fan speed may result in
condensate carryover from cooling coil or fan motor
overload and wheel failure.
8. Check direction of rotation (see Fig. 77). Arrow on drive
side of fan housing indicates correct direction of rotation.
START-UP
Checklist — Remove all construction debris from unit
interior. Verify that all drains are free of debris. Prime all condensate traps.
FILTERS — Install unit filters in all filter sections.
AIRFOIL AND FORWARD-CURVED FANS
1. Release the holddown that fastens the fan sled to the section base on isolated units.
2. Check lubrication of fan, motor bearings, and linkages.
a. Note that bearings are shipped completely full of
grease for corrosion protection and may run warm
temporarily on start-up until excess grease has
discharged.
b. Hand operate all linkages, such as damper and
guide vanes, to check for freedom of movement.
3. Check tightness of bearing setscrews (Fig. 90) or locking
collars (Fig. 91). Also, check tightness of setscrews on
fan wheels and sheaves.
4. Check tightness of fan-shaft bearing mounting. See
Fig. 91.
5. Recheck sheave alignment and belt tension. (Refer to
Fig. 32 and 33.)
6. Hand turn fan to make certain fan wheel does not rub in
housing.
CAUTION
Drive ratios of 1:1 may cause excessive vibration. Avoid if
possible.
9. Check vibration. If excessive vibration occurs, check for
the following:
a. Variable sheave (if air balance of system has been
accomplished; replace sheave with fixed sheave for
continuous application).
b. Drive misalignment.
c. Mismatched, worn, or loose belts.
d. Wheel or sheaves loose on shaft.
e. Loose bearings.
f. Loose mounting bolts.
g. Motor out of balance.
h. Sheaves eccentric or out of balance.
i. Vibration isolators improperly adjusted.
j. Out-of-balance or corroded wheel (rebalance or
replace if necessary).
k. Accumulation of material on wheel (remove excess
material).
100
a39-2048
TORQUE TABLE
a39-2047
CAPSCREW AND
SETSCREW
SIZE (No./in.)
10
1/
4
5/
16
3/
8
7/
16
1/
2
5/
8
3/
4
DRIVE PULLEY
NOMINAL
SCREW SIZE
No. 6
No. 8
No. 10
1/
4
5/
16
3/
8
TORQUE
(in.-lb)
9
16
30
70
140
216
HEX HEAD
ACROSS
FLATS (in.)
3/
32
1/
8
5/
32
3/
16
7/
32
1/
4
5/
16
3/
8
SQUARE HD
ACROSS
FLATS (in.)
—
—
—
—
—
1/
2
—
—
TORQUE
25 in.-lb
60 in.-lb
10 ft-lb
17 ft-lb
25 ft-lb
40 ft-lb
90 ft-lb
125 ft-lb
BEARING HOLDDOWN BOLT TORQUE
BOLT SIZE (in.)
3/ - 16
8
1/ - 13
2
5/ - 11
8
3/ - 10
4
TORQUE (ft-lb)
30
63
100
165
Fig. 90 — Fan, Shaft and Bearing Details — Roller
— Extended Race, One or Both Sides
Fig. 91 — Fan, Shaft and Bearing Details —
Squeeze-Type Locking Collar
PLENUM FANS — Start-up procedures for plenum fans are
similar to those for airfoil or forward-curved fans described in
the preceding section. Also refer to the fan manufacturer’s
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance instructions shipped
with the plenum fan section for further details.
HUMIDIFIER INSTALLATION CHECKLIST — Ensure:
1. Humidifier is properly assembled with all discharge slots
facing the proper direction. (Multipipe systems have the
vertical slots in line with the manifolds, 90 degrees to the
airflow.)
2. Humidifier headers are secured and level.
3. Humidifier upright discharge manifolds are plumb.
4. Valve and trap assembly is properly assembled and connected to the humidifier header.
5. P-trap is installed on discharge of each header.
6. Steam feed line is properly run, sloped and connected to
the valve and trap assembly inlet.
7. Controls are properly wired.
HUMIDIFIER START-UP
1. Slowly open the steam isolation valve from the steam
supply line. You should be able to hear steam running
through the valve. Wait a few minutes for the steam to
heat up the entire line to the humidifier and for all condensate to clear through the trap.
2. Verify that the steam trap on the valve/trap assembly
of the humidifier is working properly — condensate
discharge line should be hot.
3. With air flowing in the duct or air handler, create a humidification demand by increasing the humidity control
set point until it exceeds the actual humidity reading.
4. The valve on the humidifier should begin to open and
steam should enter the humidifier manifolds.
5. Initially most of the steam will condense as it heats the
manifolds. Ensure that the P-traps on the manifolds are
clear and running to drain without leaking steam.
NOTE: On first start-up, some steam may leak from the
P-traps on the manifolds if they have not been primed
(filled with water).
6. Steam should begin exiting the humidifier manifolds.
7. Return the humidity control set point to the desired level.
COILS
Water Coil — Typical coil vents, drains, and lifting points are
shown in Fig. 60. Open the vent plug, partially turn on the
water supply until air is exhausted, and replace the vent plug.
Fully turn on the water supply.
Direct Expansion Coil — Charge with refrigerant. Refer to
Condensing Unit instructions. Refrigerant operating charge is
shown in Table 11, page 28.
101
5. Start and stop the wheel several times to confirm seal adjustment and to confirm that the belt is tracking properly
on the wheel rim (approximately 1/4-in. from outer edge
of rim).
Steam Coil
1. Generate steam in the steam main and open the supply
(gate) valve to the coil.
2. Thoroughly preheat the coil with steam before starting
fans, especially when inlet air temperature is below
freezing. If water hammer occurs, turn off fans until condensate trapped in coils is reduced by heat and steam
pressure.
3. Ensure continuous-vent petcock is open; also check operation of gate valves, control valve, and check valves.
4. After operating coil for 50 hours, check strainer and
remove any foreign matter. Check traps and drip lines for
correct condensate removal. Where necessary, increase
the pitch of lines to increase condensate drainage. (Recheck operation after 50 hours and repeat if necessary.)
INTEGRAL FACE AND BYPASS COIL START-UP — Ensure that the damper operator allows the dampers to fully
close the face and reverses to fully close the bypass. Set the
thermostat so that the face opens and bypass closes when heat
is required.
On start-up, the steam or hot water supply will be fully expanded prior to start of airflow. Allow time for all air to be
purged from the system and for the heating surface to fully
warm up in order to avoid heating lag.
Preheating a cold system will avoid excessive steam
condensate loading at the start of operation of a steam heating
system. It also protects steam and hot water units against
freezing up when subject to sub-freezing air temperatures.
After preheating, fully open the dampers for full-face exposure
(bypass closed). Start airflow. Set thermostat for desired air
temperature.
ELECTRIC HEATERS
1. Check tightness of all electrical connections.
2. Remove heater circuit fuses.
3. Turn on power to activate transformer.
4. Start up base unit fans. Check airflow and switches. Refer
to base unit instructions as required.
5. Set thermostats so that heater contactors will operate.
6. Shut off unit power.
7. Reinstall fuses.
8. Turn on unit power and heater power.
2 ROTATE AWAY
FROM WHEEL RIM
SEGMENT
RETAINER
CATCH
SPOKE
1 PUSH
TOWARD
CENTER
a39-2379
WHEEL RIM
CENTER OF
WHEEL
Fig. 92— Segment Retainer
ZEROING THE MAGNEHELIC GAGE BEFORE STARTUP — While power is off, set the indicating pointer exactly on
the zero mark using the external zero adjust screw on the cover
at the bottom. Note that the zero check or adjustment can only
be made while the high and low pressure taps are both open to
atmosphere.
SERVICE
CAUTION
Electric shock hazard. Disconnect power before entering or
servicing.
More than one disconnect switch may be required to deenergize the equipment.
General
1. Review Safety Considerations at beginning of these
instructions. Good safety habits are important tools when
performing service procedures.
2. To make speed measurements, use a strobe-style tachometer or calculate per Step 7 of Start-Up, Checklist for
Airfoil and Forward-Curved Fans.
Energy Recovery Wheel
Electric Heaters — At least once a year at start of operating season or whenever unit is serviced, check field and
factory-made electrical connections for tightness. Also periodically clean filters, fan, airways, ductwork, grilles, and registers
as required. Differential air pressure switch is factory set
to open at 0.07 in. wg, close at 0.05 in. wg and requires no
adjustment.
Refer to the Troubleshooting section for more information.
Heater electrical data is shown in Table 27.
CAUTION
Keep hands away from rotating wheel. Contact with rotating wheel can cause physical injury.
1. By hand, turn the wheel clockwise (as viewed from the
pulley side), to verify that the wheel turns freely through a
full 360-degree rotation.
2. Before applying power to the drive motor, confirm that
the wheel segments are fully engaged in the wheel frame
and that the segment retainers are completely fastened.
(See Fig. 92).
3. With hands and objects away from moving parts, activate
the unit and confirm wheel rotation. The wheel rotates
clockwise (as viewed from the pulley side).
4. If the wheel has difficulty starting, turn the power off and
inspect for excessive interference between the wheel
surface and each of the four (4) diameter seals. To correct,
loosen the diameter seal adjusting screws and back
adjustable diameter seals away from the surface of the
wheel, apply power to confirm that the wheel is free to
rotate, then re-adjust and tighten the hub and diameter
seals according to the instructions in the Service section.
Fan Motor Replacement
1. Shut off motor power.
2. Disconnect and tag power wires at motor terminals.
3. Loosen motor brace-to-mounting-rail attaching bolts.
Loosen belt tensioning bolts to adjust the motor position
so V-belts can be removed without stretching over
grooves.
4. Mark belt as to position. Remove and set aside belts.
5. Remove motor to motor bracket holddown bolts.
102
6. Rinse dirty solution from segments and remove excess
water before reinstalling the segments in the wheel.
7. Replace the segments using the Segment Installation and
Replacement procedure on page 104.
To clean wheels (size 03-06) use the procedure and refer to
Fig. 94:
1. Remove the ERV section side access panel.
2. Remove wheel center partition holddown bracket (1).
3. Lift and remove wheel center partition (2).
4. Remove the upper (3) and lower (4) wheel retainer
angles, being careful wheel does not tip and fall out.
5. Slide wheel cassette out of frame (toward main AHU),
and out the side of the unit (5).
6. Follow Steps 2 through 4 of the cleaning procedure for
removable segments.
7. Reinstall the wheel into the section by reversing Steps 1-5.
6. Remove motor pulley and set aside.
7. Remove motor.
NOTE: It may be necessary to remove the end panel to
remove larger motors for some unit sizes.
8. Install new motor. Reassemble by reversing Steps 3-7. Be
sure to reinstall multiple belts in their original positions.
Use a complete new set if required. Do not stretch belts
over sheaves. Review the sections on motor and sheave
installation, sheave alignment, and belt tensioning on
pages 59-61.
9. Reconnect motor leads, remove tags, and restore power.
Check fan for proper rotation as described in Start-Up,
Checklist.
Energy Recovery Ventilation — Routine maintenance
of the energy recovery cassettes includes inspection and cleaning. On occasion, a part may need to be completely replaced.
IMPORTANT: This unit contains an energy recovery
wheel heat transfer device. Proper service and maintenance must be conducted as outlined below, or loss of
heat transfer and overall system performance will
occur.
1. Remove and clean or replace filters in adjoining
section to the ERV wheel every 6 months or sooner,
as required.
2. Remove and wash ERV wheel (or individual segments, if so equipped) every 6 months, or every
3 months max for smoky or polluted environments.
See instructions for removal and cleaning details.
CLEANING — Periodic cleaning of the energy recovery
wheel will depend on operating schedule, climate and contaminants in the indoor air exhausted and the outdoor air supplied to
the building.
The wheel is “self-cleaning” with respect to dry particles
due to its laminar flow characteristics. Smaller particles pass
through; larger particles land on the surface and are blown clear
as the flow direction is reversed. Any material that builds up on
the face of the wheel can be removed with a brush or vacuum.
All sizes can be vacuumed.
Cleaning the removable segments (size 08-30) or the entire
wheel (size 03-06) will remove oil-based aerosols that have
condensed on energy transfer surfaces.
To clean removable segments (size 08-30):
1. Access the wheel from the exhaust fan side. This may be
easiest from the adjoining section, depending on the type of
section installed. If it is necessary to access from the side of
the wheel section, remove side baffle as shown in Fig. 93.
This requires removing the screws (1) and (2) shown.
2. Unlock two segment retainers, one on each side of the
selected segment opening.
3. Use the tip of a flat screw driver to pop the segment out of
the wheel. Repeat for each segment.
4. Brush foreign material from the face of the wheel. Wash
the segments (or small wheels) in a 5% solution of nonacid based coil cleaner (such as Acti-Klean) or an alkaline
detergent and warm water.
5. Soak the segments in the solution until grease and tar
deposits are loosened. (NOTE: some staining of the
desiccant may remain and is not harmful to performance.)
For better cleaning action, rapidly run a finger across the
segment’s surface to separate polymer strips.
a39-2380
Fig. 93 — Remove Side Baffles
a39-2381
Fig. 94 — Remove Wheel for Cleaning
(Sizes 03-06 Only)
103
CASSETTE REPLACEMENT
1. Inspect the replacement cassette for freight damage upon
receipt. Inspect the cassette frame, wheel assembly and
segments for damage and verify that the wheel turns
freely by hand (clockwise when viewed from pulley
side). Report any damage immediately to the freight
company.
2. Handle ERV cassettes with care. Lift by the bearing
support beam. Holes are provided on both sides of the
bearing support beams to facilitate rigging (Fig. 95).
3. Remove the ERV section side access panel.
4. Refer to Fig. 94. Remove wheel center partition holddown bracket (1).
5. Lift and Remove wheel center partition (2).
6. Remove the upper (3) and lower (4) wheel retainer
angles, being careful wheel does not tip and fall out.
7. Slide wheel cassette out of frame (toward main AHU),
and out side of unit (5).
8. The new ERV section may be mounted in any orientation.
However, make certain that the frame remains flat and
the bearing beams are not racked as shown in Fig. 96.
9. To ensure that the beams are not racked, check that the
distance between the wheel rim and bearing beam is the
same at each end of the bearing beam, to within 1/4 of an
inch (dimension A and B in Fig. 96). Bearing beam racking of as little as .040 inches (Dim C in Fig. 96) will cause
the wheel to tilt 3/16 in. at the rim. Adjusting the
diameter seals (Fig. 97) will compensate for up to 1/4 in.
of racking.
NOTE: If racking is greater than 1/4 in., it must be corrected to ensure that the drive belt will not disengage from the
wheel.
10. Wheel sections installed at angles greater than 30 degrees
from vertical will require seal adjustment (Fig. 97).
Adjust the diameter seals to avoid excessive wheel drag.
A final check of seal adjustment is recommended for all
designs.
ADJUSTING AIR SEALS — Four adjustable diameter seals
are provided on each cassette to minimize air transfer between
the counterflowing airstreams.
To adjust diameter seals:
1. Loosen the diameter seal adjusting screws and back seals
away from wheel surface (Fig. 97).
2. Rotate the wheel clockwise until two opposing spokes are
hidden behind the bearing support beam.
3. Using a folded piece of paper as a feeler gauge, position
the paper between the wheel surface and the diameter
seals.
4. Adjust the seals towards the wheel surface until a slight
friction on the feeler gauge (paper) is detected when the
gauge is moved along the length of the spoke.
5. Retighten the adjusting screws and recheck clearance
with the feeler gauge.
SEGMENT INSTALLATION AND REPLACEMENT —
Wheel segments are secured to the wheel frame by a segment
retainer, which pivots on the wheel rim and is held in place by
a segment retaining catch (Fig. 98).
To install wheel segments follow the steps below and refer
to Fig. 98.
1. Unlock two segment retainers, one on each side of the
selected segment opening.
2. With the embedded stiffener facing the motor side, insert
the nose of the segment between the hub plates.
a39-2382
HORIZONTAL
BEARING BEAM (2)
VERTICAL
BEARING BEAM (2)
Fig. 95 — Lifting Hole Locations
a39-2383
Fig. 96 — Avoid Racking of Frame
ROTATION
TO
REMOVE
TO
ADJUST
DIAMETER SEAL
ADJUSTING SCREWS
FEELER
GAUGE
a39-2384
Fig. 97 — Diameter Seal Adjustment
5
1
3
4
4
2
a39-2385
Fig. 98 — Segment Installation
104
3. Holding segment by the two outer corners, press the
segment towards the center of the wheel and inwards
against the spoke flanges. If hand pressure does not fully
seat the segment, insert the flat tip of a screw driver
between the wheel rim and the outer corners of the
segment and apply downward force while guiding the
segment into place.
4. Close and latch each segment retainer under the segment
retaining catch.
5. Slowly rotate the wheel 180 degrees. Install the second segment opposite the first for counterbalance. Rotate the two
installed segments 90 degrees to balance the wheel while
the third segment is installed. Rotate the wheel 180 degrees
again to install the fourth segment opposite the third.
Repeat this sequence with the remaining four segments.
WHEEL DRIVE MOTOR AND PULLEY REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect power to the wheel drive motor.
2. Remove the belt from the pulley and position it temporarily around the wheel rim.
3. Loosen the set screw in the wheel drive pulley using an
Allen wrench and remove the pulley from the motor drive
shaft.
4. While supporting the drive motor’s weight in one hand,
loosen and remove the four mounting bolts.
5. Install the replacement motor using the hardware kit
supplied.
6. Install the pulley to the dimension shown in Fig. 99 and
secure the set screw to the drive shaft.
7. Stretch the belt over the pulley and engage it in the
groove.
8. Follow the start-up procedure on page 100.
SOLID BELT REPLACEMENT (Fig. 100)
1. Obtain access to the pulley side bearing access plate.
Bearing access plates are not provided on 25 to 36-in.
cassettes. Remove the two bearing access plate retaining
screws and the access plate.
2. Using a hex wrench, loosen the set screw in the bearing
locking collar. Using a light hammer and drift (in drift pin
hole), tap the collar in the direction of wheel rotation to
unlock the collar. Remove the collar.
3. Using a socket wrench with extension, remove the two
nuts that secure the bearing housing to the bearing
support beam. Slide the bearing from the shaft.
NOTE: Slight hand pressure against wheel rim will lift
the wheel’s weight from the inner race of the bearing to
assist bearing removal and installation. If not removable
by hand, use a bearing puller.
4. Using a wrench, remove the diameter seal retaining
screws (25 to 68-in. cassettes). Remove diameter seals
(25 to 68-in. cassettes) from the bearing beam.
WHEEL
MODEL DIM A
NO.
1/ 
25-52
4
7/ 
58-68
16
a39-2386
Fig. 99 — Pulley Location
LOCKING
COLLAR
LOCKING
NUTS (2)
BEARING
ACCESS PLATE
BEARING
SUPPORT
BEAM
BELT (SHOWN
IN PLACE)
WHEEL RIM
WHEEL
BEARING
HOUSING
HUB (2)
TAPER-LOCK
HUB COLLAR (2)
SET
SCREW
SHAFT
DRITH
HOLE
LOCATING PIN
PULL
FEED
BELT
PULLEY
SIDE
MOTOR
SIDE
a39-2387
Fig. 100 — Solid Belt Replacement
7. Install the belts around the wheel and pulley according to
the instructions provided with the belt.
8. Reinstall the diameter seals and tighten the retaining
screws (see page 104 for seal adjustment). Rotate the
wheel clockwise to determine that it rotates freely with
slight drag on the seals.
9. Reinstall the bearing locking collar. Rotate the collar by
hand in the direction the wheel rotates (see label provided
on each cassette for wheel rotation). Lock the collar in
position by tapping the drift pin hole with a hammer and
drift. Secure in position by tightening the set screw.
10. Reinstall the bearing access cover.
11. Apply power to the wheel motor and ensure that the
wheel rotates freely without interference.
LINK BELT REPLACEMENT
CAUTION
WARNING
Protect hands and belt from possible sharp edges of hole in
bearing support beam.
Before performing service or maintenance operations on
unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock
could cause personal injury.
5. Form a small loop of belt and pass it through the hole in
the bearing support beam. Grasp the belt at the wheel hub
and pull the entire belt down. Loop the trailing end of the
belt over the shaft (Fig. 100 shows the solid belt partially
through the opening).
6. Reinstall the bearing onto the wheel shaft, being careful
to engage the two locating pins into the holes in the bearing support beam. Secure the bearing with the two selflocking nuts.
1. Confirm the model number on the replacement belt kit
matches the model number on the energy recovery
cassette label.
2. Remove any remnant of old belt from cassette.
3. At location near pulley, attach the hook end of belt to
wheel rim with tape, making sure that narrow side of “V”
belt is positioned against rim and link is covered by the
tape (see Fig. 101).
105
4. Rotate the wheel clockwise while feeding belt onto wheel
rim (be careful not to twist belt) until taped end returns to
pulley location. Remove tape from wheel.
5. Link belt ends together with belt wrapped around wheel
(Fig. 102).
6. Rotate wheel clockwise to position connector approximately 180 degrees from pulley location.
7. At pulley location, insert the right angle belt retaining clip
near spoke and between segment retainer latch and wheel
rim as shown in Fig. 103.
IMPORTANT: To avoid release of segment retainer
latch, do not insert retaining clip on other side of spoke.
a39-2997
8. Rotate wheel counterclockwise until belt retaining clip is
within a few inches of the wheel bearing beam (see
Fig. 104).
9. Lift and remove the belt from the wheel rim between a
point opposite the pulley and belt retaining clip and
stretch over pulley (see Fig. 105).
10. Rotate wheel clockwise until the belt is fully stretched
onto pulley and wheel rim.
11. Remove belt retaining clip and rotate wheel by hand two
rotations while observing that belt is not twisted as it
enters pulley. Also ensure that belt is tracking midway
between outer edge of rim and seal plate, or in belt guide
channel where provided.
12. Apply power to cassette and observe belt tracking under
power.
OTHER MAINTENANCE
Wheel Drive Motor Bearings are pre-lubricated and no further
lubrication is necessary.
The Wheel Drive Pulley is secured to the drive motor shaft by
a combination of either a key or D-slot and set screw. The set
screw is secured with removable locktite to prevent loosening.
Annually confirm that the set screw is secure.
The Wheel Drive Belt is a urethane stretch belt designed to
provide constant tension through the life of the belt. No adjustment is required. Inspect the drive belt annually for proper
tracking and tension. A properly tensioned belt will turn the
wheel immediately after power is applied with no visible
slippage during start-up.
Fig. 101 — Belt Attached to Wheel Rim
a39-2998
Fig. 102 — Belts Linked Together
SEGMENT RETAINER
LATCH
Cleaning Unit Interior/Exterior — Unit interior/exterior
panels should be wiped down using a damp soft cloth or sponge
with a mixture of warm water and a mild detergent. Avoid using
an abrasive cleaner, as damage to the paint could occur resulting
in rust and corrosion. Chemicals such as paint thinners can damage the painted panels and should be avoided.
BELT RETAINING
CLIP
CAUTION
a39-2999
Avoid washing unit electrical devices such as motors, starters, electric heater control boxes, damper/valve actuators,
sensors, switches, relays, etc. as serious personal injury or
damage to the device could result.
Fig. 103 — Detail of Belt Retaining Clip
and Segment Retained Latch
106
2. Wear the appropriate protective clothing (eyewear,
gloves, etc. ...).
3. Ensure there is sufficient access to the coil.
4. Use a vacuum with a soft tip brush to remove any dust
and loose debris from both sides of the coil.
5. Clean the leaving airside of the coil first, then the entering
airside, starting from the top of the coil and working
downward. Apply a mild non-foaming commercial coil
cleaner or detergent using a garden type sprayer. Rinse coil
gently with clean warm water, avoiding high-pressure
sprays, which can cause damage to coil fins. Use a blockoff plate to prevent the water or chemical cleaner from
blowing through the coil and into a clean, dry section of
the unit. Confirm that the condensate drain line is free of
debris during and following the coil cleaning process.
Excess water from cleaning may result in flooding the unit
as well as causing damage to the building if drain is
plugged. If coil section does not have a drain pan, it is
recommended that the coil be removed prior to cleaning.
6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 as necessary.
7. Allow the coil to dry thoroughly before placing the
system back into operation. A clean dry cloth may be
used to wipe down the interior panels before placing the
unit in operation.
8. Straighten any coil fins that may have been bent or damaged during the cleaning process with a fin rake.
9. Replace all panels and parts that may have been removed
prior to cleaning and restore electrical power to the unit.
10. Use caution to assure that no contaminated materials contact other areas of the unit or building. Properly dispose of
any polluted materials and cleaning fluids.
a39-3000
Fig. 104 — Detail of Belt Retaining Clip Location
a39-3001
Winter Shutdown — It is recommended that auxiliary
drain piping be added to coil piping if yearly winterizing of
coils is anticipated. This auxiliary piping should be located at
the highest and lowest point on the respective header connection for each coil.
ANTIFREEZE METHODS OF COIL PROTECTION
1. Close coil water supply and return valves.
2. Drain coil as follows:
Method I — ‘Break’ flange of coupling at each header
location. Separate flange or coupling connection to facilitate coil draining.
Method II — Open both valves to auxiliary drain piping.
3. After coil is drained, Method I, connect line with a
service valve and union from upper nozzle to an
antifreeze reservoir. Connect a self-priming reversible
pump between the low header connection and the
reservoir. Method II, make connection to auxiliary drain
valves.
4. Fill reservoir with any inhibited antifreeze acceptable to
code and underwriter authority.
5. Open service valve and circulate solution for 15 minutes;
then check its strength.
6. If solution is too weak, add more antifreeze until desired
strength is reached, then circulate solution through coil
for 15 minutes or until concentration is satisfactory.
7. Remove upper line from reservoir to reversible pump.
Drain coil to reservoir and then close service valve.
8. Break union and remove reservoir and its lines.
9. Leave coil flanges or coupling open and auxiliary drain
valves open until spring.
Fig. 105 — Belt Removal
Coil Cleaning — Chilled water, hot water, steam, and
direct expansion coils must be cleaned regularly to maintain
peak performance. Dirty coils can contribute to loss of cooling
or heating capacity and efficiency, increased operating costs,
and compressor problems on direct expansion systems. Dirt,
grease, and other oils can also reduce the wettability of the coil
surfaces, which can result in moisture blow-off from cooling
coils and resulting water leakage problems. If the grime on the
surface of the coils becomes wet, which commonly occurs with
cooling coils, microbial growth (mold) can result, causing foul
odors and health related indoor air quality problems.
Coils can become dirty over a period of time, especially if
air filter maintenance is neglected. Coils should be inspected
regularly and cleaned when necessary. If coil fins become dirty,
pressure clean with hot water and detergent or a commercial
coil cleaner. Ensure to rinse coils thoroughly after cleaning
with chemical cleaners.
CAUTION
Follow all directions provided with the chemical cleaners
to avoid personal injury, injury to others, and/or coil damage. Chemical coil cleaners may contain corrosive or harmful agents.
1. Disconnect all electrical power to the air-handling unit,
including any separate power supplies for unit mounted
controls (actuators, sensors, etc. …).
107
REMOVAL OF STACKED COILS (sizes 40 to 110) —
The coils in horizontal coil sections must be removed from either side of the unit. Once the external panels are removed
from the unit, the horizontal upper coil section frame members
are easily removable from the framework, to allow hoisting the
coil up and out of the unit.
1. Lock open, and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor
and electric heaters if present.
2. a. Remove service panel/coil connection panel and the
upstream service panel and set aside in a safe
place.
b. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree
angle. Set top rail aside.
3. a. On horizontal coil sections without another unit
section stacked on top, remove the flat corner plug
from each end piece of the top rail.
b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the
exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with
others; they are specific for this location. Set
screws aside for reinstallation of top rail.)
c. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree
angle. Set top rail aside.
AIR-DRYING METHOD OF COIL PROTECTION (Unit
and coil must be level for this method.)
1. Close coil water supply and return main valves.
2. Drain coil as described in procedures for Antifreeze
Methods of Coil Protection, preceding.
3. Connect air supply or air blower to inlet header connection and close its drain connection.
4. Circulate air and check for air-dryness by holding mirror
in front of open vent in outlet header drain connection.
Mirror will fog if water is still present.
5. Allow coil to stand for a few minutes; repeat Step 4 until
coil is dry.
Coil Removal
NOTE: To reinstall coils, refer to Coil Installation section on
page 69.
REMOVAL OF SINGLE HEIGHT COILS (sizes 0336) — The coils in horizontal coil sections must be removed
from either side of the unit. Once the external panels are removed from the unit, the horizontal upper coil section frame
members are easily removable from the framework, to allow
hoisting the coil up and out of the unit.
NOTE: Refer to Table 13 (Dry Coil Weights) in the front of
this manual before attempting to remove a coil from the unit.
1. Lock open and tag all power supplies to unit fan motor
and electric heaters if present.
2. Remove service panel/coil connection panel and the upstream service panel and set aside in a safe place.
3. a. On horizontal coil sections without another unit section stacked on top, remove the flat corner plug
from each end piece of the top rail.
b. Extract the Torx T25 screw visible within the
exposed cavity. (Do not mix these screws with
others; they are specific for this location. Set
screws aside for reinstallation of top rail.)
c. Remove the top rail by pulling out at a 45-degree
angle. Set top rail aside.
IMPORTANT: Properly support the coil to assure its stability before continuing with this procedure.
4. Remove the fastening screws of the uppermost coil from
the upstream side. Note that the fastening screws pass
through the vertical angle, baffles, and coil casing. See
Fig. 106. Removal of the fastening screws may require
reaching through an opened damper assembly, reaching
through a filter track after filters are removed, or removing a coil immediately upstream.
CAUTION
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT covered by warranty. Protect the finned surface from damage
during all handling and shipping.
IMPORTANT: Properly support the coil to assure its
stability before continuing with this procedure.
5. Slip the foam sealing sleeves off the connection nipples
before removing the coil and set the sleeves aside.
6. The upper coil may now be hoisted out through the top
opening, or carefully slid out either side of the cabinet.
Sections where the top frame rail cannot be removed may
require slightly tipping of the coil from the vertical position, to clear the upper frame rail and seal.
7. On the upstream side of the stacked coils, remove and
set aside the center baffle spanning the two coils (see
Fig. 106).
8. For sections that do not have a drain pan (heating only
sections), remove the three hat channel spacer supports
fastened to the top of the lower coil, and set aside.
9. For sections that do have a drain pan, remove the two hat
channel spacer supports from the bottom of the coil section and set aside.
10. Remove the intermediate condensate drain pan.
11. Remove the spacer (hat channel) secured to the top center
of the lower coil casing (see Fig. 107) and set aside.
4. Remove the fastening screws from the upstream perimeter face of the coil that attach the coil to the coil baffles.
This may require reaching through an opened damper
assembly, reaching through a filter track after filters are
removed, or removing a coil immediately upstream.
CAUTION
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection
nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT
covered by warranty. Protect the finned surface from
damage during all handling and shipping.
5. Slip the foam sealing sleeves off the connection nipples
before removing the coil and set the sleeves aside.
6. The coil may now be hoisted out through the top opening
or carefully slid out either side of the cabinet. Sections
where the top frame rail cannot be removed may require
slightly tipping of the coil from the vertical position, to
clear the upper frame rail and seal.
108
BAFFLE, TOP
CHANNEL, HAT
COIL FRAMES
BAFFLE, HEADER
CHANNEL, HAT
BAFFLE, HARPIN
ANGLE
ATTACHED TO COILS
BOTH SIDES
PAN, CONDENSATE
CENTERED WITHIN SECTION
IMPORTANT: ADHESIVE GASKET MUST BE
APPLIED TO THE FULL LENGTH OF THE
BOTTOM BAFFLE MATING FLANGE TO
CREATE SEAL BETWEEN THE COIL SIDE
CASING AND THE BAFFLE. SEE
ILLUSTRATION BELOW.
BAFFLE, CENTER
BAFFLE, BOTTOM
APPLY FLUSH TO THIS EDGE
GASKET, ADHESIVE
BOTTOM BAFFLE
a39-2920
Fig. 106 — Coil Frames and Baffle
CHANNEL, HAT
ATTACH WITH 4 SCREWS
TO COIL CASING
Changing Coil Hand
NOTE: Electric heat coil hand cannot be changed.
NOTE: The coil cover panel is not part of the coil. Remove
cover panel from end of unit. New holes must be cut in coil
cover panel. Original holes must be plugged and insulated.
New side panels may be necessary when changing coil hand.
NUFIN COILS — The NuFin coil is airflow direction sensitive, especially when used in dehumidifying applications.
Hydronic versions are counterflow circuited for full gravity
draining when installed level.
Correct installation will result in the typical bottom inlet on
leaving air face and top outlet on entering air face of coil, a
self-venting design. This will ensure cold air contact with cold
water, and warm air with hot water.
Coil repositioning for opposite hand application will compromise one or more of these characteristics. However, there
will be those situations where this may prove acceptable.
As a general rule, a change from counterflow circuiting to
parallel flow for sensible heating and cooling applications will
result in a 5% drop in net capacity per row of coil. In one and
two row heating coils, the actual drop may not be measurable,
thus of insignificant consequence.
It is important that the airflow direction of the NuFin coil be
adhered to when latent cooling is possible. Significant moisture
carryover from the face of the dehumidifying coil will result if
this rule is violated, even at very low face velocities. The same
result is often experienced if after-market fin coatings are
applied.
If a NuFin hydronic coil is installed with correct airflow, but
opposite piping hand, and counterflow is maintained, steps
must be taken to ensure that the coil is continuously vented,
and that the water velocity is maintained to prevent the coil
from air-binding.
a39-2921
Fig. 107 — Spacer (Hat Channel)
12. Remove the fastening screws of the lowermost coil from
the upstream side. Note that the fastening screws pass
through the vertical angle, baffles, and coil casing. See
Fig. 106. Removal of the fastening screws may require
reaching through an opened damper assembly, reaching
through a filter track after filters are removed, or removing a coil immediately upstream.
CAUTION
Do not handle the coil by the headers or connection nipples, as irreparable damage might occur that is NOT covered by warranty. Protect the finned surface from damage
during all handling and shipping.
13. Slip the foam sealing sleeves off the connection nipples
before removing the coil and set the sleeves aside.
14. The lower coil may now be hoisted out through the top
opening, or carefully slid out either side of the cabinet.
15. Inspect the adhesive backed gasket applied to the lower
baffle, spanning the entire unit, on the surface that
contacts the coil (see Fig. 106). If damaged, remove the
remainder of the old gasket and replace.
109
6. Check operation of thermostatic air vents, if used. A float
and thermostatic trap will contain a thermostatic air vent.
When the bellows is ruptured, it will fail closed.
7. Check operation of vacuum breakers.
8. Check operation of the thermal protection devices used
for freeze-up protection.
9. Steam or condensate should not be allowed to remain in
the coil during the off season.This will prevent the formation and build up of acids.
There are additional precautions and control strategies, as
found in various catalogues and in the ASHRAE Fundamentals
Handbook and in the Carrier System Design Guide — Piping
Section, when the entering-air temperature to the coil falls below 35 F. These conditions occur when IDT coils are used for
pre-heat and/or face and bypass applications.
Freeze up protection:
1. Use a strainer in the supply line and the dirt leg ahead of
the trap.
2. Use a vacuum breaker in the return.
3. Do not use overhead returns from the coil. A floodback
can occur.
4. An immersion thermostat to control outdoor-air dampers
and the fan motor is recommended. This control is activated when the steam supply fails or the condensate
temperature drops below a predetermined temperature,
usually 120 F.
5. On low pressure and vacuum systems, the immersion
thermostat may be replaced by a condensate drain with a
thermal element. This element opens and drains the coil
when the condensate temperature drops below 165 F.
Note the thermal condensate drain is limited to 5 psig
pressure. At greater coil pressures they will not open.
In spite of the precautions listed above, a coil may still
freeze up. An oversize capacity coil, at partial load, with a
modulating steam control valve will occasionally freeze.
Freezing occurs in the 20 F to 35 F range of entering-air
temperatures. A better installation would be an undersize coil,
with an on/off control valve with thermostatic control in the
outside air, set at 35 F air temperature, installed downstream of
the first coil; or setting the minimum steam pressure at 5 psig.
Hot or cold areas of the coil face (or otherwise broad temperature differences and stratification) are usually indications
that one or more circuits are air-locked internally. This can
result in coil freeze-up (a condition NOT covered by warranty).
Refrigerant coils may be rotated for opposite hand applications, maintaining the proper airflow direction.
Do not reposition the distributor(s), they will perform equally well in upflow or downflow positions. When soldering
expansion valves to up-feed distributors, use the minimum
satisfactory amount of solder to prevent damaging the valve or
plugging passages.
DIRECT EXPANSION COILS — Rotate the coil in vertical
plane and reinstall. Distributor must be on downstream side of
coil. (Refer to Fig. 108.)
CHILLED WATER AND HOT WATER COILS — These coils
can be rotated. If coil is rotated in vertical plane and reinstalled
with counterflow maintained, supply will be at the top of the coil
and return will be at the bottom. Ensure coil is continuously
vented and water velocity is maintained to prevent air binding.
CAUTION
Chilled and hot water coils must not be rotated horizontally. If coils are rotated horizontally, severe water blow-off
will result.
STEAM INNER DISTRIBUTING TUBE COILS — Rotate
in horizontal plane and reinstall. See Fig. 108.
PIPING — Direct expansion, chilled water, and hot water
coils should always be piped for counterflow. (Fluid should
enter the coil at the leaving-air side.) Steam coils must have the
condensate connection at bottom of coil.
To determine intervals for cleaning coils in contaminated air
operations, pressure taps should be installed across the coils
and checked periodically. Abnormal air pressure drop will indicate a need for cleaning the coils.
Annual maintenance should include:
1. Clean the line strainers.
2. Blow down the dirt leg.
3. Clean and check operation of steam traps.
4. Check operation of control valves.
5. Check the operation of check valves to prevent condensate flowback.
Filters — See Table 29 for filter data for flat filter section,
angle filter section, bag-cartridge filter section, and filter mixing box section. Filters are field supplied.
Air filters should be inspected regularly and changed when
dirty. Filter life can vary greatly from one unit to another, depending upon the application and the amount of contaminants
in the return and ventilation air entering the air handler. Each
job should be evaluated and maintenance schedules established
accordingly. At a minimum, the filters should be changed at the
beginning of the cooling and heating seasons.
Although not a direct part of the air handler, outdoor air inlet
screens and/or grilles that may be present should also be
checked regularly and cleaned as necessary. They can easily
become plugged with debris, grease, or other contaminants,
depending upon their location. This reduces the availability of
ventilation air, which can contribute to indoor air quality
problems.
All filter sections use adjustable blank-off plates to close off
any airway area not filled with filter media. Check blank-off
plates to prevent unfiltered air from bypassing the filters.
Blank-off plates must be on door side of unit.
BAG-CARTRIDGE FILTERS — Side loading bag-cartridge
filter section can use either bag or rigid filters, 6-in. to 30-in.
deep, with 7/8-in. header. They will not accept headerless rigid
filters.
DX AND ALL
WATER COILS
STEAM COILS
ONLY
a39-2388
Fig. 108 — Coil Rotation
110
Table 29 — Filter Data
FILTER SIZE
16x20
16x25
20x20
20x24
20x25
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
—
—
—
1
3.5
06
—
—
—
—
2
6.9
08
—
3
—
—
—
8.3
10
—
—
—
—
3
10.4
12x24
16x20
16x25
20x20
20x24
20x25
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
—
2
—
—
—
5.6
06
—
4
—
—
—
—
8.9
08
—
—
4
—
—
—
11.1
10
—
6
—
—
—
—
13.3
12x24
16x20
16x25
20x20
20x24
20x25
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
—
2
—
—
—
5.6
06
—
4
—
—
—
—
8.9
08
—
—
4
—
—
—
11.1
10
—
6
—
—
—
—
13.3
12x24
24x24
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
1
4
06
1
1
6
08
—
2
8
10
1
2
10
12x24
24x24
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
1
4
06
1
1
6
08
—
2
8
10
1
2
10
12x24
24x24
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
1
4
06
1
1
6
08
—
2
8
10
1
2
10
12x24
24x24
Face Area (sq ft)
03
—
1
4
06
1
1
6
08
—
2
8
10
1
2
10
39M UNIT SIZE
Flat Filter Arrangement (2-in. or 4-in.)
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
6
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
10
—
—
—
—
—
6
—
—
12
13
13.3
15.0
16.7
20.8
26.7
33.3
41.7
45.1
Angle Filter Arrangement (2-in. or 4-in.)
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
—
—
12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
12
12
16
—
24
6
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16
—
16.7
18.9
24.0
33.3
33.3
44.4
55.5
66.7
Filter Mixing Box Arrangement (2-in. or 4-in.)
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
—
—
12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
12
12
16
—
24
6
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16
—
16.7
18.9
24.0
33.3
33.3
44.4
55.5
66.7
Short Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
3
3
3
—
—
—
4
4
2
2
3
6
6
8
8
8
14
14
18
24
24
32
40
40
Long Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
3
3
3
—
—
—
4
4
2
2
3
6
6
8
8
8
14
14
18
24
24
32
40
40
Front Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
2
3
3
—
—
—
4
4
2
2
3
6
6
8
8
8
12
14
18
24
24
32
40
40
Front Load/Cartridge/HEPA Filter Arrangement
12
14
17
21
25
30
36
40
2
3
3
—
—
—
4
4
2
2
3
6
6
8
8
8
12
14
18
24
24
32
40
40
50
—
—
—
—
15
52.1
61
14
14
—
—
—
70.0
72
33
—
—
—
—
75.6
85
38
—
—
—
—
84.4
96
24
—
—
—
12
95.0
110
27
—
—
—
14
108.6
50
—
18
12
—
—
—
73.3
61
—
24
16
—
—
—
97.8
72
—
56
—
—
—
—
124.4
85
—
64
—
—
—
—
142.2
96
—
64
—
—
—
—
142.2
110
—
72
—
—
—
—
160.0
50
—
18
12
—
—
—
73.3
61
—
24
16
—
—
—
97.8
72
—
56
—
—
—
—
124.4
85
—
64
—
—
—
—
142.2
96
—
64
—
—
—
—
142.2
110
—
72
—
—
—
—
160.0
50
3
12
54
61
7
12
62
72
4
16
72
85
4
20
88
96
9
20
98
110
6
24
108
50
3
12
54
61
7
12
62
72
4
16
72
85
4
20
88
96
9
20
98
110
6
24
108
50
3
12
54
61
7
12
62
72
4
16
72
85
4
20
88
96
9
20
98
110
6
24
108
50
3
12
54
61
7
12
62
72
4
16
72
85
4
20
88
96
9
20
98
110
6
24
108
5. The draw-thru bag/cartridge filter section is designed for side
loading of filter media with a header for a 1 in. slide in track.
6. The blow-thru bag/cartridge/HEPA filter section is designed for
face loading of filters ONLY (no side loading).
7. The blow-thru filter section requires filter media with spring
clips, wire brackets, or retainers for use in a Puro-Frame holding frame. The Puro-Frame is available for unit sizes 03-61 only.
NOTES:
1. Do not exceed filter manufacturer's velocity limits when selecting filters.
2. There are two dedicated filter sections for 2 in. or 4 in. flat filters.
3. Angle filter or filter mixing box sections can be configured to
accept either 2 in. or 4 in. filters.
4. Draw-thru bag/cartridge filter sections accept 2 in. pre-filters.
Filters must be a combination of bag filters in the sizes shown
or 6 in. or 12 in. deep rigid media with 7/8 in. header.
111
brackets. RTV sealant should be used to seal between the filter
frame and the filter media’s neoprene gasket to ensure a leaktight installation. Refer to Fig. 112 for details. Downstream
edge of frame to frame and frame to baffle shall be sealed with
RTV sealant.
Filter arrangements are shown in Fig. 113-117.
Face loading bag-cartridge filter sections can use either bag
or rigid filters and are loaded from the front of the section.
These sections use Purolator holding frames located at the
downstream edge of the filter section for prefilters and bag/
cartridge filters. Cartridge filters without headers can extend
upstream of the holding frame by 24 inches. Cartridge and bag
filters with 7/8-in. header extend downstream of the filter
section with filter length limited only by the length of the
plenum following the filter section. Filter elements are retained
in frames by wire fastener clips. To replace filter elements,
remove clips, insert elements with bag or cartridge downstream
and reinstall clips. See Fig. 109.
See Fig. 110 for typical track for bag-cartridge filter section
used on draw-thru unit.
IN-TRACK BAFFLES — Filter sections are shipped with
adjustable in-track baffles. When installed properly as shown
in Fig. 111, the baffles close off empty space in the track preventing air from bypassing the filters. Remove the baffles to
install filter elements, and replace the adjustable baffles after
the filters are in place. The adjustable baffles should be spread
far enough apart to ensure slight compression in the foam
gasket when closing the section door.
FLAT AND ANGLE FILTERS — Flat filter and angle filter
sections accommodate 2-in. or 4-in. thick filters. The section as
shipped accepts 2-in. filters. Remove angle spacer in each track
to provide the space required to accommodate 4-in. filters.
HEPA FILTERS — The Puro-Frame (available in sizes 03-61
only), HEPA holding frame will accommodate 12-in. deep filters. HEPA filter sections used in blow-thru applications are
loaded from the front, through the access door or removable
panel. The HEPA filters are retained in the frame with retaining
Magnehelic Gage Maintenance — No lubrication or
periodic servicing is required. Keep case exterior and cover
clean. Occasionally disconnect pressure lines to vent both sides
of gage to atmosphere and re-zero.
CALIBRATION CHECK — Select a second gage or
manometer of known accuracy and in an appropriate range.
Using short lengths of rubber or vinyl tubing, connect the high
pressure side of the Magnehelic gage and the test gage to two
legs of a tee. Very slowly apply pressure through the third leg.
Allow a few seconds for pressure to equalize, fluid to drain,
etc., and compare readings. If accuracy is unacceptable, the
gage may be returned to factory for recalibration. For best
results, return gage to the factory. Ship prepaid to:
Dwyer Instruments, Inc.
Attn: Repair Dept.
102 Indiana Highway 212
Michigan City, IN 46360
To calibrate in the field, use the following procedure:
CAUTION
If bezel binds when installing, lubricate threads sparingly
with light oil or molybdenum disulphide compound.
CAUTION
Attempted field repair may void your warranty. Recalibration or repair by the user is not recommended.
3/4” x 3/4”
FOAM GASKET
FILTER
ADJUSTABLE IN-TRACK
BAFFLE
a39-2266
FILTER
Fig. 109 — Puro-Frame Holding Frame and
Filter Retaining Clips
AIRFLOW
2” PRE-FILTER
BAG
CARTRIDGE
7/8” HEADER
a39-2268
a39-2267
Fig. 111 — In-Track Baffle for Flat, Angle and
Sideloading Bag/Cartridge Filter Sections
Fig. 110 — Track for Draw-Thru Bag Cartridge
Filter Section
112
12.625”
HEPA FILTER HEPA FRAME
Height Width Height Width
24
24
245/8 245/8
24
12
245/8 125/8
HEPA
FILTER
FILTER
FRAMER
FILTER
RETAINING
BRACKET
P/N 91-4565G.
FILTER
RETAINING
BRACKET
QTY. 4 SUPPLIED WITH EACH FRAME.
QTY. 4 SUPPLIED WITH EACH FRAME
INSTALL BY LATCHING OVER FRAME TABS.
INSTALL BY LATCHING OVER FRAME
TABS
AIRFLOW
24” X 24”
FRAME TABS
RETAINING BRACKET
AIR FLOW
24.625”
NOTES:
a39-2389
1. Filter sizes are 5/8-in. smaller than frame sizes.
2. 12-in. x 24-in. frame may be rotated for 24-in. x 12 in. arrangement.
3. Recommended RTV sealant: GE128.
4. Filter retaining bracket part number is 91-4565G.
8.0”
Puro-Frame, HEPA Holding Frame, Sizes 03 to 61
DETAIL D
AIR FLOW
AIR FLOW
a39-4183
DETAIL D
a39-4182
AIR FLOW
HEPA Holding Frame, Sizes 72 to 110
Fig. 112 — HEPA Holding Frame
113
6. Loosen bearing holddown bolts, block shaft up.
7. Loosen bearing setscrews and locking collar, and remove
holddown bolts.
NOTE: To facilitate easy removal of setscrew fastened wheels,
sheaves, or bearings, remove the setscrew completely. Taking
care not to damage threads, insert a flat ended drift or punch,
tap lightly and carefully return the material displaced on the
shaft by the setscrew to its original place.
8. Remove bearing while observing the following
precautions:
a. Make certain fan shaft surface is not rough or scored.
If so, clean up surface with fine emery cloth.
b. Add a few drops of oil after cleanup of shaft end.
Calibration:
1. With gage case, held firmly, loosen bezel, by turning
counterclockwise. To avoid damage, canvas strap wrench
or similar tool should be used.
2. Lift out plastic cover and “O” ring.
3. Remove scale screws and scale assembly. Be careful not
to damage pointer.
4. The calibration is changed by moving the clamp. Loosen
the clamp screw(s) and move slightly toward the helix if
gage is reading high; move away if gage is low. Tighten
clamp screw and install scale assembly.
5. Place cover and O-ring in position. Make sure the hex shaft
on inside of cover is properly engaged in zero adjust screw.
6. Secure cover in place by screwing bezel tightly. Note that
the area under the cover is pressurized in operation and
therefore gage will leak if not properly tightened.
7. Zero gage and compare to test instrument. Make further
adjustments as necessary.
CAUTION
It should not be necessary to drive a new bearing onto
shaft. If light tapping is needed, do not tap against outer
race.
Fan Shaft Bearing Removal
9. Check fan shaft diameter at bearing mount. If worn by
more than 0.001-in. below nominal, shaft should be
replaced.
10. Install new bearing, tighten holddown bolts, and then
tighten bearing locking collar or setscrews.
11. Make certain fan wheel does not rub sides of fan housing
after installing new bearings.
12. Recoat fan shaft with a rust inhibitor or grease.
13. Replace sheave and belts. Adjust and align as described
in Installation, Sheaves and V-Belts sections.
14. Replace access panels.
15. Restore electrical power.
1. Isolate the unit from the system by closing dampers to
prevent “pin wheeling.” Tie off the fan wheel to prevent
rotation.
2. Lock open and tag electrical disconnect.
3. Enter through fan section access door or remove panels as
required.
4. Loosen motor base to frame bolts. Adjust motor to
release belt tension and remove belts. Do not stretch belts
over sheaves. Damage to belts can result.
5. Remove bolts on bushing of fan shaft sheave, insert bolts
in jacking hole provided on bushing and slowly jack
bushing from sheave. Remove bushing and sheave.
114
20
20
16
20
25
16
25
Unit Size 03
Flat Filter Section
(1) 25 x 20
20
16
25
Unit Size 06
Flat Filter Section
(2) 25 x 20
20
25
Unit Size 10
Flat Filter Section
(3) 25 x 20
Unit Size 08
Flat Filter Section
(3) 25 x 16
20
20
20
20
25
25
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
Unit Size 17
Flat Filter Section
(6) 20 x 20
20
25
20
20
Unit Size 14
Flat Filter Section
(3) 16 x 20, (3) 20 x 20
Unit Size 12
Flat Filter Section
(6) 16 x 20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
24
20
24
Unit Size 21
Flat Filter Section
(6) 20 x 25
20
Unit Size 25
Flat Filter Section
(8) 24 x 20
20
20
20
25
20
25
25
25
20
24
20
24
20
Unit Size 30
Flat Filter Section
(10) 24 x 20
Unit Size 36
Flat Filter Section
(12) 20 x 25
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 113 — Flat Filter Arrangement — 2-in. or 4-in.
115
a39-2507
Unit Size 40
Flat Filter Section
(13) 20 x 25
a39-4185
a39-4186
Unit Size 50
Flat Filter Section
(15) 20 x 25
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
25
25
Unit Size 61
Flat Filter Section
(14) 20 x 16, (14) 25 x 16
a39-4184
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 113 — Flat Filter Arrangement — 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)
116
Unit Size 72
Flat Filter Section
(33) 16 x 20
a39-4187
Unit Size 85
Flat Filter Section
(38) 16 x 20
Unit Size 110
Flat Filter Section
(27) 16 x 20, (14) 20 x 25
Unit Size 96
Flat Filter Section
(24) 16 x 20, (12) 20 x 25
a39-4189
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 113 — Flat Filter Arrangement — 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)
117
a39-4188
a39-4190
25
20
20
25
25
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Unit Size 03
Angle Filter Section
(2) 16 x 25
20
Unit Size 06
Angle Filter Section
(4) 16 x 20
20
Unit Size 10
Angle Filter Section
(6) 16 x 20
Unit Size 08
Angle Filter Section
(4) 16 x 25
20
24
24
a39-4241
20
24
24
24
12
20
20
12
20
Unit Size 12
Angle Filter Section
(6) 20 x 20
25
20
12
Unit Size 14
Angle Filter Section
(4) 20 x 24, (2) 20 x 20
25
Unit Size 21
Angle Filter Section
(12) 16 x 25
Unit Size 36
Angle Filter Section
(16) 20 x 25
25
12
a39-4242
Unit Size 17
Angle Filter Section
(12) 12 x 24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Unit Size 25
Angle Filter Section
(12) 16 x 25
U i Size
Si 30
Unit
30
Angle Filter Section
(16) 16 x 25
a39-4243
Unit Size 40
Angle Filter Section
(24) 16 x 25
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 114 — Filter Mixing Box and Angle Filter Arrangement — 2-in. or 4-in.
118
a39-4244
Unit Size 50
Angle Filter Section
(18) 16 x 20, (12) 16 x 25
a39-4191
Unit Size 61
Angle Filter Section
(24) 16 x 20, (16) 16 x 25
Unit Size 72
Angle Filter Section
(56) 16 x 20
a39-4245
a39-4193
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 114 — Filter Mixing Box and Angle Filter Arrangement — 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)
119
a39-4194
Unit Sizes 85 and 96
Angle Filter Section
(64) 16 x 20
a39-4195
Unit Sizes 110
Angle Filter Section
(72) 16 x 20
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 114 — Filter Mixing Box and Angle Filter Arrangement — 2-in. or 4-in. (cont)
120
24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 03
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(1) 24 x 24
24
24
12
24
Unit Size 08
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(2) 24 x 24
Unit Size 10
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(2) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
24
24
12
12
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 06
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(1) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
24
24
12
Unit Size 12
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
Unit Size 14
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 17
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (3) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 21
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 25
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
Unit Size 30
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-filter Section
(8) 24 x 24
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
a39-2273
Fig. 115 — Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement
121
Unit Sizes 36 and 40
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (8) 24 x 24
Unit Size 61
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(7) 12 x 24, (12) 24 x 24
a39-4202
Unit Size 50
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (3) 24 x 12
a39-4203
a39-4204
Unit Size 72
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (16) 24 x 24
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 115 — Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement (cont)
122
a39-4205
Unit Size 85
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (20) 24 x 24
a39-4206
Unit Size 96
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(9) 12 x 24, (20) 24 x 24
a39-4208
Unit Size 110
Bag/Cartridge Pre-Filter Section
(6) 12 x 24, (24) 24 x 24
Shaded area represents filter section blankoff.
Fig. 115 — Side Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement (cont)
123
12
24
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 06
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(1) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
Support
Baffle
24
Unit Size 10
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(2) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
Unit Size 08
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(2) 24 x 24
24
12
24
24
12
12
24
24
Unit Size 14
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
Unit Size 12
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(2) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 03
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(1) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 17
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (3) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 25
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
Unit Size 21
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 30
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(8) 24 x 24
Fig. 116 — Front Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement
124
a39-4287
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 36 and 40
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (8) 24 x 24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 50
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (3) 24 x 12
SUPPORT
BAFFLE
12
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 61
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (7) 24 x 12
a39-4288
Fig. 116 — Front Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement (cont)
125
Unit Size 72
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (16) 24 x 24
Unit Size 96
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(9) 12 x 24, (20) 24 x 24
Unit Size 85
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (20) 24 x 24
a39-4289
a39-4291
Unit Size 110
Bag/Cartridge
Pre-Filter Section
(6) 12 x 24, (24) 24 x 24
Fig. 116 — Front Load Bag/Cartridge Filter Arrangement (cont)
126
a39-4290
a39-4292
12
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 06
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(1) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
24
24
Unit Size 10
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(2) 24 x 24, (1) 24 x 12
Unit Size 08
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(2) 24 x 24
Support
Baffle
24
12
24
24
12
12
24
24
Unit Size 14
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
Unit Size 12
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(2) 12 x 24, (2) 24 x 24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 03
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(1) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 17
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(3) 12 x 24, (3) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 25
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
24
Unit Size 21
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(6) 24 x 24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 30
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(8) 24 x 24
Fig. 117 — Front Load/Cartridge/HEPA Filter Arrangement
127
a39-4287
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
Unit Size 36 and 40
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (8) 24 x 24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
24
Unit Size 50
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (3) 24 x 12
SUPPORT
BAFFLE
12
24
24
24
24
12
24
24
24
Unit Size 61
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(12) 24 x 24, (7) 24 x 12
Fig. 117 — Front Load/Cartridge/HEPA Filter Arrangement (cont)
128
a39-4288
Unit Size 72
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (16) 24 x 24
Unit Size 96
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(9) 12 x 24, (20) 24 x 24
Unit Size 85
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(4) 12 x 24, (20) 24 x 24
a39-4289
a39-4291
Unit Size 110
Cartridge/HEPA
Pre-Filter Section
(6) 12 x 24, (24) 24 x 24
Fig. 117 — Front Load/Cartridge/HEPA Filter Arrangement (cont)
129
a39-4290
a39-4292
INTERNALLY ISOLATED UNIT — When fan discharge is
altered the motor is moved, then all isolators must be readjusted to assure proper unit isolation.
Rebalancing of the unit is recommended.
Fan and Shaft Removal — On airfoil fans, the fan
wheel and shaft may be removed through inlet side of fan
housing. See Fig. 118. On plenum fans, remove side, top, or
end panel opposite inlet, wherever ductwork is not connected.
After removing panel, proceed as follows.
1. Remove drive belts as described in Fan Shaft Bearing
Removal section.
2. Block up fan wheel within housing to prevent dropping
when bearing bolts are removed.
3. Loosen bearing holddown bolts, block shaft up.
4. Loosen bearing setscrews and locking collar, and remove
holddown bolts. On forward-curved fans, remove cutoff
plate. Remove fan wheel through discharge opening.
NOTE: To facilitate easy removal of setscrew fastened wheels,
sheaves or bearings, remove the setscrew completely. Taking
care not to damage threads, insert a flat ended drift or punch,
tap lightly and carefully return the material displaced on the
shaft by the setscrew to its original place.
5. Remove bearing support channels and inlet ring from one
side.
6. Remove fan shaft and fan wheel from unit.
7. Remove fan shaft from fan wheel.
8. Replace shaft and wheel into fan in the reverse order of
their removal.
9. Inspect bearings and if serviceable, replace on shaft.
10. For airfoil and forward-curved fans, align fan wheel and
shaft assembly in fan scroll. Check cutoff location if
wheel failure damaged cutoff plate. For plenum fan, align
wheel and shaft assembly per manufacturer’s directions
supplied with fan.
11. Tighten bearing holddown bolts, bearing setscrews, and
shaft setscrews.
12. Field balancing of shaft and wheel is recommended.
Lubrication
MOTORS — Lubricate in accordance with nameplate
attached to motor or with manufacturer’s recommendations.
BEARINGS
Initial Fan Bearing Lubrication — Most bearings are greased
when they are manufactured and will not require additional
grease on start-up (verify specific manufacturer’s recommendations). Some seepage of grease from the seals is normal during
the initial run-in period. For safety purposes, lock out and tag
equipment and wipe up any external grease from the bearings.
Monitor bearings after they have been run for several
minutes. Check bearings for excessive noise, vibration, and
temperature. Typical operating bearing temperature range
should be 100 to 150 F. The initial temperature may be higher
than the expected steady state temperature.
Bearing Lubrication Instructions — Lithium or lithium complex
base grease, conforming to NLGI (National Lubricating Grease
Institute) grade 2 consistency, and an oil viscosity of 455 to
1135 SUS (Saybolt Universal Seconds) at 100 F (100 to 250 cSt
[centistokes] at 40 C) may be used for relubrication.
Examples: Mobil Mobilith AW2
Mobil Mobilux #2
Shell Alvania #2
Texaco Multifak #2
Texaco Premium RB
Exxon Unirex N2
Amoco Amolith 2
Compatibility of grease is critical; consult with the grease
manufacturer and/or supplier for current grease specifications
to ensure compatibility.
To lube bearings, a grease gun should be equipped with a
two-pound relief valve so that the pressure to the bearings does
not exceed the level that the seals can handle. If the bearing
seals are ruptured, lubricant will escape prematurely and the
bearing will fail.
Always wipe the fitting and grease nozzle clean to avoid
introducing contamination into the bearing.
For safety, lock out and tag equipment and restrain rotating
components. Add one half the recommended amount shown in
Table 30. Start bearing, and run for a few minutes. Stop bearing
and add the second half of the recommended amount. A temperature rise after lubrication of approximately 30° F is normal.
Bearings should operate at temperatures less than 200 F and
should not exceed 225 F for intermittent operation. For a lubrication schedule see Table 31.
NOTE: The tables below state general lubrication recommendations based on experience and are intended as suggested or
starting points only. For best results, specific applications
should be monitored regularly and lubrication intervals and
amounts adjusted accordingly.
IMPORTANT: Replacement shafts must have a diameter tolerance at bearing mount of +.0000 in./-.001 in.
nominal. Carrier specified parts are recommended.
Motor Location — The motor and motor base must be
moved to place the motor at the front or rear of unit. The proper
location is the one that results in the longest drive centerline
distance. The motor may need to be replaced since the conduit
box may need to be reversed: The conduit box (if not on top)
should always be under the fan shaft for maximum centerline
distance and motor adjustment.
39-266d
Table 30 — Recommended
Relubrication Grease Charge
SHAFT SIZE (in.)
1/ to 3/
2
4
7/ to 13/
8
16
11/4 to 11/2
111/16 to 115/16
2 to 27/16
21/2 to 215/16
3 to 37/16
31/2 to 4
Fig. 118 — Fan Shaft and Bearing Removal
130
GREASE CHARGE (oz)
0.03
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.30
0.50
0.85
1.50
4. Disconnect the fan cable.
5. Install the new fan by reversing Steps 2 to 4.
6. Restore power.
To replace the main fan for frame sizes R5 and R6, perform
the following (see Fig. 120):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the screws attaching the fan.
3. Disconnect the fan cable.
4. Install the fan in reverse order.
5. Restore power.
Table 31 — Relubrication Intervals
SPEED
TEMPERATURE
CLEANLINESS
(rpm)
(F)
100
Up to 120
Clean
500
Up to 150
Clean
1000
Up to 200
Clean
1500
Over 200-250
Clean
Above 1500 rpm
Up to 150
Dirty/Wet
to Max Catalog
Over 150-250
Dirty/Wet
Rating
Above 250
Extreme Conditions
RELUBRICATION
INTERVALS
6-12 months
2-6 months
2 weeks-2 months
Weekly
1 week to 1 month
Daily to 2 weeks
Contact Browning
LEGEND
NLGI — National Lubricating Grease Institute
NOTE: Use NLGI No. 2 Lithium or Lithium Complex Grease.
3
a39-2922
Tables 2A-2D
give motor data for forward-curved, airfoil, and plenum fans.
Motor and Drive Package Data —
Variable Frequency Drive — If installed in an appropriate environment, the VFD requires very little maintenance.
Table 32 lists the routine maintenance intervals recommended
by Carrier.
3
4
Table 32 — Maintenance Intervals
MAINTENANCE
Heat sink temperature check and
cleaning
Main cooling fan replacement
Capacitor change (frame size R5
and R6)
HVAC Control panel battery change
2
INTERVAL
Every 12 months (more often if
operating in a dusty environment)
Every five years
Every ten years
Every ten years
HEAT SINK — The heat sink fins accumulate dust from the
cooling air. Since a dusty heat sink is less efficient at cooling
the drive, over temperature faults become more likely. In a normal environment check the heat sink annually, in a dusty
environment check more often.
Check the heat sink as follows (when necessary):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the cooling fan.
3. Blow clean compressed air (not humid) from bottom to
top and simultaneously use a vacuum cleaner at the air
outlet to trap the dust. If there is a risk of the dust entering
adjoining equipment, perform the cleaning in another
room.
4. Replace the cooling fan.
5. Restore power.
MAIN FAN REPLACEMENT — The main cooling fan of
the VFD has a life span of about 60,000 operating hours at
maximum rated operating temperature and drive load. The
expected life span doubles for each 18 F drop in the fan
temperature (fan temperature is a function of ambient temperatures and drive loads).
Fan failure can be predicted by the increasing noise from
fan bearings and the gradual rise in the heat sink temperature in
spite of heat sink cleaning. If the drive is operated in a critical
part of a process, fan replacement is recommended once these
symptoms start appearing. Replacement fans are available
from Carrier.
To replace the main fan for frame sizes R1 through R4, perform the following (see Fig. 119):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove drive cover.
3. For frame sizes R1 and R2, press together the retaining
clips on the fan cover and lift. For frame sizes R3 and R4,
press in on the lever located on the left side of the fan
mount, and rotate the fan up and out.
Fig. 119 — Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R1 - R4)
BOTTOM VIEW (R5)
a39-2923
BOTTOM VIEW (R6)
3
2
a39-2924
Fig. 120 — Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R5 and R6)
131
Refer to Tables 33-35 for 39M troubleshooting information.
CONTROL PANEL CLEANING — Use a soft damp cloth
to clean the control panel. Avoid harsh cleaners which could
scratch the display window.
BATTERY REPLACEMENT — A battery is only used in
assistant control panels that have the clock function available
and enabled. The battery keeps the clock operating in memory
during power interruptions. The expected life for the battery is
greater than ten years. To remove the battery, use a coin to
rotate the battery holder on the back of the control panel.
Replace the battery with type CR2032.
WARNING
Disconnect power and allow all rotating equipment to stop
before servicing unit. Physically secure all fans before
performing unit service. Failure to do so may result in
serious personal injury or death.
Water coil performance (when piped in parallel flow), will
be reduced by approximately 5% for each coil row on coils
2 rows deep and deeper. Coils should always be piped with the
water inlet on the leaving air side of the coil, regardless of
water connection vertical position.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Steam Coil Performance Problems — Coil capac-
ity is normally not a problem with steam coils. Low capacity
can result from blocked or plugged air side surface, an air
bound coil, or a coil which is filled with condensate because of
a non-functioning steam trap. The Carrier steam coils with the
1-in. OD outer tube have at least twice the condensate loading
capacity of a coil with 5/8-in. OD outer tubes.
Water hammer can damage the coil and cause leaks. It is
typically caused by improper piping of the steam supply,
allowing condensate to enter the coil with the steam supply; or
by accumulation of condensate in the coil which can occur
with the coils operating at partial load without a vacuum breaking device.
Problems with temperature control can occur when a thermostatic controller or steam control valve is not functioning
properly. Temperature control problems will also occur when
the steam controls valve is oversized. Consider 1/3 to 2/3 valve
arrangements for full range control.
Problems with “water logging” of the condensate tubes can
occur when a coil with over 6-ft tubes is selected at high air velocities, low steam pressures (below 5 psig) and high density
fin spacing (9 fins per inch or more). This high density fin
spacing, while producing high levels of heating capacity, also
promotes excessive condensate. Given the length of the
tubes and the low steam supply pressure, condensate can build
up faster than the drain system can carry it away. Considerations should be given for using two coils in series for this
application.
VFD Diagnostics — The drive detects error situations
and reports them using:
• the green and red LEDs on the body of the drive (located
under the keypad)
• the status LED on the control panel
• the control panel display
• The Fault Word and Alarm Word parameters bits
(parameters 0305 to 0309)
The form of the display depends on the severity of the error.
The user can specify the severity for many errors by directing
the drive to ignore the error situation, report the situation as an
alarm, or report the situation as a fault.
FAULTS (RED LED LIT) — The VFD signals that it has
detected a severe error, or fault, by:
• enabling the red LED on the drive (LED is either steady
or flashing)
• setting an appropriate bit in a Fault Word parameter
(0305 to 0307)
• overriding the control panel display with the display of a
fault code
• stopping the motor (if it was on)
• sets an appropriate bit in Fault Word parameter 0305 to
0307
The fault code on the control panel display is temporary.
Pressing the MENU, ENTER, UP button or DOWN buttons
removes the fault message. The message reappears after a few
seconds if the control panel is not touched and the fault is still
active.
ALARMS (GREEN LED FLASHING) — For less severe
errors, called alarms, the diagnostic display is advisory. For
these situations, the drive is simply reporting that it had detected something unusual. In these situations, the drive:
• flashes the green LED on the drive (does not apply to
alarms that arise from control panel operation errors)
• sets an appropriate bit in an Alarm Word parameters
(0308 or 0309)
• overrides the control panel display with the display of an
alarm code and/or name
Alarm messages disappear from the control panel display
after a few seconds. The message returns periodically as long
as the alarm condition exists.
Steam Failure Modes — The following failure modes
could take as little as a weekend to damage a coil, or much
longer.
Problems occur quickly in coils using low pressure steam
(<3 psig). Water hammer can develop inside the coil at the
header end because the steam has already condensed and the
low steam pressure does not adequately clear it from the coil.
This condensate re-boils and starts up water hammer inside the
tubes. The action of this type of water hammer, which sounds
like crackling inside the coil, is many tiny bubbles impinging
on the inner and outer tubes. One result is the inner tube gets
work hardened and eventually shatters. Another result is the
eventual erosion of the outer tube causing pinhole leaks.
Coils which are not properly vented will eventually load up
with noncondensable gases. Coil performance (temperature
rise) drops off as the noncondensables act as insulation inside
the tubes.
The coils may also fill with condensate. The collapsing
steam causes a vacuum inside the coil when the supply valve
closes. The trapped condensate will then freeze causing the
tubes to rupture after it melts. The use of a vacuum breaker at
the condensate discharge will aid in relieving the vacuum in the
coil and promote condensate drainage.
132
data (in parameters 0402 through 0411) to aid in troubleshooting a problem. For example, a parameter 0404 stores the motor
speed at the time of the fault. To clear the fault history (all of
Group 04, Fault History parameters), follow these steps:
1. In the control panel, Parameters mode, select parameter
0401.
2. Press EDIT.
3. Press the UP and DOWN button simultaneously.
4. Press SAVE.
CORRECTING ALARMS — To correct alarms, first determine if the Alarm requires any corrective action (action is not
always required). Use Table 37 to find and address the root
cause of the problem.
CORRECTING FAULTS — The recommended corrective
action for faults is shown in the Fault Listing Table 36. The
VFD can also be reset to remove the fault. If an external source
for a start command is selected and is active, the VFD may
start immediately after fault reset.
To reset a fault indicated by a flashing red LED, turn off the
power for 5 minutes. To reset a fault indicated by a red LED
(not flashing), press RESET from the control panel or turn off
the power for 5 minutes. Depending on the value of parameter
1604 (FAULT RESET SELECT), digital input or serial communication could also be used to reset the drive. When the fault
has been corrected, the motor can be started.
HISTORY — For reference, the last three fault codes are
stored into parameters 0401, 0412, 0413. For the most recent
fault (identified by parameter 0401), the drive stores additional
Table 33 — Magnehelic Gage Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
CAUSE
Gage will not Indicate or is Sluggish.
Pointer Stuck — Gage Cannot be Zeroed.
REMEDY
Duplicate pressure port is not plugged.
Diaphragm is ruptured due to excessive
pressure.
Fittings or sensing lines are blocked, pinched,
or leaking.
Cover is loose or “O” ring is damaged or
missing.
Pressure sensor (static tips, Pitot tube, etc.) is
improperly located.
Ambient temperature is too low.
Metallic particles are clinging to the magnet
and interfering with helix movement.
Scale is touching pointer.
Spring/magnet assembly has shifted and is
touching helix.
Cover zero adjust shaft is broken or not
properly engaged in adjusting screw.
Plug duplicate pressure port.
Replace gage.
Repair lines and fittings.
Tighten cover and/or replace “O” ring.
Relocate pressure sensor.
For operation below 20 F, order gage with
low temperature (LT) option.
Parts used in various sub-assemblies vary
from one range of gage to another, and use
of incorrect components may cause improper
operation. Gages needing repair should be
returned to:
Dwyer Instruments Inc.
Attn: Repair Dept.
102 Indiana Highway 212
Michigan City, IN 46360
Table 34 — Humidifier Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
Water is Spitting from the
Discharge Manifolds
Steam does not Discharge
from the Manifolds when
the Valve is Open
CAUSE
Steam trap is not functioning properly.
The header P-traps are not draining.
The steam line has been taken from
the bottom of the steam source or is
not sloped properly.
The steam main is overloaded with water.
Vertical discharge manifolds are not plumb.
Horizontal headers are not level.
Vertical discharge manifolds are
installed upside down.
Check valve sizing to maximum
manifold capacity.
Valve is not open.
There is no steam available.
There is a change in steam pressure.
Steam is not visible.
Steam Valve will not Open
Y-strainer may be clogged.
There is no power.
There is no control signal.
Control polarity has been reversed.
Actuator is not working.
There is high steam pressure.
Valve has been installed incorrectly.
REMEDY
Clean or replace non-functioning steam trap on the valve/trap assembly.
Clean and check that plumbing runs to gravity drain. Check that trap height
exceeds the static pressure of the duct/AHU, especially if it is under negative
pressure.
Change line to take off from the top and check proper slopes.
Locate cause and correct problem.
Make manifolds plumb.
Make headers level.
Reinstall correctly.
Resize valve within manifold capacity.
Open valve.
Verify that steam is available.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Carefully place a mirror or metal object close to one of the steam discharge slots.
If it fogs, steam is discharging, but evaporating very quickly. This is not a problem.
DO NOT EVER PLACE YOUR HAND OVER OR NEAR THE STEAM DISCHARGE SLOTS.
Clean or replace Y-strainer.
Verify and, if necessary, correct power or air pressure to the valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal or pressure range to the valve
actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Remove actuator to verify that it is operational. Clean or replace jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Verify proper valve orientation. Electric valves must face upward.
AHU — Air-Handling Unit
133
Table 34 — Humidifier Troubleshooting (cont)
SYMPTOM
Steam Valve will not Close
Steam Valve is Leaking
CAUSE
There is no control signal.
Control polarity has been reversed.
Actuator is not working.
There is high steam pressure.
Valve has been installed incorrectly.
Control signal is not at full range.
Control polarity has been reversed.
Actuator is not working.
There is high steam pressure.
Humidity Exceeds Set Point
Control signal is not at full range.
There is no control signal.
The controller is out of calibration.
Humidity sensor is not installed properly.
Actuator is not working.
There is high steam pressure.
Boiler is not operating correctly.
Humidity Remains Below
Set Point
Control signal is not at full range.
Control polarity has been reversed.
Controller is out of calibration.
Humidity sensor is not installed properly.
Actuator is not working.
There is high steam pressure.
Boiler is not operating correctly.
There is an airflow switch fault.
Condensate in unit
Steam leaks from P-traps
The high limit controller is not in
the correct location.
The humidifier is too small.
The humidifier is too large.
There is a high limit controller fault.
Evaporation distance is too short.
Steam valve is leaking.
The trap height is incorrect.
Valve sizing is incorrect.
There is excessively high steam pressure.
REMEDY
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal to the valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Remove actuator to verify that it is operational. Clean or replace jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Verify proper valve orientation. Electric valves must face upward.
Verify and, if necessary, correct full-range control signal to the valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Remove actuator and test to verify that it is operational. If not, clean or replace
jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Verify and, if necessary, correct compatibility of the full range control signal to the
valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Check and, if necessary, correct calibration of controller.
Ensure that humidity sensors are installed correctly and not located in drafts
(wall). If necessary, correct sensor installation.
Remove actuator and test to verify that it is operational. If not, clean or replace
jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Verify stable boiler pressure. Wide swings in pressure could affect the humidity
controls.
Verify and, if necessary, correct compatibility of the full range control signal to the
valve actuator.
Verify and, if necessary, correct control signal polarity to the valve actuator.
Check and, if necessary, correct calibration of controller.
Ensure that humidity sensors are installed correctly and not located in drafts
(wall). If necessary, correct sensor installation.
Remove actuator and test to verify that it is operational. If not, clean or replace
jammed valve.
Verify that the steam pressure has not changed. Excessively high pressure could
jam the valve.
Verify stable boiler pressure. Wide swings in pressure could affect the humidity
controls.
Ensure that airflow switch is not fluttering. If necessary, correct fluttering airflow
switch.
Verify that high-limit controller is not located too close to steam discharge manifolds. If necessary, correct location of controller.
Humidifier is undersized. Check humidity load calculations.
Verify humidifier capacity versus air volume.
Verify that high limit controller is working. If necessary, correct problem.
Verify and, if necessary, correct evaporation distance to obstructions or elbows.
Verify steam valve is not leaking. If necessary, correct leaking steam valve.
Ensure that height of trap exceeds the static pressure of the duct/AHU, especially
if under negative pressure.
Check valve sizing to maximum manifold capacity. If necessary, resize valve
within manifold capacity.
Check that inlet steam pressure does not exceed humidifier capability.
AHU — Air-Handling Unit
Table 35 — Unit Troubleshooting
SYMPTOM
Motor Fails to Start
CAUSE
Power line open
Improper wiring or loose connections
Overload trip
Mechanical failure
Improper current supply
Motor Stalls
Open Phase
Overloaded motor
Low line voltage
Bearing/shaft misalignment
Shipping blocks/spacers not removed
Excessive belt tension
Drive misaligned
Grease not evenly distributed after lubrication
Over-lubrication
No lubricant
Misaligned bearing
Low voltage at motor terminals
Supply wiring to motor too small
Overloaded motor
Motor fan is clogged, preventing motor cooling
Mounting bolts loose
Rigid coupling connectors
Worn motor bearings
Fan rubbing on housing
Excessive Vibration
Bearing(s) is Hot
Motor Does Not Run at
Full Speed
Motor Overheats
Excessive Motor Noise
134
REMEDY
Reset circuit breaker.
Check wiring and connections.
Check and reset overload.
Inspect motor and drive for operation and/or damage.
Check rating plate against actual supply voltage. Contact
power provider for adjustments if needed.
Check line for open phase.
Reduce motor load or replace with larger motor.
Check supply line, correct voltage.
Check and align bearing set screws.
Remove shipping blocks/spacers.
Adjust belt tension.
Align drive.
Allow unit to cool down and restart.
Clean and purge excess grease.
Check bearings for damage and apply lubricant.
Check shaft level and reset alignment.
Check supply voltage and correct voltage loss.
Rewire with properly sized wire.
Reduce motor load or replace with larger motor.
Clean motor fan.
Tighten bolts.
Replace with flexible connectors.
Replace bearings and seals.
Adjust housing.
Table 35 — Unit Troubleshooting (cont)
SYMPTOM
Motor Runs and Then Slows
CAUSE
Partial supply voltage loss
Excessive Motor Bearing Wear
High load due to over-tensioned drive
Excessive overhung load caused by a small
diameter motor sheave
Improper motor position
Worn sheaves
Worn or damaged belt
Sheave(s) not tight on fan/motor shaft(s)
Belts contacting guard(s)
Belts too loose or too tight
Belts and sheaves mismatched
Belts not length matched (multiple belt set-up)
Misaligned sheaves
Belts worn
Belts dirty or oily
Defective bearing
Lack of lubrication
Loose bearing
Bearing misaligned
Foreign material/dirt inside bearing
Corrosion between bearing and shaft
Fan speed too high
Ductwork too restrictive
Low static pressure
Registers and grilles too restrictive
Loose dampers, grilles, or splitters
Obstructed dampers or grilles
Sharp elbows in ductwork
Sudden expansion /contraction of ductwork
Turning vanes loose or not properly installed
Fan rotating backwards
Fan speed too slow
Duct system has more resistance than designed
Diffusers closed
Motor overload
Low line voltage
Loose Fan Belt
Drive Noise
Bearing Noise
High Velocity Air Noise
Rattling or Whistling
Noise in Airstream
CFM Lower than System
Requirements
High Current Draw
(Motor)
Electric Heat Inoperative
Heater Cycles
Improper Temperature
Regulation
No Hot Water or Steam
Heat
Water Outside Condensate
Pan
REMEDY
Check for loose/dirty connections.
Verify supply voltage.
Check belt tension and load.
Replace with larger sheave.
Adjust tension.
Replace sheaves.
Check sheave alignment and replace belt(s).
Tighten sheaves.
Adjust or tighten belt guard mounts.
Adjust belt tension.
Install proper belts.
Install matched belts.
Align sheaves.
Replace belts.
Replace belts.
Repair/replace bearing.
Lubricate bearing.
Adjust bearing support or bearing on shaft.
Align bearing properly.
Inspect and clean bearing.
Clean or replace bearing as required.
Check fan speed.
Increase duct size for proper air velocity.
Decrease fan speed to obtain proper pressure.
Replace with correctly sized registers and grilles.
Adjust as needed.
Remove obstruction(s).
Install larger radius elbows.
Install proper ductwork transitions.
Tighten or adjust as needed.
Reverse any two power leads to the fan motor.
Check fan RPM.
Enlarge ductwork to match system requirements.
Open diffusers.
Reduce system load or use larger motor.
Consult power company about increasing line
voltage.
Determine cause of cutout and reset switch.
Electric heater manual reset tripped
Replace element.
Broken heating element
Replace fuses.
Electric heater fuses blown
Repair/replace as needed.
Inoperative electric heating circuit contactor
Check airflow sensing tube location and operation in
Airflow switch interlock not closed
airstream. Repair/replace as needed.
Airflow marginally insufficient
Airflow switch may chatter and cycle heater circuits off
and on. Or, automatic reset may open and close, causing
a similar situation. Check unit airflow requirements and
clean the system.
Intermittent power supply due to improper
Recheck installation procedure. Check contactor
installation
operation and safety cutout switches. Refer to heater
wiring diagram.
Erratic thermostat operation due to improper
Check thermostat installation instructions. Be certain
location or frequent resetting
that the thermostat location is not subjected to adverse
temperature changes, such as those caused by opening
doors or windows. Check for thermostat tampering.
Air system characteristics are not in accordance
Check the supply-air fan is delivering adequate volume
with the job requirements
and velocity. Check air system balance. Be certain that
heating coils are operating.
Defective hot water or steam valve actuator motor
Repair/replace as needed.
Broken control linkage from actuator to valve assembly Repair/replace as needed.
Defective hot water or steam control valve
Repair/replace as needed.
Plugged or improper condensate drain.
Ensure drain properly installed and clean.
Coil blowoff
Ensure airside system has been properly balanced.
— Excessive airflow
— Dirty coil
Check evaporator coil for cleanliness and wettability.
— Improper coil reversal.
Ensure coil short fin faces upstream.
— Ingestion through intake or exhaust.
Ensure louvers or hoods are properly installed.
— Unit has been torn down and reassembled.
Look at reassembly points for lack of seals or poor reassembly.
— Lack of diffuser on blow-through coil
Provide diffuser.
application.
— Condensate from 39M coil header.*
Splash baffles with rubber seal installed (SMB04-0040).*
For 39MW only:
Coil connection housing field joints.
Ensure joints between housing and curbs and housing of unit have
been properly flashed and gasketed.
Leakage between access panels and frame.
Ensure all retainers and latches closed.
Replace leaking panels or doors.
*May be serial number specific.
135
Table 36 — Fault Codes
FAULT CODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
FAULT NAME IN PANEL
DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
OVERCURRENT
Output current is excessive. Check for excessive motor load, insufficient acceleration time
(parameters 2202 ACCELER TIME 1, default 30 seconds), or faulty motor, motor cables or
connections.
DC OVERVOLT
Intermediate circuit DC voltage is excessive. Check for static or transient over voltages in
the input power supply, insufficient deceleration time (parameters 2203 DECELER TIME 1,
default 30 seconds), or undersized brake chopper (if present).
DEV OVERTEMP
Drive heat sink is overheated. Temperature is at or above 115 C (239 F). Check for fan failure, obstructions in the airflow, dirt or dust coating on the heat sink, excessive ambient
temperature, or excessive motor load.
SHORT CIRC
Fault current. Check for short-circuit in the motor cable(s) or motor or supply disturbances.
OVERLOAD
Inverter overload condition. The drive output current exceeds the ratings.
DC UNDERVOLT
Intermediate circuit DC voltage is not sufficient. Check for missing phase in the input
power supply, blown fuse, or under voltage on main circuit.
AI1 LOSS
Analog input 1 loss. Analog input value is less than AI1 FLT LIMIT (3021). Check source
and connection for analog input and parameter settings for AI1 FLT LIMIT (3021) and 3001
AI<MIN FUNCTION.
AI2 LOSS
Analog input 2 loss. Analog input value is less than AI2 FLT LIMIT (3022). Check source
and connection for analog input and parameter settings for AI2 FLT LIMIT (3022) and 3001
AI<MIN FUNCTION.
MOT OVERTEMP
Motor is too hot, as estimated by the drive. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the parameters used for the estimate (3005 through 3009). Check the temperature sensors and
Group 35 parameters.
PANEL LOSS
Panel communication is lost and either drive is in local control mode (the control panel displays LOC), or drive is in remote control mode (REM) and is parameterized to accept start/
stop, direction or reference from the control panel. To correct, check the communication
lines and connections. Check parameter 3002 PANEL COMM ERROR, parameters in
Group 10: Command Inputs and Group 11: Reference Select (if drive operation is REM).
ID RUN FAIL
The motor ID run was not completed successfully. Check motor connections.
MOTOR STALL
Motor or process stall. Motor is operating in the stall region. Check for excessive load or
insufficient motor power. Check parameters 3010 through 3012.
RESERVED
Not used.
EXT FAULT 1
Digital input defined to report first external fault is active. See parameter 3003 EXTERNAL
FAULT 1.
EXT FAULT 2
Digital input defined to report second external fault is active. See parameter 3004 EXTERNAL FAULT 1.
EARTH FAULT
The load on the input power system is out of balance. Check for faults in the motor or
motor cable. Verify that motor cable does not exceed maximum specified length.
UNDERLOAD
Motor load is lower than expected. Check for disconnected load. Check parameters 3013
UNDERLOAD FUNCTION through 3015 UNDERLOAD CURVE.
THERM FAIL
Internal fault. The thermistor measuring the internal temperature of the drive is open or
shorted. Contact Carrier.
OPEX LINK
Internal fault. A communication-related problem has been detected between the OMIO
and OINT boards. Contact Carrier.
OPEX PWR
Internal fault. Low voltage condition detected on the OINT board. Contact Carrier.
CURR MEAS
Internal fault. Current measurement is out of range. Contact Carrier.
SUPPLY PHASE
Ripple voltage in the DC link is too high. Check for missing main phase or blown fuse.
RESERVED
Not used.
OVERSPEED
Motor speed is greater than 120% of the larger (in magnitude) of 2001 MINIMUM SPEED
or 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED parameters. Check parameter settings for 2001 and 2002.
Check adequacy of motor braking torque. Check applicability of torque control. Check
brake chopper and resistor.
RESERVED
Not used.
DRIVE ID
Internal fault. Configuration block drive ID is not valid.
CONFIG FILE
Internal configuration file has an error. Contact Carrier.
136
Table 36 — Fault Codes (cont)
FAULT CODE
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
101-105
201-206
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
FAULT NAME IN PANEL
DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
SERIAL 1 ERR
Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and
3019 COMM FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate).
Check for poor connections and/or noise on line.
EFB CON FILE
Error in reading the configuration file for the field bus adapter.
FORCE TRIP
Fault trip forced by the field bus. See the field bus reference literature.
EFB1
Fault code reserved for the EFB (Embedded Field Bus) protocol application. The meaning is
protocol dependent.
EFB2
Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
EFB3
Fault code reserved for the EFB protocol application. The meaning is protocol dependent.
MOTOR PHASE
Fault in the motor circuit. One of the motor phases is lost. Check for motor fault, motor cable
fault, thermal relay fault (if used), or internal fault.
OUTP WIRING
Error in power wiring suspected. Check that input power wired to drive output. Check for
ground faults.
SYSTEM ERROR
Error internal to the drive. Contact Carrier and report the error number.
SYSTEM ERROR
Error internal to the drive. Contact Carrier and report the error number.
PAR HZRPM
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check for any of the following:
2001 MINIMUM SPEED > 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED
2007 MINIMUM FREQ > 2008 MAXIMUM FREQ
2001 MINIMUM SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: –128 to +128
2002 MAXIMUM SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: –128 to +128
2007 MINIMUM FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside of the range: –128 to +128
2008 MAXIMUM FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside of the range: –128 to +128
PAR PFA REFNG
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that 2007 MINIMUM FREQ is negative, when
8123 PFA ENABLE is active.
PAR PFA IOCNF
Parameter values are inconsistent. The number of programmed PFA relays does not match
with Interlock configuration, when 8123 PFA ENABLE is active. Check consistency of RELAY
OUTPUT parameters 1401 through 1403, and 1410 through 1412. Check 8117 NR OF AUX
MOTORS, 8118 AUTOCHANGE INTERV, and 8120 INTERLOCKS.
PAR AI SCALE
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1301 AI MIN > 1302 AI 1 MAX and
that parameter 1304 AI 2 MIN > 1305 AI 2 MAX.
PAR AO SCALE
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1504 AO 1 MIN > 1505 AO 1 MAX
and that parameter 1510 AO 2 MIN > 1511 AO 2 MAX.
PAR PCU 2
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent: Improper motor nominal kVA or motor
nominal power. Check the following parameters:
1.1 < (9906 MOTOR NOM CURR * 9905 MOTOR NOM VOLT * 1.73 / PN) < 2.6
Where: PN = 1000 * 9909 MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are kW) or PN = 746 * 9909
MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are HP, e.g., in U.S.A.)
PAR EXT RO
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check the extension relay module for connection and
1410 through 1412 RELAY OUTPUTS 4 through 6 have non-zero values.
PAR FBUS
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that a parameter is set for field bus control (e.g.,
1001 EXT1 COMMANDS = 10 (COMM)), but 9802 COMM PROT SEL = 0.
PAR PFA MODE
Parameter values are inconsistent. The 9904 MOTOR CTRL MODE must be = 3 (SCALAR
SPEED), when 8123 PFA ENABLE is activated.
PAR PCU 1
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent or improper motor nominal frequency or
speed. Check for both of the following:
1 < (60 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED < 16 0.8 < 9908 MOTOR
NOM SPEED / (120 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / Motor poles) < 0.992
OVERRIDE/PFA
Override mode is enabled and PFA is activated at the same time. This cannot be done
CONFLICT
because PFA interlocks cannot be observed in the override mode.
137
Table 37 — Alarm Codes
ALARM CODE
2001
2002
2003
2004
ALARM NAME IN PANEL
—
—
—
DIR LOCK
2005
I/O COMM
2006
AI1 LOSS
2007
AI2 LOSS
2008
PANEL LOSS
2009
2010
—
MOT OVERTEMP
2011
UNDERLOAD
2012
MOTOR STALL
2013*
AUTORESET
2014*
AUTOCHANGE
2015
PFA INTERLOCK
2016
2017*
2018*
—
OFF BUTTON
PID SLEEP
2019
2020
2021
ID RUN
OVERRIDE
START ENABLE 1
MISSING
2022
START ENABLE 2
MISSING
2023
EMERGENCY STOP
DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
The change in direction being attempted is not allowed. Do not attempt to change the direction of motor rotation, or Change parameter 1003 DIRECTION to allow direction change (if
reverse operation is safe).
Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and
3019 COMM FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate).
Check for poor connections and/or noise on line.
Analog input 1 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check the parameter that sets the minimum (3021) and the parameter that sets the
Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
Analog input 2 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check the parameter that sets the minimum (3022) and the parameter that sets the
Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
Panel communication is lost and either the VFD is in local control mode (the control panel
displays HAND), or the VFD is in remote control mode (AUTO) and is parametrized to accept
start/stop, direction or reference from the control panel. To correct, check the communication
lines and connections, Parameter 3002 PANEL LOSS, and parameters in groups 10 COMMAND INPUTS and 11 REFERENCE SELECT (if drive operation is REM).
Reserved
Motor is hot, based on either the VFD estimate or on temperature feedback. This alarm
warns that a Motor Overload fault trip may be near. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the
parameters used for the estimate (3005 through 3009). Check the temperature sensors and
Group 35 parameters.
Motor load is lower than expected. This alarm warns that a Motor Underload fault trip may be
near. Check that the motor and drive ratings match (motor is NOT undersized for the drive).
Check the settings on parameters 3013 to 3015.
Motor is operating in the stall region. This alarm warns that a Motor Stall fault trip may be
near.
This alarm warns that the drive is about to perform an automatic fault reset, which may start
the motor. To control automatic reset, use parameter group 31 (AUTOMATIC RESET).
This alarm warns that the PFA autochange function is active. To control PFA, use parameter
group 81 (PFA) and the Pump Alternation macro.
This alarm warns that the PFA interlocks are active, which means that the drive cannot start
any motor (when Autochange is used), or a speed regulated motor (when Autochange is not
used).
Reserved
This alarm indicates that the OFF button has been pressed.
This alarm warns that the PID sleep function is active, which means that the motor could
accelerate when the PID sleep function ends. To control PID sleep, use parameters 4022
through 4026 or 4122 through 4126.
The VFD is performing an ID run.
Override mode is activated.
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 1 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 1 function,
use parameter 1608. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication
settings.
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 2 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 2 function,
use parameter 1609. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication
settings.
Emergency stop is activated.
*This alarm is not indicated by a relay output, even when the relay output is configured to indicate alarm
conditions (parameter 1401 RELAY OUTPUT = 5 [ALARM] or 16 [FLT/ALARM]).
Copyright 2010 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53390008-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 39M-10SI
Pg 138
5-10
Replaces: 39M-9SI
I. PRELIMINARY INFORMATION
MODEL NO. _________________________________ JOB NAME______________________________________________
SERIAL NO. _________________________________ ADDRESS ______________________________________________
START-UP DATE ______________________________
_______________________________________________________
TECHNICIAN NAME___________________________
ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
II. PRE-START-UP
CONTROLS
Are thermostat(s) and indoor fan control wiring connections made and checked?
Are all wiring terminals tight? (including power to fan motors, heaters, etc.)
AIR HANDLER
Remove packaging and any construction debris.
Release fan holddown bolts.
Check fan bearings and shaft(s) for tightness.
Hand turn fan to ensure no rubbing with housing.
Have fan and motor pulleys been checked for proper alignment?
Do the fan belts have proper tension?
Are proper air filters in place?
Are all wiring terminals to fan motors and heaters tight?
Has water been placed in drain pan to confirm proper drainage?
Is duct connected to unit (check, particularly on 39MW)?
Verify wiring is correct for application (voltage, etc.) per component label.
PIPING
Have leak checks been made at chillers, boilers, valves, and indoor coils?
Has air been bled from system?
Is freeze protection provided (if required)?
For DX system, has system been charged with refrigerant?
Locate, repair, and report any leaks.
(Pg 81)
(Pg 42, Fig 7)
(Pg 59)
(Pg 60)
(Pg 110-129)
(Pg 100)
(Pg 48)
(Pg 73)
(Pg 74)
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
(Y/N) _____
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
III. START-UP
If this unit is to used for construction conditioning without ductwork, ensure balancing is redone and filters replaced once
construction is complete.
Verify wiring is correct for application (voltage, etc.) per component label.
(Y/N) _____
Ensure correct fan rotation.
(Y/N) _____
After air and water balance and at least 10 minutes running time, record the following measurements:
Check indoor fan speed and record:
Fan RPM=
__________
Entering air db temp
__________
Unit entering air wb temp
__________
Leaving air db temp
__________
Leaving air wb temp
__________
Entering water temp
__________
Leaving water temp
__________
Ensure all water inside air handler is in condensate pan.
(Y/N) _____
Ensure fixed pitch pulleys have been installed.
(Y/N) _____
Check for vibration levels.
(Y/N) _____
NOTES:
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Copyright 2010 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53390008-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 39M-10SI
Pg CL-1
5-10
Replaces: 39M-9SI
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
START-UP CHECKLIST — 39 SERIES AHU UNITS
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement